PROJECT MANUAL - Amazon Web Services · St. Lower Level, Con F, Chicago, IL 60603, and (312) 357-9050, Fax (312) 357-0235, [email protected]. Payment and delivery arrangement

STR

PROJECT MANUAL STR Project Number 19107B NEW GENERATORS at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools Prepared for:

Lemont-Bromberek Combined School District 113A 16100 127th Street Lemont, IL 60439 Issue for Bid: January 21, 2020

STRPARTNERSLLC TABLEOFCONTENTSRTUReplacementatRiverValleyElementarySchool SECTIONTOC-1Issued–1/21/2020

TABLEOFCONTENTSPROJECTNO.19107B

Thefollowinglisteddocumentscomprisetheprojectmanualfortheprojectlistedabove.Wherenumericalsequenceofsectionsisinterrupted,suchinterruptionsareintentional.ThecompleteProjectManualforthisprojectconsistsofallsections indicatedandallVolumesindicated,whichmustnotbeseparatedforanyreason.TheArchitectandOwnerdisclaimanyresponsibilityforanyassumptionsmadebyacontractororsubcontractorwhodoesnotreceiveacompleteProjectManual,includingallsectionslistedintheTableofContents.TOC TableofContentsPD ProjectDirectoryDIVISION00–PROCUREMENTANDCONTRACTINGREQUIREMENTS

SectionNumber SectionTitle001116 AdvertisementforBids002113 InstructionstoBidders004000 BidProposalCover004101 BidForm004102 BidBondForm004103 SubstitutionSheet004104 Non-CollusionAffidavit004105 CertificateofCompliancewithIllinoisIndividualDrug-FreeWorkplaceAct004106 CertificateofCompliancewithIllinoisContractorsDrug-freeWorkplaceAct004107 CertificateofCompliancewithIllinoisHumanRightsAct004108 BidderEligibilityCertification004109 BusinessEnterpriseCertification004110 SmokingandTobaccoPolicy004111 CertificateofComplianceCriminalBackgroundChecks/SexOffenderDatabase004112 AIA305–Contractor’sQualificationStatement007000 GeneralConditions

AIA201-2007GeneralConditionsoftheContractforConstruction007343 PrevailingWageRequirements

DIVISION01–GENERALREQUIREMENTS

SectionNumber SectionTitle011000 SummaryofWork012100 Allowances012300 Alternates012600 ContractModificationProcedures012900 PaymentProcedures013100 ProjectManagementandCoordination013216 ConstructionProgressSchedules013301 ElectronicFiles013301 ElectronicFilesReleaseAgreement013323 SubmittalProcedures013516 AlterationProjectProcedures014000 QualityRequirements


014200 References014533 CodeRequiredInspections015000 ConstructionFacilitiesandTemporaryControls016000 ProductRequirements016350 SubstitutionProcedures016360 SubstitutionRequestForm017300 ExecutionRequirements017700 CloseoutProcedures017823 OperationandMaintenanceData017839 ProjectRecordDocuments017900 DemonstrationandTraining

DIVISION02–EXISTINGCONDITIONS

SectionNumber SectionTitle 024119 SelectiveDemolition024126 SelectiveElectricalDemolition

DIVISION03–CONCRETEDIVISION(NotUsed)

DIVISION04–MASONRY(NotUsed)

DIVISION05–METALS(NotUsed)

DIVISION06–WOOD,PLASTICS,ANDCOMPOSITES(NotUsed)

DIVISION07–THERMALANDMOISTUREPROTECTION

SectionNumber SectionTitle 070150 MaintenanceofBuilt-upRoofing078413 PenetrationFirestopping079200 JointSealants

DIVISION08–OPENINGS(NotUsed)

DIVISION09–FINISHES

SectionNumber SectionTitle095113 AcousticalPanelCeilings

DIVISION10–SPECIALTIES(NotUsed)

DIVISION11–EQUIPMENT(NotUsed)

DIVISION12–FURNISHINGS(NotUsed)

DIVISION13–SPECIALCONSTRUCTION(NotUsed)

DIVISION14–CONVEYINGEQUIPMENT(NotUsed)

DIVISION22–PLUMBING(NotUsed)

DIVISION23–HVAC

SectionNumber SectionTitle 230529 HangersandSupportsforHVACPipingandEquipment230553 IdentificationforHVACPipingandEquipment230590 TestingofPiping230593 Testing,Adjusting,andBalancingforHVAC


231123 FacilityNatural-GasandGeneratorExhaustPiping

DIVISION26–ELECTRICAL

SectionNumber SectionTitle 260503 EquipmentWiringConnections260519 Low-VoltageElectricalPowerConductorsandCables260526 GroundingandBondingforElectricalSystems260529 HangersandSupportsforElectricalSystems260533 RacewayandBoxesforElectricalSystems260553 IdentificationforElectricalSystems262416 Panelboards262726 WiringDevices262813 Fuses262819 EnclosedSwitches262826 EnclosedTransferSwitches263213 PackagedEngineGeneratorSystems

DIVISION27–COMMUNICATIONS(NotUsed)

DIVISION28–ELECTRONICSAFETYANDSECURITY

DIVISION31–EARTHWORK(NotUsed)

DIVISION32–EXTERIORIMPROVEMENTS(NotUsed)

DIVISION33–UTILITIES(NotUsed)

STRPARTNERSLLC PROJECTDIRECTORYNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools PD-1Issued-1/21/2020

PROJECTDIRECTORYSTRPROJECTNUMBER19107B

PROJECT NewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools

RiverValleyElementarySchool15425127thSt.,Lemont,IL60439OakwoodElementarySchool1130KimPlace,Lemont,IL60439

OWNER BOARDOFEDUCATION Lemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113A

16100127thStreetLemont,IL60439Mr.PatCrean,DirectorofOperationsTel:630-257-2286x2803

ARCHITECT STRPARTNERSLLC 350WestOntarioStreet Chicago,Illinois60654 Mr.AndrewPhelps,ProjectManager Tel:312-464-1444 MEP CS2DESIGNGROUPENGINEER: 837OaktonStreet ElkGrove,IL60007 Mr.SteveSchafer,PrincipalEngineer Mr.BobSiil,PrincipalEngineer Tel:847-981-1880ROOFING/ENVELOPE STR-SEGCONSULTANT 2015S.ArlingtonHeightsRoad,Suite108 ArlingtonHeights,IL.60005 Mr.ChrisShields Tel:847-652-6115STRUCTURAL C.E.ANDERSON&ASSOCIATESENGINEER: 175N.FranklinSt. Chicago,IL60606 Mr.CharlesE.Anderson,S.E.,R.A.President Ms.CandiceMcCouch,S.E.,SeniorProjectEngineer Tel:312-750-1701

STRPARTNERSLLC ADVERTISEMENTFORBIDSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 001116-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION001116ADVERTISEMENTFORBIDS

Notice isherebygiven that theBoardofEducation,Lemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113A,Lemont,CookCounty,Illinois,hereinafterknownasOwner,isseekingbidsforNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchoolinLemont,Illinois.LumpSumBidswillbepubliclyopenedandreadattheDistrictOfficeofCSD113A,16100W127thSt,Lemont,IL60439,at11:00a.m.,onTuesday,February18,2020.Bidsreceivedafterdesignatedtimeanddateofbidopeningwillnotbeconsidered.Bidsecurity,intheformofabidbondorcertifiedcheck,inanamountequaltotenpercent(10%)ofthebasebidshallbesubmittedwiththebid.PerformanceandLaborandMaterialPaymentBondsandCertificateofInsurance,asrequiredbytheOwner,willberequiredfromthesuccessfulbidder.TheBoardofEducation,Lemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113Areservestherighttorejectanyandallbidsorpartsthereof,towaiveanyirregularitiesorinformalitiesinbiddingproceduresandtoawardthecontractinamannerbestservingtheinterestoftheOwner.AllbiddersmustcomplywithapplicableIllinoisLawrequiringthepaymentofprevailingrateofwagetoalllaborers,workmenandmechanicsworkingonpublicfundedprojects.Ifduringthetimeperiodofwork,theseratechanges,thecontractorshallberesponsibleforadditionalcostswithoutanychangetothecontractamount.The proposed contract is subject to the requirements of the Equal Employment Practices Commission and theIllinoisHumanRightsAct(HRA)IllinoisRevisedStatues,Ch.68,Par.1-101,et.seg.”(Includingtherequirementthateverypartytoapubliccontractshallhaveadoptedwrittensexualharassmentpolicies,P.A.87-1257).BiddingDocumentsareonfileJanuary21,2020andmaybeobtainedfromBestImagingSolutions,55E.MonroeSt. Lower Level, Con F, Chicago, IL 60603, and (312) 357-9050, Fax (312) 357-0235, service@emailbest.com.PaymentanddeliveryarrangementshouldbemadethroughBestImagingSolutions.All prospective bidders are requested to attend apre-bid conference at 10:00 a.m., on Thursday, February 6,2020, located at River Valley Elementary School, 15425 127th St., Lemont, IL 60439, in order to familiarizethemselveswiththeproject,whichwillbeattendedbyboththeOwnerandtheArchitect/Engineer.Siteinspectionwill follow themeeting. TheArchitectwill transmit to prospective bidders of record any addenda theArchitectconsidersnecessaryinresponsetoquestionsarisingatthepre-bidconference.BoardofEducationLemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113A

STRPARTNERSLLC INSTRUCTIONTOBIDDERSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION002113-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION002113INSTRUCTIONTOBIDDERS

PART1GENERAL 1.01 PROPOSALA. TheBoardofEducationofLemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113Awill

receivesealedbidsfortheNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools,locatedinLemont,Illinois.

B. Toreceivefullconsideration,allbidsmustinclude2copiesofthefollowing

documentsproperlycompletedandsigned.Failuretodosowillresultindisqualificationofbidder.1. BidForm2. BidBondorCertifiedCheck3. SubstitutionSheet4. Non-CollusionAffidavit5. CertificateofCompliancewithIllinoisIndividualDrug-FreeWorkplaceAct6. CertificateofCompliancewithIllinoisContractorsDrug-FreeWorkplaceAct7. CertificateofCompliancewithIllinoisHumanRightsAct8. BidderEligibilityCertification9. BusinessEnterpriseCertification10. SmokingandTobaccoPolicy11. CertificateofComplianceCriminalBackgroundCheck/SexOffenderDatabase12. ContractorsQualificationStatement.(AIADocumentA305)

1.02 PREPARATIONOFBIDSA. Proposalstobeentitledforconsiderationmustbemadeinaccordancewiththe

followinginstructions. 1. Submit2copiesofthebidonformsprovidedbyArchitectwithallblank

spacesforbidpricesfilledin,inink,ortypewritten.2. Submitbidinanopaque,sealedenvelope,addressedto:

Ms.BarbaraGermanyBusinessManager/CSBOLemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113A

Andmarktheenvelope:BIDFOR:1) RTUReplacementatRiverValleyElementarySchool 2) NameofBidder

3. Allproposalshallbemailedordeliveredinpersonandwillbereceiveduntil

11:00a.m.prevailingtime,onTuesday,February18th,2020,attheofficeof:Ms.BarbaraGermany


BusinessManager/CSBOLemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113A16100127thStreetLemont,IL60439

4. Bidsreceivedafterthistimewillnotbeaccepted.

5. AllerasuresorwrittenmemorandumontheBidFormareprohibited.Include

additionalexplanations,statementsorqualificationsonaseparatesheetattachedtotheBidForm.

6. BaseBidshallappearonlywherecalledforintheBidFormandshallnot

appearelsewhereintheproposal.AnyAlternateprices(otherthanthosesetforthintheBidForm)shallbelistedontheSubstitutionSheet.

7. Fillinallblankspacesforthebiditemswithprices,orifnotapplicable,the

words“NoCost.”

B. TheOwnerreservestherighttorejectanyorallbidsorpartsthereofatitssolediscretionandtoacceptthatbidwhichisconsideredinthebestinterestoftheDistrict.Suchdecisionsshallbefinal.

C. Ownerreservestherighttowaiveanyorallirregularitiesorinformalitiesinbidding

procedures.D. DonotdetachBidProposalFormsfromtheProjectManualforuseinsubmissionof

bids.UseseparateformsfurnishedbytheArchitect.E. Notelephone,telegraphicorfacsimilebidswillbeconsidered.Likewisenotelephone,

telegraphic,facsimileororalmodificationsorrevisionstoabidproposalwillbeconsidered.

F. Allprospectivebiddersarestronglyencouragedtoattendapre-bidconferenceat10:00a.m.,onThursday,February6th,2020,atRiverValleyElementarySchool,15425127thSt.,Lemont,IL60439,inordertofamiliarizethemselveswiththeproject,whichwillbeattendedbyboththeOwnerandtheArchitect.Asiteinspectionreviewofallworkareasateachschoolwillcommenceimmediatelyaftertheinitialmeeting.TheArchitectwilltransmittoprospectivebiddersofrecordanyaddendatheArchitectconsidersnecessaryinresponsetoquestionsarisingatthepre-bidconference.

1.03 DEFINITIONSA. AllthedefinitionssetforthintheGeneralConditionsoftheContractforConstruction

areapplicabletothisInstructiontoBidders.B. TheBiddingDocumentsincludewithoutlimitationtheAdvertisementforBid,the

InstructionstoBidders,theBidProposalFormincludingallcertificationsnotedin


Article1.13,GeneralandproposedContractDocumentsincludinganyaddendumissuedpriortoreceiptofbids.

B. Addendaarewrittenorgraphicinstrumentsissuedpriortotheexecutionofthe

ContractwhichmodifyorinterpretthebiddingdocumentsincludingDrawingsandSpecifications,byadditions,clarifications,orcorrections.TheAddendawillbecomepartoftheContractDocumentswhentheConstructionContractisexecuted.

1.04 VIEWINGOFSITEANDEXAMINATIONOFDRAWINGSA. Bidders shall view the site and existing conditions, and shall carefully examine the

Drawings, Specifications and Contract Documents so that theywill fully understandwhatistobedone.

B. Bidders are required to inform themselves fully of the conditions and limitations

underwhichtheworkwillbeperformed.C. The fact of a Contractor submitting a Proposal shall be construed by theOwner to

meanthattheBidderhascompliedwiththeaboveinstructions,hasviewedthesite,hascarefullystudiedtheDrawings,SpecificationsandotherContractDocuments,andagrees,ifawardedaContract,tocarryoutalloftheprovisionssetforth.

D. ShouldaBidder finddiscrepancies inoromissions fromtheDrawings,Specifications

and/orContractDocuments,heshallnotifytheArchitectpriortosubmittinghisBid.TheArchitectwillthensendwritteninstructionstoallBidders.FailurebyaContractorsubmittingaproposaltonotifytheArchitectinwritingofanydiscrepanciesbetweenthe Drawings and actual conditions shall be construed by the Owner tomean thatsuch Contractor agrees to construct as detailed and specified, and do whatever isnecessary to complete the work in amanner approved by the Architect and at noincreaseinhisproposal.

E. Any written instructions (Addenda) issued during the bidding period are to be

includedintheproposalandshallbecomeapartoftheContractDocuments.F. BiddersarerequiredtoacknowledgereceiptofAddendaontheFormofProposal.1.05 BIDDINGDOCUMENTSA. ObtainBiddingDocumentsfrom:

DistrictOfficeLemont-BromberekCombindedSchoolDistrict113A16100W127thStLemont,IL60439


1.06 INTERPRETATIONOFCONTRACTDOCUMENTSA. IfanyBiddercontemplatingaProposalisindoubtastothetruemeaningandintentof

anypartoftheDrawings,SpecificationsorContractDocuments,heshallsubmittotheArchitectawrittenrequestforaninterpretationthereof.

B. TheBiddersubmittingsucharequestwillberesponsibleforitspromptdelivery.C. Interpretation will be made by Addendum only, duly issued by the Architect and

deliveredtoeachBidderreceivingasetoftheContractDocuments.D. TheOwnerwillnotberesponsibleforanyotherexplanationsorinterpretationsofthe

Documents.E. The successful Contractorwill be rigidly held to the Architect's interpretation of all

Documents.1.07 SUBSTITUTIONSA. Substitutionswillnotbeconsideredforthiswork.1.08 ALTERNATEBIDSA. EachBiddershallstateonhisFormofProposaltheamounttobeaddedtotheBase

BidformakingthechangesassetforthontheFormofProposal.1.09 ADDENDAA. Addendawillbeissuedbyemail,FAXtransmittal,directmailorUnitedParcel(UPS)

delivery.TheContractorsaretoconsideraFAXtransmittalAddendaand/ore-mailtransmittalAddendaasabindingadditiontothecontractdocuments.

B. Itisthecontractors’responsibilitytoascertainfromtheArchitectthattheyreceivedallAddendaissuedtothecontractdocuments,priortosubmittingtheirbid.

1.10 FORMOFPROPOSALA. EachProposalshallbesubmittedinDuplicateontheformprovidedbytheArchitect.

Allblankspacesontheformshallbefullyfilledin.B. ProposalssubmittedotherthanonthespecialformprovidedbytheArchitectmaybe

rejected.C. No Proposal will be entertained which is not based upon the complete Contract

Documents,consistingofthefollowing: - InstructionstoBidders


- FormofProposal - GeneralConditionsoftheContractforConstruction - SupplementaryGeneralConditions(ifissued) - SpecificationsandDrawings - Addenda(ifany)D. TheBidder is expected to basehis Proposal onmaterials and equipment complying

fullywiththeDrawingsand/orSpecifications.Intheeventhenamesmaterialsand/orequipmentinhisProposalwhichdonotcomply,hewillberesponsibleforfurnishingmaterialsandequipmentwhichdofullycomplywithnochangeinprice.

E. Proposals may be rejected if the BID FORM contains any erasures or any written

memorandumqualifying the same. Anyexplanationor statementwhich theBidderwishestomakemustbeplacedinthesameenvelopewiththeProposal,butshallbewritten separatelyand independentlyof theProposalproper,andattached thereto.TheOwnerreservestherighttowaiveanyorallirregularitiesorinformalities.

F. Proposalsmayalsobe rejectedby theOwnerunlessproperly signed in longhandby

theBidderorbyhisauthorizedAgent,andunlessalldates,itemsandamountscalledforontheBIDFORMarefurnished.

G. Proposals not signed by the individualsmaking them shall have attached thereto a

Power-Of-Attorney evidencing authority to sign the Proposal in the name of thepersonforwhomitissigned.

H. Proposals,whicharesignedforaPartnership,shallbesignedinthefirmnamebythe

requirednumberofPartnerstobind,orinthefirmnamebyanAttorney-In-Fact.I. Proposals,whicharesignedforaCorporation,shallhavethecorrectCorporatename

thereof, and the signature of the President or other authorized Officer of theCorporation"BY____________".IfsuchProposalismanuallysigned,theauthoritytosign shall be attached to the Proposal. Such Proposal shall also bear the attestingsignature of the Secretary of the Corporation and the impression of the CorporateSeal.

1.11 BIDSECURITYA. Each Proposal must be accompanied by a Bid Bond, Bank Draft or Certified Check

madepayabletotheorderoftheBoardofEducation,Lemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113A,Lemont,Illinois,inanamountnotlessthantenpercent(10%)oftheBaseBid.

B. TheBidGuaranteeassures that if anaward ismade, theBidderwill signaContract

and qualify for, and where required, provide a Performance Bond and Labor andMaterialPaymentBondinanamountequaltotheContractSum,allwithintendaysfollowingtheawardofaContract.


C. TheContractor isrequiredtopayforandincludeaspartofhisProposalthecostforproviding a Performance Bond and Labor andMaterial Payment Bond to cover thecostoftheentireProject.

D. TheBidBondsoftheunsuccessfulBidderswillbereturnedafterContractshavebeen

executedbetweenthewOwnerandthesuccessfulContractor.1.12 LIQUIDATEDDAMAGES(notused)1.13 COMPLETIONDATES

TheContractorissolelyresponsibleforsubstantiallycompletingtheirpartoftheworkoftheprojectbythescheduledSubstantialCompletionDatesindicatedinSection011000oftheProjectManual.ThisresponsibilityincludesallworkincludingthatofContractor’sforces,subcontractorsandsuppliers.

1.14 BIDWITHDRAWAL A. Anybiddermaywithdrawhisbidpriortoscheduledclosingtimeforreceivingbids.All

biddersshallholdtheirBidsopenforaperiodofninetycalendardaysfromthedateofbidOpening.TheOwnersandBiddersmayagreetoextendtheperiodofirrevocabilitybeyondtheninety-dayperiod.

1.15 REJECTIONOFBIDSA. TheOwnerreservestherighttorejectanyorallbidsorpartsthereofatitssole

discretionandtoacceptthatbidwhichisconsideredinthebestinterestoftheDistrict.Suchdecisionsshallbefinal.

B. Ownerreservestherighttowaiveanyorallirregularitiesorinformalitiesinbidding

procedures.1.16 METHODOFAWARDA. IftheOwnershouldawardaContract,theOwnerwillawardittothelowest

responsible,responsivebiddercomplyingtotheconstructiondocuments,withfullconsiderationgiventoContractor’sCompletionSchedule,conditionsservingthebestinterestoftheOwner,andonthebasisofthebasebidamount.

B. Inawardingcontract,theOwnermaytakeintoconsiderationskill,facilities,capacity,

experience,ability,responsibility,previouswork,financialstandingofbidder,amountofworkbeingcarriedonbybidder,qualityofconstructionequipmentavailable,andthebidder’sabilitytoachieveapromptandefficientcompletionofworkhereindescribed.

1.17 CONTRACTOR’SQUALIFICATIONSTATEMENT


A. EachbidderisrequiredtosubmitthesupportingdatatosubstantiatethatsuchbidderisproperlyqualifiedtocarryouttheobligationsoftheContractandtocompletetheWorkcontemplatedtherein.

B. EachBidderisrequiredtosubmitaproperlyexecutedAIADocument305,

Contractor’squalificationStatement.

1.18 EXECUTIONOFAGREEMENTANDPERFORMANCEANDPAYMENTBONDSA. Subsequenttotheaward,andwithintendaysaftertheprescribedformsareprepared

andpresentedforsignaturebytheArchitect,thesuccessfulGeneralContractor,shallexecute and return to the Architect, an Agreement in the form included in theContract Documents, in such number of copies as the Owner may require. ThesubmittalshallincludethePerformanceBond,LaborandMaterialPaymentBondandinsuranceforms.

B TheContractor'sBaseBidshallincludeallcostsforprovidingaPerformanceBondandLaborandMaterialPaymentintheamountof100%oftheContractPriceinfavoroftheOwner,coveringallworkinvolvedundertheirContract.

C. Having satisfied all conditions of award as set forth elsewhere in theseDocuments,

the successful General Contractor shall within the period specified above, furnishsuretyBondsinpenalsums,eachnotlessthantheamountofthecontractawarded.Assecurity for the faithfulperformanceof theContract,and for thepaymentsofallpersons, firm or corporation to whom the general Contractor may become legallyindebted for labor,materials, tools, equipment, or services of any nature includingutilityandtransportationservices,employedorusedbyhiminperformingthework.SuchBondsshallbe inthesameformaasthose included inthecontractdocumentsandshallbearthesamedateas,oradatesubsequenttothatoftheagreement.ThecurrentPowerofAttorneyforthepersonwhosignsforanysuretycompanyshallbeattachedtosuchBonds.AGuarantyorSuretyCompanyacceptabletotheOwnershallsignbonds.

D. The failure of the successful Bidders to execute such Agreement and to supply the

required Bonds within ten days after the prescribed forms are presented forsignature, or within such extended period as the Owner may grant, based uponreasonsdeterminedsufficientbytheOwner,mayconstituteadefault.

E. BiddersshouldnotethatthisProjectManualconsistsofallpageslistedintheTableofContents. Upon notification, the Architect will furnish any pagesmissing from theProjectManual,orfromtheDrawingsasprinted.

1.19 OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDHEALTHACTA. EachBidder shall carefullyexamine theFederalOccupational SafetyandHealthAct,

currentedition,asissuedbytheFederalRegister(OSHA)andthespecificregulations


governing procedures, techniques, safety precautions, equipment design and theconfigurationofsameasrequiredunderthisAct.

B. EachBidderagreesasevidencedbyhissubmissionofaBid,tocomplywithallterms

oftheActandtoperformandcompleteinaworkmanlikemannerallworkrequiredinfullcompliancewithsaidAct.

1.20 ASBESTOSA. Noasbestoscontainingmaterials,apparatus,orequipmentaretobeusedduringthe

constructionoftheproject,andnoasbestoscontainingmaterialsnorequipmentaretobeinstalledintotheproject.

B. General contractor shall receive certification from his material and equipmentsuppliers from the subcontractors stating that no asbestos containing material norequipmenthasbeenusedorinstalledintheirwork.

C. General contractor shall certify inwritingat the completionof the constructionandprior to final acceptance of the work that no asbestos containing materials norequipmenthasbeeninstalledintheprojectunderthiscontract.

1.21 POWEROFATTORNEYA. Attorneys-in-Factwhosignbonds,Agreementsorbidsmustfilewitheachcertified

andeffectivelydatedcopyoftheirPowerofAttorney.1.22 EMPLOYMENTANDLABORPROVISIONSA. ItshallbemandatoryupontheContracttowhomacontractisawardedanduponany

subcontractorunderhimtopaynotlessthantheapplicableGeneralPrevailingWageforeachcraftortypeofworkormechanicneededtoexecutetheContractawarded,pursuant to all provisions of the Illinois PrevailingWage Act. (See Section 007343-PrevailingWage).

B. In all Contractor Bonds required herein, provisions should be included that shall

guarantee faithful performance of such PrevailingWage clauses as required by theabovestatute.

C. TheContractorsawardedContractsbytheOwnershall indemnifyandholdharmless

theOwner fromanyandall claimsanddamages thatmayarise if theContractororsubcontractor under him shall violate any of the provisions of the Illinois PrevailingWageAct,oranyotherapplicableIllinoisLaborLaws.

D. The list on the following pages identifies the latestWage Scales at the time of this

writing and is included herein for the Contractor's information. However, eachContractor is required to complywith theWageRates prevailing at the timeof thestartoftheConstruction.


ENDOFSECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC • 350 West Ontario Street • Suite 200 • Chicago IL 60654

REQUIREDBIDSUBMITTALFORMSSTRPROJECTNUMBER19107B

NEWGENERATORSATRIVERVALLEYANDOAKWOODELEMENTARYSCHOOLSLEMONT,IL

Lemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113ALemont,ILISSUEFORBIDJanuary21,2020

STRPARTNERSLLC BIDFORMNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools BF-1Lemont-BromberekCombindedSchoolDistrict113A

BIDDER________________________________________________________BIDFORMPROJECTIDENTIFICATION:STRPROJECTNO.19107BNEWGENERATORSATRIVERVALLEYANDOAKWOODELEMENTARYSCHOOLS

THISBIDISSUBMITTEDTO:Ms.BarbaraGermanyBusinessManager/CSBOLemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113A16100127thStreetLemont,IL60439(HereinaftercalledOWNER)TheundersignedBidderproposesandagrees,ifthisBidisaccepted,toenterintoanAgreementwithOwnerintheform included in the Contract Documents to complete all Work as specified or indicated in the ContractDocumentsfortheContractPriceandwithintheContractTime indicated inthisBidand inAccordancewiththeContractDocuments.TheBidderacceptsallofthetermsandconditionsoftheInstructionstoBidders,includingwithoutlimitationthosedealing with the disposition of Bid Security. This Bid will remain open for the period of time specified in theAdvertisementtoBidafterthedayofBidOpening. TheBidderwillsigntheAgreementandsubmittheContractSecurityandotherdocumentsrequiredbytheContractDocumentswithinten(10)businessdaysafterthedateofOWNER'SNoticeofAward.InsubmittingthisBid,theBidderrepresents,asmorefullysetforthintheAgreement,that:ThefollowingAddendatoDrawingsandSpecifications(ifany)areherebyacknowledgedandare includedinthisProposalassubmitted:AddendumNo. DateReceived AddendumNo. DateReceived AddendumNo. DateReceived AddendumNo. DateReceived TheBidderhasexaminedthesiteandlocalitywheretheWorkistobeperformed,thelegalrequirements(federal,stateandlocallaws,ordinances,rulesandregulations)andtheconditionsaffectingcost,progressorperformanceoftheWorkandhasmadesuchindependentinvestigationsasareasonableandprudentBidderdeemsnecessary;ThisBidisgenuineandnotmadeintheinterestofonbehalfofanyundisclosedperson,firmorcorporation;andisnotsubmittedinconformitywithanyagreementorrulesofanygroup,association,organization,orcorporation;theBidderhasnotdirectlynorindirectlyinducedorsolicitedanyotherBiddertosubmitafalseorshamBid;theBidderhasnotsolicitedorinducedandperson,firmorcorporationtorefrainfromBidding;andtheBidderhasnotsoughtbycollusiontoobtainforhimselfanyadvantageoveranyotherBidderoroverOWNER;and

STRPARTNERSLLC BIDFORMNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools BF-2Lemont-BromberekCombindedSchoolDistrict113A

TheBidder(s)willcompletetheWorkforthefollowingprice(s):A. BASEBID:LUMPSUMBIDFORNEWGENERATORS:

Forperformingandprovidingalllabor,materials,necessaryequipment,transportationandservicesnecessarytoperformandcompleteinaworkmanlikemannerallworkrequiredtocompletetheproposedworkindicatedinthebiddingdocumentsinaccordancewiththePlansandSpecifications,andincludingallowancesasdescribedinSection012100,inthebasebidforthelumpsumpriceof:

________________________________________________________________________Dollars (Written) ($__________________________) (Figures)ItisunderstoodandagreedbytheundersignedthattheOWNERreservestheunrestrictedprivilegetorejectanyoralloftheforegoingalternateBidswhichitmayconsiderexcessiveorunreasonable.The Bidder agrees that the Work on this Contract will begin as set forth in the Notice to Proceed shall besubstantiallycompletedonorbeforedatespecifiedinSection011000,SummaryofWork.OWNERreservestherighttorejectanyBidinwhichalloftheitemsintheBidFormarenotproperlyfilledout.DATED FIRMNAME OFFICIALADDRESS: BY (Signature) (TypedorPrintedNameandTitle)Telephone: WhereBidderiscorporation,address Attest (SEAL) Secretary(Signature)

STRPARTNERSLLC BIDBONDNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION004102-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION004102 BIDBONDKNOWALLMEBYTHESEPRESENTS,THATWE (Contractor)asPrincipal,hereinaftercalledthePrincipal,and (Surety) acorporationdulyorganizedunderthelawsoftheStateofIllinoisasSuretyareheldandfirmlybounduntotheLemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113A,asObligee,hereinaftercalledObligee,inthesumof Dollars($ )forpaymentofwhichsumwilltrulytobemade,saidPrincipalandsaidSuretybindourselves,ourheirs,executors,Administrators,successors,andassigns,jointlyandseverally,firmlybethesepresents.WHEREAS,thePrincipalhassubmittedabidfortheNEWGENERATORSATRIVERVALLEYANDOAKWOODELEMENTARYSCHOOL,locatedinLemont,Illinois.NOWTHEREFORE, iftheObligeeshallacceptthebidofthePrincipalandthePrincipalshallenter intoaContractwiththeObligeeinaccordancewiththetermsofsuchbid,andgivesuchbondorbondsasmaybe specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithfulperformance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in theprosecutionthereof;orineventofthefailureofthePrincipaltoentersuchContract,andgivesuchbondorbonds,ifthePrincipalshallpaytotheObligeethedifferencenottoexceedthepenaltyhereofbetweenamountspecifiedinsaidbidandsuchlargeramountforwhichtheObligeemayingoodfaithcontractwithanother party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void,otherwisetoremaininfullforceandeffect.Signedandsealedthis dayof ,2020 Principal SEAL Witness Title Surety SEAL Witness Title

STRPARTNERSLLC SUBSTITUTIONSSHEETNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION004103-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION004103 SUBSTITUTIONSHEET

NAMEOFBIDDER: Date: AllthebidsshallbebaseduponprovisionsoftheproposedContractDocuments.All bidders desiring to make substitutions for “proprietary brands” specified shall list such proposedsubstitutionsbelow, togetherwiththeamounttobeaddedordeducted fromtheamountsof thebasebids.TheOwnerreserves theright torejectall suchsubstitutions,andsuchsubstitutionswillnotbeusedtodeterminethelowbid.Completedescriptionsandtechnicaldatashallaccompanyproposedsubstitutions.NOTE:Manufacturers’namesandmaterialapprovedbyArchitectduringthebiddingtime,butnotshowninAddendamustbelistedbelowifsaidmaterialistobeconsidered.BRANDORMAKE PROPOSED SPECIFIED SUBSTITUTIONS ADD DEDUCT

STRPARTNERSLLC NON-COLLUSIONAFFIDAVITNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION004104-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION004104NON-COLLUSIONAFFIDAVIT

AFFIDAVIT:“I(we)herebycertifyandaffirmthatmy(our)proposalwaspreparedindependentlyforthisprojectandthatitcontainsnofeesoramountsotherthanforthelegitimateexecutionoftheworkasspecifiedandthatitincludesnounderstandingoragreementsinrestraintoftrade.”(IfanIndividual)SignatureofBidder_____________________________________________________________(Seal)BusinessAddress_____________________________________________________________________---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(IfaPartnership)FirmName_____________________________________________________________________(Seal) By_____________________________________________________________________BusinessAddresses (__________________________________________ ofallPartners (__________________________________________ oftheFirm (__________________________________________----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(IfaCorporation)CorporateName____________________________________________________________________ By:____________________________________________________________________BusinessAddress_____________________________________________________________________(CORPORATESEAL)NamesofOfficers: (President________________________________ (Secretary________________________________ (Treasurer________________________________Attest:_________________________________ Secretary----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------NameofBidder_______________________________Date________________________________

STRPARTNERSLLC CERTIFICATEOFCOMPLIANCEWITHILLINOISNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchoolsINDIVIDUALDRUGFREEWORKPLACEACTIssued–1/21/2020 SECTION004105-1

SECTION004104 CERTIFICATEOFCOMPLIANCEWITHILLINOIS INDIVIDUALDRUG-FREEWORKPLACEACT

Pursuant to 30 ILCS 580/1 et seq. (the Drug FreeWorkplace Act"), the undersigned individual herebycertifies to the Board of Education of Lemont-Bromberek Combined School District 113A that theindividualwillnotengageintheunlawfulmanufacture,distribution,dispensation,possession,oruseofacontrolledsubstanceintheperformanceofthecontract.Failuretoabidebythis Individual'sDrugFreeWorkplaceCertificationshall subject the individual to thepenaltiessetforthinSection6,7and8oftheDrugFreeWorkplaceAct. NOTICE:ThisIndividual'sDrugFreeWorkplaceCertificationistobecompletedbyanyindividualdirectlyresponsiblefortheperformanceofacontractof$5,000ormorewiththeSchoolDistrict. FirmName: By: (AuthorizedAgentofContractor) (Title)SubscribedandsworntobeforemeThis dayof ,2020 NotaryPublic

STRPARTNERSLLC CERTIFICATEOFCOMPLIANCEWITHILLINOISNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchoolsCONTRACTORSDRUGFREEWORKPLACEACTIssued–1/21/2020 SECTION004106-1

SECTION004106 CERTIFICATEOFCOMPLIANCEWITHILLINOIS CONTRACTORSDRUG-FREEWORKPLACEACTPursuant to 30 ILCS 580/1 et seq. (the "Drug FreeWorkplaceAct") theundersignedContractor herebycertifiedtotheBoardofEducationoftheLemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113Athat itwillprovideadrug-freeworkplaceby:A. Publishingastatement:

1. Notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensation,possession, or use of a controlled substance, including cannabis, is prohibited in thecontractor'sworkplace.

2. Specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such

prohibition.3. Notifying the employee that, as a condition of employment on such contract, the

employeewill;

a. Abidebythetermsofthestatement;andb. Notify the employer of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation

occurringintheworkplacenolaterthanfive(5)daysaftersuchconviction.

B. Establishingadrug-freeawarenessprogramtoinformemployeesabout:1. Thedangersofdrugabuseintheworkplace;2. Thecontractor'spolicyofmaintainingadrug-freeworkplace;3. Anyavailabledrugcounseling,rehabilitation,andemployeeassistanceprograms;and4. Thepenaltiesthatmaybeimposeduponemployeesfordrugviolations.

C. Making it a requirement to give a copy of the statement required by subsection "A" to each

employeeengagedintheperformanceofthecontractandtopostthestatementinaprominentplaceintheworkplace.

D. Notifying the contracting or granting agencywithin ten (10) days after receiving notice under

part "b." of paragraph "3" of subsection "A" from an employee or otherwise receiving actualnoticeofsuchconviction.

E. Imposingasanctiononorrequiringthesatisfactoryparticipationinadrugabusesassistanceor

rehabilitation programby, any employeewho is so convicted, as required by Section 5 of theDrugFreeWorkplaceAct.

STRPARTNERSLLC CERTIFICATEOFCOMPLIANCEWITHILLINOISNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchoolsCONTRACTORSDRUGFREEWORKPLACEACTIssued–1/21/2020 SECTION004106-2

F. Assistingemployeesinselectingacourseofactionintheeventdrugcounseling,treatment,andrehabilitationisrequiredandindicatingthatatrainedreferralteamisinplace.

G. Making a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through

implementationofSection3oftheDrugFreeWorkplaceAct.

H. FailuretoabidebythisContractorsDrugFreeWorkplaceCertificationshall subject thecontractortothepenaltiessetforthinsections6,7and8oftheDrug FreeWorkplaceAct.NOTICE: This Contractor's Drug Free Workplace Certification is to be completed by any corporations,partnerships or other entities with twenty-five or more employees at the time of the contract, or adepartment,division,orunitthereof,directlyresponsiblefortheperformanceofacontractof$5,000ormorewiththeSchoolDistrict. FirmName: By: (AuthorizedAgentofContractor) (Title)SubscribedandsworntobeforemeThis dayof ,2020 NotaryPublic

STRPARTNERSLLC CERTIFICATEOFCOMPLIANCEWITHILLINOISHUMANRIGHTSACTNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION004107-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION004107 CERTIFICATEOFCOMPLIANCEWITHILLINOISHUMANRIGHTSACTAllsuccessfulcontractorsmustcomplywiththeprovisionsoftheIllinoisHumanRightsAct(ACT)dealingwithequalemploymentopportunities(Section2-105,775ILCS5/2-105)includingequalityofemploymentopportunityandtheregulationsoftheDepartmentofHumanRightsoftheStateofIllinoisandalsomustprovide for theadoptionand implementationofwrittenSexualHarassmentPolicies. Thecontractwiththesuccessfulbidderwillprovideforthisrequirement.ThestatutoryprovisionsrequirethatthewrittenSexual Harassment policy included at a minimum the following information: (I) the illegality of sexualharassment, (ii) the definition of sexual harassment under Illinois Law, (iii) a description of sexualharassment,utilizingexamples;(iv)avendor’s internalcompliantprocessincludingpenalty;(v)thelegalrecourse, investigative and complaint process available through the Department of Human RightsCommission;(vi)protectionagainstretaliationasprovidedbySection6-101oftheIllinoisHumanRightsAct.FirmName Address SignatureofOfficer TitleSubscribedandsworntobeforemethis dayof ,2020 NotaryPublic

STRPARTNERSLLC BIDDERELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATIONNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION004108-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION004108 BIDDERELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATIONPublic Act 85-1295 (Illinois Revised Statutes, 1987, Chapter 38, Article 33E) requires that all thecontractorsbiddingforpublicagenciesintheStateofIllinoiscertifythattheyarenotbarredfrombiddingonpubliccontractsforbidriggingorbidrotation.Followingcertificationmustbesignedandsubmittedwithbidder’sbidproposal.FAILURETODOSOWILLRESULTINDISQUALIFICATIONOFTHEBIDDER. (NameofContractor) aspartofitsbidonacontractfortheNEWGENERATORSATRIVERVALLEYANDOAKWOODELEMENTARYSCHOOLS, LOCATED IN LEMONT, ILLINOIS hereby certifies that the said contractor is not barred frombidding on the aforementioned contract as a result of a violation of either Section 33E-3 or 33E-4 ofArticle33Eofchapter38oftheIllinoisRevisedStatutes.FirmName: By: (AuthorizedAgentofContractor)Title SubscribedandsworntobeforemeThis day of ,2020 NotaryPublic

STRPARTNERSLLC BUSINESSENTERPRISECERTIFICATIONNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION004109Issued1/21/2020

SECTION004109BUSINESSENTERPRISECERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 105 ILCS 5/10-20.40 requires that a Business Enterprise Certification is to becompletedby any corporations, partnershipsorother entitieswith adepartment, division, orunit thereof, directly responsible for the performance of a contract of $25,000 ormorewithLemont-Bromberek Combined School District 113A. This informationwill be provided to thestateboardofeducationandpostedontheLemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113Apublicwebsite.Atleastoneselectionmustbemade. Checkone

□ MinorityOwnedBusiness

□ FemaleOwnedBusiness

□ Ownedbyapersonwithadisability

□ LocallyOwnedBusiness

(Withindistrictand5-mileradiusofdistrictboundaries)

□ Other

OwnersName: Address: (SignatureofOwner) (Title)

SubscribedandswornbeforemeThis Dayof ,2020 NotaryPublic

STRPARTNERSLLC SMOKINGANDTOBACCOPOLICYNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION004110-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION004110SMOKINGANDTOBACCOPOLICY

Theuseoftobaccobyanyschoolpersonnel,student,orotherpersonisprohibitedonLemont-BromberekCombineSchoolDistrict113Aschoolproperty.Thisprohibitionappliestosuchpropertybefore,during,andaftertheregularschoolday,andondayswhenschoolisnotinsession.The term “Tobacco” will mean cigarettes, cigars, pipes, or tobacco in any form, includingsmokeless tobaccowhich is any loose, cut, shredded, ground, powdered, compressed or leaftobaccointendedtobeplacedinthemouthwithoutbeingsmoked.“SchoolProperty”includeswithoutlimitation,anyareawithinaschoolbuildingorotherindoorfacility used for school purposes, and areas outside buildings and facilities, whether owned,leasedorcontractedbytheDistrict.“SchoolPurposes”includeallevents,activitiesorotherusesofschoolpropertythattheBoardortheOfficialsoftheDistrictauthorizeorpermit,includingwithoutlimitation,allinterscholasticorextra-curricularathletic,academicorothereventssponsoredbytheBoardorinwhichpupilsoftheDistrictparticipate.Thisaction is taken incompliancewith the IllinoisSchoolCode,Section10-20.5B;Goals2000:EducateAmericaAct,PartC,(The“Pro-ChildrenActof1994”).Agreedandsignedby:

FirmName: Address: (SignatureofOfficer) (Title)

SubscribedandswornbeforemeThis Dayof ,2020

STRPARTNERS CRIMINALBACKGROUNDCHECKS/SEXOFFENDERDATABASENewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION004111-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION004111CERTIFICATEOFCOMPLIANCE

CRIMINALBACKGROUNDCHECKS/SEXOFFENDERDATABASEThe undersigned Contractor shall be responsible for conducting a criminal background checkandacheckofthe IllinoisStatewideSexOffenderDatabaseastoallpersonsworkingwithinaschoolbuildingorotherindoorfacilityusedforschoolpurposes,andareasoutsidebuildingsandfacilities,whetherowned,leasedorcontractedbyLemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113A. This includes all employees of the Contractor or any sub-contractor, all independentcontractors,casuallaborers,workersobtainedthroughunionhallsorhiringhalls,andallotherindividualspresentontheSchoolDistrict’sPropertyatanytimeduringtheperformanceoftheContract.NopersonshallbepermittedtoworkonorwithintheSchoolDistrict’spropertywho:1) has been convicted of any of the enumerated criminal or drug offenses found in 105 ILCS5/10-21.9(c),or 2)hasbeenconvicted,withinseven(7)yearsofthedateofthisCertificateofCompliance, of any other felony under the laws of the State of Illinois or of any offensecommitted or attempted in any other state or against the laws of the United States that, ifcommittedorattemptedintheStateofIllinois,wouldhavebeenpunishableasafelonyunderthelawsofthisState,or3)isontheIllinoisSexOffenderDatabase.TheContractormustsubmitrecordsdirectlytoLemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113Atoverifythatthecriminalbackground/sex offender checks have been performed on all persons working on or withinSchoolDistrictproperty.Allsuchrecordsmustbeupdatedatleasteverytwelvemonths.TheSchoolDistrict reserves the right toorder theContractor to removeanyperson from theSchoolDistrict’sworkwhotheSchoolDistrictdeterminestobea threat tosafetyofstudents,School District employees, other workers, parents, visitors, or otherwise. All workers mustfollowSchoolDistrictpolicies,regulationsandrulesastobuildingaccessandsecurity.Agreedandsignedby:

FirmName: Address: (SignatureofOfficer) (Title)

SubscribedandswornbeforemeThis Dayof ,2020____________________________________________

Document A305TM – 1986Contractor's Qualification Statement

AIA Document A305™ – 1986. Copyright © 1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 byThe American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:34:10 on 11/29/2017 under Order No. 5200606954 which expires on 08/07/2018, and is not for resale.User Notes: (3B9ADA2A)

1

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text.

This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.

This form is approved and recommended by the American Institute of Architects (AIA) and The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) for use in evaluating the qualifications of contractors. No endorsement of the submitting party or verification of the information is made by AIA or AGC.

The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading.

SUBMITTED TO:

ADDRESS:

SUBMITTED BY:

NAME:

ADDRESS:

PRINCIPAL OFFICE:

[ ] Corporation[ ] Partnership[ ] Individual[ ] Joint Venture[ ] Other

NAME OF PROJECT: (if applicable) RTU Replacement at River Valley Elementary School

TYPE OF WORK: (file separate form for each Classification of Work)

[ ] General Construction[ ] HVAC[ ] Electrical[ ] Plumbing[ ] Other: (Specify)

§ 1 ORGANIZATION§ 1.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor?

§ 1.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present businessname?

§ 1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization operated?

§ 1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following:§ 1.3.1 Date of incorporation:§ 1.3.2 State of incorporation:§ 1.3.3 President's name:§ 1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s)


2

§ 1.3.5 Secretary's name: § 1.3.6 Treasurer's name:

§ 1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following:§ 1.4.1 Date of organization: § 1.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable): § 1.4.3 Name(s) of general partner(s)

§ 1.5 If your organization is individually owned, answer the following:§ 1.5.1 Date of organization: § 1.5.2 Name of owner:

§ 1.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals:

§ 2 LICENSING§ 2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate registration or license numbers, if applicable.

§ 2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed.

§ 3 EXPERIENCE§ 3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces.

§ 3.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details.)§ 3.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it?

§ 3.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers?

§ 3.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to construction contracts within the last five years?

§ 3.3 Within the last fifteen years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details.)


3

§ 3.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date.

§ 3.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract:

§ 3.5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces.

§ 3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years:

§ 3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individuals of your organization.

§ 4 REFERENCES§ 4.1 Trade References:

§ 4.2 Bank References:

§ 4.3 Surety:§ 4.3.1 Name of bonding company:

§ 4.3.2 Name and address of agent:

§ 5 FINANCING§ 5.1 Financial Statement.

§ 5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items:

Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid expenses);

Net Fixed Assets;

Other Assets;

Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes);


4

Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings).

§ 5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof:

§ 5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one?

§ 5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent-subsidiary).

§ 5.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for construction?

§ 6 SIGNATURE§ 6.1 Dated at this day of

Name of Organization:

By:

Title:

§ 6.2

M being duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading.

Subscribed and sworn before me this day of

Notary Public:

My Commission Expires:

STRPARTNERSLLC GENERALCONDITIONSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION007000-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION007000GENERALCONDITIONS

GENERALCONDITIONSThe General Conditions for this Project are the District modified "General Conditions of theContract for Construction", American Institute of Architects Document A201, 2007 Edition,includingallsupplements.Thisformisattachedhereto.

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC PREVAILINGWAGEREQUIREMENTSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 007343-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION007343 PREVAILINGWAGEREQUIREMENTSPART1 GENERAL1.01 RequirementsA. Contractor and each subcontractor shall comply with requirements of “An Act regulating wages of

laborers,mechanicsandallotherworkmenemployedinanypublicworksbytheState,County,Cityoranypublicbodyoranypoliticalsubdivisionorbyanyoneundercontractforpublicworks.”

B. If,duringthecourseofworkunderthiscontract,theDept.ofLaborrevisestheprevailingrateofhourly

wages to be paid under this contract for any trade or occupation, the Contractor shall have the soleresponsibilityanddutytoensurethattherevisedprevailingrateofhourlywagesispaidbytheContractorandallsubcontractorstoeachworkertowhomtherevisedrateisapplicable.RevisionsoftheprevailingwageassetforthaboveshallnotresultinanincreaseintheContractSum.

1.02 ACTSANDORDINANCESA. “AnActregulatingwagesoflaborers,mechanicsandotherworkmenemployedinanypublicworksbythe

State, County, City or by any public body or any political subdivision or by any one under contract forpublicworks.”IllinoisRevisedStatutes,1981,Chapter48,Section39s-1through39s-2.

B. ContractorandeachsubcontractorshallcomplywithrequirementsofPublicAct96-437.Thisactrequires

General Contractors and subcontractors’ bondmust include a guarantee that the requirements of thePrevailingWageactwillbemet.

ItistheBidder’sresponsibilitytocontacttheIllinoisDepartmentofLabortoobtainthePrevailingWages

that will be effective as of the date of receipt of bids for the Illinois counties in which work will beperformed.

IllinoisDepartmentofLaborDivisionofConciliationandMediationOneWestOldStateCapitolPlaza,3rdFloorSpringfield,Illinois62701Tel:((217)782-6206Fax:(217)782-0596

STRPARTNERSLLC SUMMARYNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 011000-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION01100SUMMARY

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. SectionIncludes:

1. Projectinformation.2. WorkcoveredbyContractDocuments.3. Futurework.4. Owner-furnishedproducts.5. Accesstosite.6. Coordinationwithoccupants.7. Workrestrictions.8. Specificationanddrawingconventions.9. Miscellaneousprovisions.

B. RelatedRequirements:

1. Section01500 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governingtemporaryuseofOwner'sfacilities.

1.2 PROJECTINFORMATION

A. ProjectIdentification:NewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools.

1. ProjectLocations: RiverValleyElementarySchool 15425127thSt.,Lemont,IL60439 OakwoodElementarySchool 1130KimPlace,Lemont,IL60439

B. Owner:Lemont-BromberekCombinedSchoolDistrict113A,16100127thStreet,Lemont,IL60439

C. Architect:STRPartnersLLC,350WestOntarioStreet,Suite200,Chicago,IL60654,312-464-1444.

D. Architect's Consultants: The Architect has retained the following design professionals who haveprepareddesignatedportionsoftheContractDocuments:

1. Mechanical/Electrical/Plumbing/FireProtectionEngineering:CS2DesignGroupLLC,837OaktonStreet,ElkGroveVillage,IL60007,847-981-1880.

2. Structural Engineering: C.E. Anderson & Associates, 175 North Franklin Street, Suite 410,Chicago,IL60606,312-915-0557.

3. Roofing/Envelope Consultant: STR-SEG, 2015 S. Arlington Heights Road, Suite 108, ArlingtonHeights,IL60005,847-652-6115

1.3 WORKCOVEREDBYCONTRACTDOCUMENTS

A. TheWorkofProjectisdefinedbytheContractDocumentsandconsistsofthefollowing:

1. Installnewroofmountedgeneratorsandreworkelectricaldistributionasindicatedondrawingsandinspecifications.


B. TypeofContract:

1. Projectwillbeconstructedunderasingleprimecontract.

1.4 PROJECTSCHEDULE

A. TheArchitectwill issuea “NoticeofAward” letter to theContractor after theOwner’s regularBoardmeeting. The contract, certificate of insurance, and performance and payment bonds shall bereturned/submittednolaterthan10daysafterreceivingthecontractforsignature.

B. WorkmaybeginonsitestartingJune1,2020.CoordinatewithOwnerandArchitectforapossibleearlierstartdate.

C. ThedateofSubstantialCompletionshallbenolaterthanJuly22,2019

D. ThedateofFinalCompletionshallbenolaterthanAugust5,2019.

1.5 FUTUREWORK

A. TheContractDocumentsincluderequirementsthatwillallowOwnertocarryoutfutureworkfollowingcompletionofthisProjectifitisrequestedbyowner;provideforthefollowingfuturework:

1. CoordinatewithOwner.

1.6 OWNER-FURNISHEDPRODUCTS

A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing,protecting,andinstallingOwner-furnishedproductsandmakingbuildingservicesconnections.

B. Owner-FurnishedProducts:

1. TobecoordinatedwithOwner.

1.7 ACCESSTOSITE

A. General: Contractor shallhave limiteduseofProject site for constructionoperationsas indicatedonDrawingsbytheContractlimitsandasindicatedbyrequirementsofthisSection.

B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturbportionsofProjectsitebeyondareasinwhichtheWorkisindicated.

1. Driveways,WalkwaysandEntrances:KeepdrivewaysandentrancesservingpremisesclearandavailabletoOwner,Owner'semployees,andemergencyvehiclesatalltimes.Donotusetheseareasforparkingorstorageofmaterials.

a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by constructionoperations.

b. Scheduledeliveriestominimizespaceandtimerequirementsforstorageofmaterialsandequipmenton-site.

C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by constructionoperationsinaweathertightconditionthroughoutconstructionperiod.Repairdamagecausedbyconstructionoperations.


1.8 COORDINATIONWITHOCCUPANTS

A. PartialOwnerOccupancy:Ownerwilloccupythepremisesduringentireconstructionperiod,withtheexceptionofareasunderconstruction.CooperatewithOwnerduringconstructionoperationstominimizeconflictsandfacilitateOwnerusage.PerformtheWorksoasnottointerferewithOwner'soperations.Maintainexistingexitsunlessotherwiseindicated.

1. Maintainaccess toexistingwalkways, corridors,andotheradjacentoccupiedorused facilities.Donotcloseorobstructwalkways,corridors,orotheroccupiedorusedfacilitieswithoutwrittenpermissionfromOwnerandauthoritieshavingjurisdiction.

2. Providenotlessthan72hours'noticetoOwnerofactivitiesthatwillaffectOwner'soperations.

B. OwnerLimitedOccupancyofCompletedAreasofConstruction:Ownerreservestherighttooccupyandto place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to SubstantialCompletionoftheWork,providedsuchoccupancydoesnot interferewithcompletionoftheWork.SuchplacementofequipmentandlimitedoccupancyshallnotconstituteacceptanceofthetotalWork.

1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of theWorktobeoccupiedpriortoOwneracceptanceofthecompletedWork.

2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before limited Owneroccupancy.

3. Before limitedOwner occupancy,mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational,and required testsand inspections shallbe successfully completed. Onoccupancy,OwnerwilloperateandmaintainmechanicalandelectricalsystemsservingoccupiedportionsofWork.

4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service foroccupiedportionsofWork.

1.9 WORKRESTRICTIONS

A. WorkRestrictions,General:Complywithrestrictionsonconstructionoperations.

1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authoritieshavingjurisdiction.

B. ExistingUtility Interruptions: Donot interrupt utilities serving facilities occupiedbyOwner or othersunless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporaryutilityservicesaccordingtorequirementsindicated:

1. NotifyOwnernotlessthantwodaysinadvanceofproposedutilityinterruptions.2. ObtainOwner'swrittenpermissionbeforeproceedingwithutilityinterruptions.

C. Noise,Vibration,andOdors:Coordinateoperationsthatmayresultinhighlevelsofnoiseandvibration,odors,orotherdisruptiontoOwneroccupancywithOwner.

1. NotifyOwnernotlessthantwodaysinadvanceofproposeddisruptiveoperations.2. ObtainOwner'swrittenpermissionbeforeproceedingwithdisruptiveoperations.

D. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances,operablewindows,oroutdoor-airintakes.

E. ControlledSubstances:UseoftobaccoproductsandothercontrolledsubstancesonProjectsiteisnotpermitted.


F. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening ofContractorpersonnelworkingonProjectsite.

1. MaintainlistofapprovedscreenedpersonnelwithOwner'srepresentative.

1.10 SPECIFICATIONANDDRAWINGCONVENTIONS

A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and theintendedmeaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.Theseconventionsareasfollows:

1. ImperativemoodandstreamlinedlanguagearegenerallyusedintheSpecifications.Thewords"shall,""shallbe,"or"shallcomplywith,"dependingonthecontext,areimpliedwhereacolon(:)isusedwithinasentenceorphrase.

2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically statedotherwise.

B. Division1 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division1 apply to the Work of allSectionsintheSpecifications.

C. DrawingCoordination: Requirementsformaterialsandproducts identifiedonDrawingsaredescribedindetailintheSpecifications.OneormoreofthefollowingareusedonDrawingstoidentifymaterialsandproducts:

1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in theindividualSpecificationsSections.

2. Abbreviations: Materialsandproductsare identifiedbyabbreviationspublishedaspartof theU.S.NationalCADStandardandscheduledonDrawings.

3. Keynoting:MaterialsandproductsareidentifiedbyreferencekeynotesreferencingSpecificationSectionnumbersfoundinthisProjectManual.

PART2-PRODUCTS(NotUsed)

PART3-EXECUTION(NotUsed)

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC ALLOWANCESNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION012100-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION012100ALLOWANCES

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS

A. DrawingsandgeneralprovisionsofContract,includingGeneralandSupplementaryConditionsandotherDivision01SpecificationSections,applytothisSection.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. ThisSectionspecifiesadministrativeandproceduralrequirementsgoverninghandlingandprocessingallowances.

1. Selectedmaterialsandequipment,andinsomecases,theirinstallationareshownandspecifiedintheContractDocumentsbyallowances.Allowanceshavebeenestablishedinlieuofadditionalrequirementsandtodeferselectionofactualmaterialsandequipmenttoalaterdatewhenadditionalinformationisavailableforevaluation.

B. AllowancesforProducts.Amountofeachallowanceincludesthefollowing:

1. CostofProducttoContractororsubcontractor,lessanyapplicabletradediscounts.

2. Deliveryofproducttosite

C. RelatedWorkIncludedinContractSum:Inadditiontotheamountofeachallowance,includeincontractsum,thecontractor’scostforthefollowing:

1. IncludeinContractpricecostforallowances.2. Handlingatsiteincludingunloading,uncratingandstorage.3. Protectionfromelementsandfromdamage.4. Laborforinstallationandfinishing.5. Otherexpensesrequiredtocompleteinstallation.

D. ProceduresforsubmittingandhandlingChangeOrdersareincludedinSection"ModificationProcedures."

1.3 SELECTIONANDPURCHASE

A. AttheearliestfeasibledateafterContractaward,advisetheArchitectofthedatewhenthefinalselectionandpurchaseofeachproductorsystemdescribedbyanallowancemustbecompletedinordertoavoiddelayinperformanceoftheWork.

1. WhenrequestedbytheArchitect,obtainproposalsforeachallowanceforuseinmakingfinalselections;includerecommendationsthatarerelevanttoperformanceoftheWork.

2. PurchaseproductsandsystemsasselectedbytheOwnerandArchitectfromthedesignatedsupplier.


1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submitproposalsforpurchaseofproductsorsystemsincludedinallowances,intheformspecifiedforChangeOrders.

B. Submitinvoicesordeliveryslipstoindicateactualquantitiesofmaterialsdeliveredtothesiteforuseinfulfillmentofeachallowance.

PART2-PRODUCTS(notapplicable)

PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Inspectproductscoveredbyanallowancepromptlyupondeliveryfordamageordefects.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordinatematerialsandtheirinstallationforeachallowancewithrelatedmaterialsandinstallationstoensurethateachallowanceitemiscompletelyintegratedandinterfacedwithrelatedconstructionactivities.

3.3 SCHEDULEOFALLOWANCES

A. GeneralAllowance:

1. Allowalumpsumof$20,000.00forlaborandmaterialarisingoutofunforeseenconditionsorotherOwner,ArchitectortradecoordinationcausesrelatedtothescopeoftheWorkinthebiddocuments.

3.4 SELECTIONOFPRODUCTSUNDERALLOWANCES

A. Architect’sDuties:

1. ConsultwithContractorinconsiderationofproductsandsuppliersorinstallers.2. MakeselectioninconsultationwithOwner.Obtainowner’sdecisionor

approval.3. TransmitOwner’swrittendecisiontoContractor.4. PrepareChangeOrdersasrequired.

B. Contractor’sDuties:

1. AssistArchitectandOwnerindeterminingqualifiedsuppliersorinstallers.2. Obtainproposalfromsuppliersandinstallers,whenrequestedbyArchitect.3. MakeappropriaterecommendationsforconsiderationofOwner/Architect.4. NotifyArchitectpromptlyof:


a. AnyreasonableobjectionsContractormayhaveagainstanysupplierorpartyunderconsiderationforinstallation.

b. Anyeffectonconstructionscheduleanticipatedbyselectionsunderconsideration.

3.5 CONTRACTORRESPONSIBILITYFORPURCHASE,DELIVERY,INSTALLATIONANDADJUSTMENTOFCOST.

A. Shouldcostbemoreorlessthanspecifiedamountofallowance,ContractpricewillbeadjustedaccordinglybyChangeOrder.

B. Submitclaimsforanticipatedadditionalcostsatsite,orotherexpensescausedbyselectionunderallowance,priortoexecutionofwork.

C. Submitdocumentationofactualcostsatsite,orotherexpensescausedbyselectionunderallowance,within60daysaftercompletionofexecutionofwork.

D. Failuretosubmitclaimswithindesignatedtimewillconstitutewaiverofclaimsforadditionalcosts.

E. AtContractcloseout,reviewapprovedchangesinContractamountinfinalstatementofaccounting.

F. Properdocumentationandapprovalwillberequiredtomakeequitableadjustmenttoallowancespriortoprojectcloseout.AnyUN-usedallowanceswillbedeductedfromfinalcontractamount.

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC ALTERNATESNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION012300-1Issued-1/21/2020

SECTION012300ALTERNATES

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. ThisSectionspecifiesadministrativeandproceduralrequirementsforAlternatesandprovidesascheduleforalternatestobeincludedinthebidproposals.

B. Definition: AnAlternate is an amountproposedbyBidders and statedon theBid Form forcertain construction activities defined in the bidding requirements thatmay be added to ordeducted fromBase Bid amount if theOwner decides to accept a corresponding change ineithertheamountofconstructiontobecompleted,orintheproducts,materials,equipment,systemsorinstallationmethodsdescribedinContractDocuments.

C. Coordination: CoordinaterelatedWorkandmodifyoradjustadjacentWorkasnecessary toensurethatWorkaffectedbyeachacceptedAlternateiscompleteandfullyintegratedintotheproject.

D. Notifications:ImmediatelyfollowingtheawardoftheContract,prepareanddistributetoeachpartyinvolved,notificationofthestatusofeachAlternate.IndicatewhetherAlternateshavebeen accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a completedescriptionofnegotiatedmodificationstoAlternates.

1.2 SCHEDULEOFALTERNATES

A. AlternatesareidentifiedintheScheduleprovidedbelowandBidFormofProposals.

B. Specification Sections referenced in the Form of Proposal relating to Alternate Bids containrequirementsformaterialsandmethodsnecessarytoachievetheWorkdescribedundereachAlternate.

1. IncludeaspartofeachAlternate,miscellaneousdevices,accessoryobjectsandsimilaritemsincidentaltoorrequiredforacompleteinstallationwhetherornotmentionedaspartoftheAlternate.

C. Schedule:

NONE


PART3-EXECUTION(notapplicable)

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC CONTRACTMODIFICATIONPROCEDURESNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION012600-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION012600 CONTRACTMODIFICATIONPROCEDURES

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. SectionIncludes:

1. RequirementsIncluded.2. RelatedRequirements.3. ChangeOrderProcedure.4. CorrelationwithContractor’sSubmittals.

1.2 REQUIREMENTSINCLUDE

A. PromptlyimplementChangeOrderprocedures.

1. Providefullwrittendatarequiredevaluatingchanges.2. Maintaindetailedrecordsofallworkdoneontime-and-material/forceaccountbasis.3. ProvidefulldocumentationtoArchitectonrequest.

B. DesignateinwritingmemberofContractor’sorganization:

1. WhoisauthorizedtoacceptchangesinWork.2. WhoisresponsibleforinformingothersinContractor’semployofauthorizationof

changesinWork.

C. OwnerdesignatesinwritingpersonauthorizedtoexecuteChangeOrders.

1.3 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS

A. 00500-Owner-ContractorAgreement(A.I.A.Document#A-101)

B. ConditionsofContract:007000-GeneralConditions(AIADocumentA201,2007Edition)

C. Section012900“ApplicationsforPayment”

D. Section016000“ProductRequirements”

1.4 CHANGEORDERPROCEDURE

A. InitiationofContractorChanges:

1. Requestsforchangemaybeinitiatedinwriting.


2. SubcontractorsinitiatingarequestforchangeshalldirecttheirrequeststotheirContractor.

3. ArchitectwillreviewanddirectContractor’srequestsforchangetotheOwnerortheOwner’sRepresentativewithrecommendations

4. Requestsforchangeaffectingcontractsumorcontractcompletionshallbemadepriortostartinganychangestothecontractorcontractdocuments.Failuretomakeappropriatewrittenrequestswillinvalidateanyclaimsforadditionalcostsortimeforsaidwork.

B. OwnerAuthorizes:TheOwnerorOwner’sRepresentative,havingconsideredthenecessityfortherequestchangeandavailabilityoffundswillauthorizeArchitecttopreparearequestforproposal(RFP).

C. ArchitectPreparesRequestforProposal:

1. TheArchitect,followingconsultationwiththeContractorregardingsub-contracts,whichwillbeaffectedbytheproposedchange,willprepareanRFPforeachtheContractor’sresponse.

2. TwosetsofRFP,SupplementalDrawingsandSpecificationsforeachproposedchangeortransmittedtotheContractor.

D. ContractorsPrepareProposals:

1. DetailedBreakdownofMaterialEquipmentandLabor:

a. ContractororSubcontractorwhoseworkisaffectedbyaproposedchangeshallprepareaproposalforchange.

b. DetailedbreakdownshallbepreparedinaccordancewiththeContractDocuments.

1) Ifachangeaffectsworkcoveredbyagreedonprices,suchpriceswillbeusedasthebasisforadjustmentstocontractsum.

2) Inallothercases,adjustmentstocontractsumshallbebasedontheContractor’sdirectcost,includingcostsofmaterial,labor,equipment,bonds,andtaxes,asapplicable.

3) Laborratesshallbeitemizedonthedetailedbreakdownindicatingtrade,basewagerates,totalunionfringebenefits,FICA,unemploymentcompensationinsurance,andworkmen’scompensationinsurance.Laborratesshallnotincludecostsforinefficienciesofconstructionsupervisionorlabor.

4) Allchangeorderadjustmentstothecontractdevelopedaboveshallincludetheamountsforoverheadandprofit,whichdonotexceedtheaverageamountsindicatedintheScheduleofValues,oranamountof10%,whicheverisless,andthatnooverheadandprofitshallbedeductedfromthepriceforthechangesdeletingworkinthecontract.Ifasubcontractorperformsthechangedwork,nomorethat10%maybeaddedtothesubcontractor’scostsforoverheadandprofit.


E. ContractorReview:

1. Review:Thecontractorshallreviewallproposalsfor:

a. ConformanceswiththeRFPtoensurethatallitemsandonlythoseitemsofworkaffectedbyproposedchangeareincluded.

b. AssurancethattheseproposalsaresubmittedinconformancewiththeContractDocuments.

2. Transmittal:ContractorshallforwardtotheArchitect3completesetsofproposalswithitsrecommendationregardingtheproposalswithitsrecommendationregardingtheproposal.

a. Inmakinghisrecommendation,theContractorshallcertifythatthepriceisappropriateandifitisnotappropriate,heshallstatethereasonsfornotcertifyingtheprice.

b. Proposals,completewithallrequiredinformation,shallbesubmittedtotheArchitectwithinthreeweeksofthedateoftheRFPinordertoreceivefurtherconsideration.

F. ArchitectReviews:

1. TheArchitectreviewstheContractor’sproposalsforcompletenessandconformancewiththeRFPandContractDocuments.Thoseproposals,whichareincompleteorhaveinadequatedetailedbreakdowns,willbereturnedtotheContractorsforresubmissions.

2. Architectwillreview,andwhenappropriate,approveallpriceproposals,recommendingthattheOwnerapproveissuanceofachangeorder.

3. WhentheArchitectconsidersthecostsorquantitiestobeinappropriatetotheworkrequested,theArchitectwillnotifytheContractorinwritingoftheconcernsandtheContractorwillprovidethenecessarybackupmaterialstojustifythesubmittalormodifythesubmittal.

4. SubmittalsnotproperlyjustifiedwillnotbeforwardedtotheOwnerandwrittennoticeastothereasonswillbeforwardedtotheContractor.After30daysofsaidwrittennotificationandnofurtherresponsebytheContractor,therequestwillbeconsideredinappropriateandwillreceivenofurtherconsideration.

G. ArchitectIssuanceofaChangeOrder:

1. TheArchitect,havingreceivedwhathebelievestobeanappropriateandacceptableContractorproposalfortheproposedchange,andhavingreceivedtheOwner’sapprovaltoissueachangeorder,willrecommendtheissuanceofaChangeOrder.

2. ThechangeorderpackagepreparedbytheArchitectforsubmittaltotheOwnershallcontainthefollowingitems:

a. ThreeoriginalsoftheChangeOrderforwiththeoriginalsignatures.b. OriginalsoftheRequestforProposalwiththeoriginalsignatures.c. Asapplicable,onecopyofdrawingsandspecs.d. OnchangesinitiatedbytheArchitect,aletterexplainingthecircumstances

relatedtotheneedforthechange.e. OnOwnerrequestedchangeorders,aletterofrequestsignedbytheOwner’s

Representative.


f. ChangeOrderAuthorizationFormfortheOwner’sSignatureandpermanentrecordinaccordancewithPublicAct85-1295.

H. OwnerApproves(Disapproves)ChangeOrder:ForachangeinContractSumand/orContractTime.

I. OnecopyofapprovedChangeOrderwithoriginalsignatureswillbereturnedtotheContractor,ornoticeandexplanationastowhyithasbeenrejectedwillbeforwardedtotheContractor.

1.5 CORRELATIONWITHCONTRACTOR’SSUBMITTALS

A. RevisemonthlyScheduleofValuesandRequestforPaymentformstorecordeachchangeasaseparateitemofWorkandtherecordadjustedContractSum.

B. ReviseConstructionSchedulemonthlytoreflecteachchangeinContractTime.

C. Revisesub’sschedulestoshowchangesforotheritemsofworkaffectedbychanges.

D. UponcompletionofworkunderChangeOrderenterspertinentchangesinProjectRecordDocuments.



ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC APPLICATIONFORPAYMENTNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 012900-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION012900APPLICATIONSFORPAYMENT

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS:


1.2 SUMMARY:

A. ThisSectionspecifiesadministrativeandproceduralrequirementsgoverningtheContractor'sApplicationsforPayment.

1. CoordinatetheScheduleofValuesandApplicationsforPaymentwiththeContractor'sConstructionSchedule,ListofSubcontracts,andSubmittalSchedule.

B. TheContractor'sConstructionScheduleandSubmittalScheduleareincludedinSection"Submittals".

C. TheSubcontractorshallsubmititsScheduleofValuesandApplicationsforPaymenttothePrimeContractorforreview.

D. ThePrimeContractorshallreviewallScheduleofValuesandApplicationsforPaymentforallsubcontractorsbeforeforwardingtotheArchitectforreview,withanycommentstheymayhaveinregardtosuchsubmittals.

1.3 SCHEDULEOFVALUES:

A. ThePrimeContractorshallCoordinatepreparationoftheScheduleofValueswithallsubcontractor.

1. CorrelatelineitemsintheScheduleofValueswithotherrequiredadministrativeschedulesandforms,including:

a. Contractor'sconstructionscheduleb. ApplicationforPaymentformc. Listofsubcontractorsd. Scheduleofalternatese. Listofproductsf. Listofprincipalsuppliersandfabricatorsg. Scheduleofsubmittals

2. SubmittheScheduleofValuestotheOwner’sRepresentativeattheearliestfeasibledate,butinnocaselaterthan7daysbeforethedatescheduledforsubmittaloftheinitialApplicationforPayment.


B. FormatandContent:UsetheProjectManualTableofContentsasaguidetoestablishtheformatfortheScheduleofValues.

1. Identification:IncludethefollowingProjectidentificationontheScheduleofValues:

a. Projectnameandlocationb. NameoftheArchitectc. Projectnumberd. Contractor'snameandaddresse. Dateofsubmittal

2. ArrangetheScheduleofValuesinatabularformwithseparatecolumnstoindicatethefollowingforeachitemlisted:

a. Genericnameb. RelatedSpecificationSectionc. Nameofsubcontractord. Nameofmanufacturerorfabricatore. Nameofsupplierf. ChangeOrders(numbers)thathaveaffectedvalueg. Dollarvalueh. PercentageofContractSumtothenearestone-hundredthpercent,

adjustedtototal100percent.

3. ProvideabreakdownoftheContractSuminsufficientdetailto facilitatecontinuedevaluationofApplicationsforPaymentandprogressreports.Breakprincipalsubcontractamountsdownintoseverallineitems.

4. Roundamountsofftothenearestwholedollar;thetotalshallequaltheContractSum.

5. ForeachpartoftheWorkwhereanApplicationforPaymentmayincludematerialsorequipment,purchasedorfabricatedandstored,butnotyetinstalled,providelineitemsontheScheduleofValuesforinitialcostofthematerials,foreachsubsequentstageofcompletion,andfortotalinstalledvalueofthatpartoftheWork.

6. MarginsofCost:Showlineitemsforindirectcosts,andmarginsonactualcosts,onlytotheextentthatsuchitemswillbelistedindividuallyinApplicationsforPayment.EachitemintheScheduleofValuesandApplicationsforPaymentshallbecompleteincludingitstotalcostandproportionateshareofgeneraloverheadandprofitmargin.

a. AttheContractor'soption,temporaryfacilitiesandothermajor costitemsthatarenotdirectcostofactualwork-in-placemaybeshownasseparatelineitemsintheScheduleofValuesor distributedasgeneraloverheadexpense.

7. ScheduleUpdating:UpdateandresubmittheScheduleofValueswhenChangeOrdersorConstructionChangeDirectivesresultinachangeinheContractSum.

1.4 APPLICATIONSFORPAYMENT:


A. EachApplicationforPaymentshallbeconsistentwithpreviousapplicationsandpaymentsascertifiedbytheOwner’sRepresentative,ArchitectandpaidforbytheOwner.

1. TheinitialApplicationforPayment,theApplicationforPaymentattimeofSubstantialCompletion,andthefinalApplicationforPaymentinvolveadditionalrequirements.

B. PaymentApplicationTimes:ThedateforeachprogresspaymentisthedayfollowingthesecondWednesdayofeachmonth.TheperiodofconstructionWorkcoveredbyeachApplicationforPaymentshallbethepreviouscalendarmonthpriortothedateforeachprogresspaymentstartingthedayfollowingtheendoftheprecedingperiod.

1. ApplicationsforpaymentmustbereceivedbytheOwnertwo(2)weeksbeforepaymentisdue.AllowsufficienttimeforreviewbytheOwner’sRepresentativeandbytheArchitect.

C. PaymentApplicationForms:UseAIADocumentG702andContinuationSheetsG703astheformforApplicationforPayment.

D. ApplicationPreparation:Completeeveryentryontheform,includingnotarizationandexecutionbypersonauthorizedtosignlegaldocumentsonbehalfoftheOwner.Incompleteapplicationswillbereturnedwithoutaction.

1. EntriesshallmatchdataontheScheduleofValuesandContractor'sConstructionSchedule.Useupdatedschedulesifrevisionshavebeenmade.

2. IncludeamountsofChangeOrdersandConstructionChangeDirectivesissuedpriortothelastdayoftheconstructionperiodcoveredbytheapplication.

E. Transmittal:Submit3executedcopiesofeachApplicationforPaymenttotheOwner’sRepresentativebymeansensuringreceiptwithin24hours;onecopyshallbecomplete,includingwaiversoflienandsimilarattachments,whenrequired.Atthesametime,forwardonecopyofapplication,withoutattachments,toGeneralContractorforhisreviewandapproval.

1. Transmiteachcopywithatransmittalformlistingattachments,andrecordingappropriateinformationrelatedtotheapplicationinamanneracceptabletotheOwner’sRepresentativeandtheArchitect.

F. WaiversofMechanicsLien:WitheachApplicationforPaymentsubmitwaiversofmechanicsliensfromsubcontractorsorsub-contractorsandsuppliersfortheconstructionperiodcoveredbythepreviousapplication.

1. Submitpartialwaiversoneachitemfortheamountrequested,priortodeductionforretainage,oneachitem.

2. Whenanapplicationshowscompletionofanitem,submitfinalorfullwaivers.3. TheOwnerreservestherighttodesignatewhichentitiesinvolvedintheWork

mustsubmitwaivers.


4. WaiverDelays:SubmiteachApplicationforPaymentwiththeContractor'swaiverofmechanicslienfortheperiodofconstructioncoveredbytheapplication.

a. SubmitfinalApplicationforPaymentwithorprecededbyfinalwaiversfromeveryentityinvolvedwithperformanceofWorkcoveredbytheapplicationwhocouldlawfullybeentitledtoalien.

5. WaiverForms:Submitwaiversoflienonforms,andexecutedinamanner,acceptabletoOwner.

G. InitialApplicationforPayment:AdministrativeactionsandsubmittalsthatmustprecedeorcoincidewithsubmittalofthefirstApplicationforPaymentincludethefollowing:

1. Listofsubcontractors.2. Listofprincipalsuppliersandfabricators.3. ScheduleofValues4. Contractor'sConstructionSchedule(preliminaryifnotfinal).5. Scheduleofprincipalproducts.6. Scheduleofunitprices.7. SubmittalSchedule(preliminaryifnotfinal).8. ListofContractor'sstaffassignments.9. ListofContractor'sprincipalconsultants.10. Copiesofbuildingpermits.11. Copiesofauthorizationsandlicensesfromgoverningauthoritiesfor

performanceoftheWork.12. Initialprogressreport.13. Reportofpre-constructionmeeting.14. Certificatesofinsuranceandinsurancepolicies.15. Performanceandpaymentbonds(ifrequired).16. DataneededtoacquireOwner'sinsurance.17. Initialsettlementsurveysanddamagereport,ifrequired.

H. ApplicationforPaymentatSubstantialCompletion:FollowingissuanceoftheCertificateofSubstantialCompletion,submitanApplicationforPayment;thisapplicationshallreflectanyCertificatesofPartialSubstantialCompletionissuedpreviouslyforOwneroccupancyofdesignatedportionsoftheWork.

I. Administrativeactionsandsubmittalsthatshallproceedorcoincidewiththisapplicationinclude:

1. Occupancypermitsandsimilarapprovals.2. Warranties(guarantees)andmaintenanceagreements.3. Maintenanceinstructions.4. ChangeoverinformationrelatedtoOwner'soccupancy,use,operation and

maintenance.5. Finalcleaning.


6. Applicationforreductionofretainage,andconsentofsurety.7. Adviceonshiftinginsurancecoverage’s.8. Finalprogressphotographs.9. ListofincompleteWork,recognizedasexceptionstotheCertificateof

SubstantialCompletion.

J. FinalPaymentApplication:Administrativeactionsandsubmittals,whichmustprecedeorcoincidewithsubmittalofthefinalpaymentApplicationforPayment,includethefollowing:

1. CompletionofProjectcloseoutrequirements.2. CompletionofitemsspecifiedforcompletionafterSubstantial Completion.3. Assurancethatunsettledclaimswillbesettled.4. AssurancethatWorknotcompleteandacceptedwillbecompletedwithout

unduedelay.5. TransmittalofrequiredProjectconstructionrecordstoOwner.6. Proofthattaxes,feesandsimilarobligationshavebeenpaid.7. Removaloftemporaryfacilitiesandservices.8. Removalofsurplusmaterials,rubbishandsimilarelements.

PART2-PRODUCTS(NOTAPPLICABLE)PART3-EXECUTION(NOTAPPLICABLE)ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC PROJECTMANAGEMENTANDCOORDINATIONNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 013100-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION013100PROJECTMANAGEMENTANDCOORDINATION

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. SectionincludesadministrativeprovisionsforcoordinatingconstructionoperationsonProjectincluding,butnotlimitedto,thefollowing:

1. Generalcoordinationprocedures.2. Coordinationdrawings.3. RequestsforInformation(RFIs).4. ProjectWebsite.5. Projectmeetings.

B. Eachcontractorshallparticipateincoordinationrequirements.Certainareasofresponsibilityareassignedtoaspecificcontractor.

C. RelatedRequirements:

1. Section013216"ConstructionProgressDocumentation" forpreparingandsubmittingContractor'sconstructionschedule.

2. Section01 70 00 "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating generalinstallation and field-engineering services, including establishmentof benchmarks andcontrolpoints.

3. Section017700"CloseoutProcedures"forcoordinatingcloseoutoftheContract.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by orclarificationsoftheContractDocuments.

1.3 INFORMATIONALSUBMITTALS

A. SubcontractList:PrepareawrittensummaryidentifyingindividualsorfirmsproposedforeachportionoftheWork,includingthosewhoaretofurnishproductsorequipmentfabricatedtoaspecialdesign.Includethefollowinginformationintabularform:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplyingproducts.

2. NumberandtitleofrelatedSpecificationSection(s)coveredbysubcontract.3. Drawingnumberanddetailreferences,asappropriate,coveredbysubcontract.

B. KeyPersonnelNames:Within15daysofstartingconstructionoperations,submitalistofkeypersonnelassignments,includingsuperintendentandotherpersonnelinattendanceatProjectsite. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephonenumbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses.


Providenames,addresses,andtelephonenumbersofindividualsassignedasalternatesintheabsenceofindividualsassignedtoProject.

1. Post copies of list in projectmeeting room, in temporary field office, on ProjectWebsite,andbyeachtemporarytelephone.Keeplistcurrentatalltimes.

1.4 GENERALCOORDINATIONPROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of theSpecificationstoensureefficientandorderlyinstallationofeachpartoftheWork.Coordinateconstructionoperations,includedindifferentSections,thatdependoneachotherforproperinstallation,connection,andoperation.

1. Scheduleconstructionoperationsinsequencerequiredtoobtainthebestresultswhereinstallation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components,beforeorafteritsowninstallation.

2. Coordinate installationofdifferentcomponents toensuremaximumperformanceandaccessibilityforrequiredmaintenance,service,andrepair.

3. Makeadequateprovisionstoaccommodateitemsscheduledforlaterinstallation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special proceduresrequired for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list ofattendeesatmeetings.

1. PreparesimilarmemorandaforOwnerandseparatecontractorsifcoordinationoftheirWorkisrequired.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrativeprocedureswithotherconstructionactivitiestoavoidconflictsandtoensureorderlyprogressoftheWork.Suchadministrativeactivitiesinclude,butarenotlimitedto,thefollowing:

1. PreparationofContractor'sconstructionschedule.2. Preparationofthescheduleofvalues.3. Installationandremovaloftemporaryfacilitiesandcontrols.4. Deliveryandprocessingofsubmittals.5. Progressmeetings.6. Preinstallationconferences.7. Projectcloseoutactivities.8. Startupandadjustmentofsystems.

D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried outwithconsiderationgiventoconservationofenergy,water,andmaterials. Coordinateuseoftemporaryutilitiestominimizewaste.

1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actuallyincorporated into, theWork. Seeother Sections for dispositionof salvagedmaterialsthataredesignatedasOwner'sproperty.


1.5 COORDINATIONDRAWINGS

A. CoordinationDrawings,General:Preparecoordinationdrawingsaccordingtorequirementsinindividual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely shown on ShopDrawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination isrequiredtofacilitateintegrationofproductsandmaterialsfabricatedorinstalledbymorethanoneentity.

1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough toindicateandresolveconflicts. Donotbasecoordinationdrawingsonstandardprinteddata.Includethefollowinginformation,asapplicable:

a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings.Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship ofvarioussystemsandcomponents.

b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural,structural,civil,mechanical,andelectricalsystems.

c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipatedreplacementofcomponentsduringthelifeoftheinstallation.

d. Showlocationandsizeofaccessdoorsrequiredforaccesstoconcealeddampers,valves,andothercontrols.

e. Indicaterequiredinstallationsequences.f. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that

appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearancerequirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposedresolutionof suchconflicts. Minordimensionchangesanddifficult installationswillnotbeconsideredchangestotheContract.

B. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to thefollowingrequirements:

1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operatingsystemasoriginalDrawings.

2. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using PortableDataFile(PDF)format,unlessdirectedotherwise.

3. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use inpreparingcoordinationdigitaldatafiles.

a. ArchitectmakesnorepresentationsastotheaccuracyorcompletenessofdigitaldatafilesastheyrelatetoDrawings.

b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in format to becoordinatedwithConstructionManager.

c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form ofAIADocumentC106.


1.6 REQUESTSFORINFORMATION(RFIs)

A. General:ImmediatelyondiscoveryoftheneedforadditionalinformationorinterpretationoftheContractDocuments,ContractorshallprepareandsubmitanRFIintheformspecified.

1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled byContractorwithnoresponse.

2. Coordinate and submitRFIs in a promptmanner so as to avoiddelays inContractor'sworkorworkofsubcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information orinterpretationandthefollowing:

1. Projectname.2. Projectnumber.3. Date.4. NameofContractor.5. NameofArchitect.6. RFInumber,numberedsequentially.7. RFIsubject.8. SpecificationSectionnumberandtitleandrelatedparagraphs,asappropriate.9. Drawingnumberanddetailreferences,asappropriate.10. Fielddimensionsandconditions,asappropriate.11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the

ContractTimeortheContractSum,ContractorshallstateimpactintheRFI.12. Contractor'ssignature.13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data,

Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fullydescribeitemsneedinginterpretation.

a. Includedimensions,thicknesses,structuralgridreferences,anddetailsofaffectedmaterials,assemblies,andattachmentsonattachedsketches.

C. RFI Forms: AIADocumentG716 or Software-generated form with substantially the samecontentasindicatedabove,acceptabletoArchitect.

1. AttachmentsshallbeelectronicfilesinAdobeAcrobatPDFformat.

D. Architect's Action and Construction Manager’s: Architect and Construction Manager willreview each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days forArchitect's response for eachRFI. RFIs receivedbyArchitect orConstructionManager after1:00p.m.willbeconsideredasreceivedthefollowingworkingday.

1. ThefollowingContractor-generatedRFIswillbereturnedwithoutaction:

a. Requestsforapprovalofsubmittals.b. Requestsforapprovalofsubstitutions.c. RequestsforapprovalofContractor'smeansandmethods.


d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the ContractDocuments.

e. RequestsforadjustmentsintheContractTimeortheContractSum.f. RequestsforinterpretationofArchitect'sactionsonsubmittals.g. IncompleteRFIsorinaccuratelypreparedRFIs.

2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which caseArchitect'stimeforresponsewilldatefromtimeofreceiptofadditionalinformation.

3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or theContract Summay be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according toSection01250"ContractModificationProcedures".

a. IfContractorbelievestheRFIresponsewarrantschange intheContractTimeortheContractSum,notifyArchitectandConstructionManagerinwritingwithin10daysofreceiptoftheRFIresponse.

E. RFI Log: Prepare,maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.Submitlogweekly,unlessdirectedotherwise.UsesoftwarelogthatispartofProjectWebsite.

F. On receipt of Architect's and Construction Manager’s action, update the RFI log andimmediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notifyArchitectandConstructionManagerwithinsevendaysifContractordisagreeswithresponse.

1. IdentificationofrelatedMinorChangeintheWork,ConstructionChangeDirective,andProposalRequest,asappropriate.

1.7 PROJECTMEETINGS

A. General: schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwiseindicated.

1. Attendees: Informparticipantsandothersinvolved,andindividualswhosepresenceisrequired,ofdateandtimeofeachmeeting. NotifyOwnerandArchitectofscheduledmeetingdatesandtimes.

2. Agenda:Preparethemeetingagenda.Distributetheagendatoallinvitedattendees.3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conductingmeetingwill record significant discussions

and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned,including Owner,Construction Manager, and Architect, within three days of themeeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference beforestartingconstruction,atatimeconvenienttoOwnerandArchitect,butnolaterthan15daysafterexecutionoftheAgreement.

1. Conducttheconferencetoreviewresponsibilitiesandpersonnelassignments.2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner ,Architect, and their consultants;

Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and otherconcernedpartiesshallattendtheconference. ParticipantsattheconferenceshallbefamiliarwithProjectandauthorizedtoconcludemattersrelatingtotheWork.


3. Agenda:Discussitemsofsignificancethatcouldaffectprogress,includingthefollowing:

a. Tentativeconstructionschedule.b. Phasing.c. Criticalworksequencingandlong-leaditems.d. Designationofkeypersonnelandtheirduties.e. Linesofcommunications.f. ProceduresforprocessingfielddecisionsandChangeOrders.g. ProceduresforRFIs.h. Proceduresfortestingandinspecting.i. ProceduresforprocessingApplicationsforPayment.j. DistributionoftheContractDocuments.k. Submittalprocedures.l. Preparationofrecorddocuments.m. Useofthepremisesandexistingbuilding.n. Workrestrictions.o. Workinghours.p. Owner'soccupancyrequirements.q. Responsibilityfortemporaryfacilitiesandcontrols.r. Proceduresformoistureandmoldcontrol.s. Proceduresfordisruptionsandshutdowns.t. Constructionwastemanagementandrecycling.u. Parkingavailability.v. Office,work,andstorageareas.w. Equipmentdeliveriesandpriorities.x. Firstaid.y. Security.z. Progresscleaning.

4. Minutes: Entityresponsibleforconductingmeetingwillrecordanddistributemeetingminutes.

C. PreinstallationConferences: ConductapreinstallationconferenceatProjectsitebeforeeachconstructionactivitythatrequirescoordinationwithotherconstruction.

1. Attendees:Installerandrepresentativesofmanufacturersandfabricatorsinvolvedinoraffectedbytheinstallationanditscoordinationorintegrationwithothermaterialsandinstallations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. AdviseArchitectofscheduledmeetingdates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for theparticularactivityunderconsideration,includingrequirementsforthefollowing:

a. ContractDocuments.b. Options.c. RelatedRFIs.d. RelatedChangeOrders.e. Purchases.f. Deliveries.


g. Submittals.h. Reviewofmockups.i. Possibleconflicts.j. Compatibilityrequirements.k. Timeschedules.l. Weatherlimitations.m. Manufacturer'swritteninstructions.n. Warrantyrequirements.o. Compatibilityofmaterials.p. Acceptabilityofsubstrates.q. Temporaryfacilitiesandcontrols.r. Spaceandaccesslimitations.s. Regulationsofauthoritieshavingjurisdiction.t. Testingandinspectingrequirements.u. Installationprocedures.v. Coordinationwithotherwork.w. Requiredperformanceresults.x. Protectionofadjacentwork.y. Protectionofconstructionandpersonnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, includingrequiredcorrectivemeasuresandactions.

4. Reporting:Distributeminutesofthemeetingtoeachpartypresentandtootherpartiesrequiringinformation.

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.Initiatewhateveractionsarenecessary to resolve impediments toperformanceof theWorkandreconvenetheconferenceatearliestfeasibledate.

D. ProjectCloseoutConference: scheduleandconductaproject closeout conference,ata timeconvenienttoOwnerandArchitect,butno laterthan90dayspriortothescheduleddateofSubstantialCompletion.

1. Conduct theconference to reviewrequirementsandresponsibilities related toProjectcloseout.

2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants;Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and otherconcernedpartiesshallattendthemeeting.ParticipantsatthemeetingshallbefamiliarwithProjectandauthorizedtoconcludemattersrelatingtotheWork.

3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout,includingthefollowing:

a. Preparationofrecorddocuments.b. Procedures requiredprior to inspection forSubstantialCompletionand for final

inspectionforacceptance.c. Submittalofwrittenwarranties.d. Requirementsforpreparingoperationsandmaintenancedata.e. Requirementsfordeliveryofmaterialsamples,atticstock,andspareparts.f. Requirementsfordemonstrationandtraining.


g. PreparationofContractor'spunchlist.h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion

andforfinalpayment.i. Submittalprocedures.j. Coordinationofseparatecontracts.k. Owner'spartialoccupancyrequirements.l. InstallationofOwner'sfurniture,fixtures,andequipment.m. Responsibilityforremovingtemporaryfacilitiesandcontrols.

4. Minutes:Entityconductingmeetingwillrecordanddistributemeetingminutes.

E. ProgressMeetings:conductprogressmeetingsatregularintervals.

1. Coordinatedatesofmeetingswithpreparationofpaymentrequests.2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, and

Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned withcurrent progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of futureactivitiesshallberepresentedatthesemeetings.AllparticipantsatthemeetingshallbefamiliarwithProjectandauthorizedtoconcludemattersrelatingtotheWork.

3. Agenda:Reviewandcorrectorapproveminutesofpreviousprogressmeeting.Reviewother itemsof significance that couldaffectprogress. Include topics fordiscussionasappropriatetostatusofProject.

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behindschedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine howconstruction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments fromparties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required toensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within theContractTime.

1) Reviewschedulefornextperiod.

b. Reviewpresentandfutureneedsofeachentitypresent,includingthefollowing:

1) Interfacerequirements.2) Sequenceofoperations.3) Statusofsubmittals.4) Deliveries.5) Off-sitefabrication.6) Access.7) Siteutilization.8) Temporaryfacilitiesandcontrols.9) Progresscleaning.10) Qualityandworkstandards.11) Statusofcorrectionofdeficientitems.12) Fieldobservations.13) StatusofRFIs.


14) Statusofproposalrequests.15) Pendingchanges.16) StatusofChangeOrders.17) Pendingclaimsanddisputes.18) Documentationofinformationforpaymentrequests.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting themeetingwill recordanddistribute themeetingminutestoeachpartypresentandtopartiesrequiringinformation.

a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after eachprogressmeetingwhererevisionstotheschedulehavebeenmadeorrecognized.Issuerevisedscheduleconcurrentlywiththereportofeachmeeting.

F. CoordinationMeetings: conduct Project coordinationmeetings at regular intervals. Projectcoordinationmeetings are in addition to specificmeetings held for other purposes, such asprogressmeetingsandpreinstallationconferences.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, and Architect, each contractor,subcontractor,supplier,andotherentityconcernedwithcurrentprogressorinvolvedinplanning,coordination,orperformanceoffutureactivitiesshallberepresentedatthesemeetings.AllparticipantsatthemeetingsshallbefamiliarwithProjectandauthorizedtoconcludemattersrelatingtotheWork.

2. Agenda:Reviewandcorrectorapproveminutesofthepreviouscoordinationmeeting.Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics fordiscussionasappropriatetostatusofProject.

a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the lastcoordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead ofschedule,orbehind schedule, in relation to combinedContractor's constructionschedule.Determinehowconstructionbehindschedulewillbeexpedited;securecommitmentsfrompartiesinvolvedtodoso.Discusswhetherschedulerevisionsare required toensure thatcurrentandsubsequentactivitieswillbecompletedwithintheContractTime.

b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule aftereach coordinationmeetingwhere revisions to the schedulehavebeenmadeorrecognized.Issuerevisedscheduleconcurrentlywithreportofeachmeeting.

c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including thefollowing:

1) Interfacerequirements.2) Sequenceofoperations.3) Statusofsubmittals.4) Deliveries.5) Off-sitefabrication.6) Access.7) Siteutilization.8) Temporaryfacilitiesandcontrols.9) Workhours.


10) Hazardsandrisks.11) Progresscleaning.12) Qualityandworkstandards.13) ChangeOrders.

3. Reporting:Recordmeetingresultsanddistributecopiestoeveryoneinattendanceandtoothersaffectedbydecisionsoractionsresultingfromeachmeeting.



ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC CONSTRUCTIONPROGRESSSCHEDULESNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 013216-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION013216

CONSTRUCTIONPROGRESSSCHEDULES

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS:


1.2 SUMMARY:

A. DetailedConstructionSchedule:Within14calendardaysfollowingNoticeofAwardtheGeneralContractorshallmeetwiththeOwnerandArchitecttodevelopadetailedconstructionschedulebyrefiningandexpandingthepre-constructionschedulecriteriatoconformtothespecificplanofoperationsenvisionedbytheContractors.Thecontractorwillthenprepareanddistributewithinthenext7daysthedetailedconstructionscheduleincorporatingtheworkofallofthecontractorsandsub-contractors,aswellasthetimelimitationforshopdrawingpreparationandapproval,andtheexpectedmaterialpurchasinganddeliverydurations.

B. EachSub-contractorshallcooperatewithGeneralContractorinfurnishinginformationforpreparationofconstructionscheduleandparticipateinitscreation.

C. Thecontractoristotakespecialnoteofanyactivities,whichinvolvedisruption,orrequiringaccesstoexistingfacilitiesduringtheschoolyearandobtaintheownersapprovalpriortothisdisruptioninadvance.

D. Noworkshallbydoneneitherbetween6:00p.m.and7:00a.m.noronSundaysorlegalholidayswithoutwrittenpermissionofOwner.However,emergencyworkmaybedonewithoutpriorpermission.

1.3 CONTENTOFSCHEDULE

A. ConstructionProgressSchedulepreparebyGeneralContractor:

1. Showcompletesequenceofconstructionbyactivity.

2. Showdatesforbeginningandcompletionofeachmajorelementofconstructionandinstallationdatesformajoritemsofequipment.Elementsshallinclude,butnotlimitedto:

a. Shopdrawingsubmissionsfromsupplier/manufacturer,transmissiontoArchitect,A/Ereviewtime,andreturntosupplier/manufacturer.

b. Listmajormaterialandequipmentorders,manufacturer,fabrication/leadtime,anticipateddeliverydate,installationtime,andcheckout,


c. Materialandperformancetestingandsupervisoryservicesactivity.d. Relocationofexistingutilities,sewers,conduits,watermains,etc.e. Majorsub-contractor/tradecontractoractivitiesf. Sitepreparationandcleaningg. Buildingexcavationandbackfillh. Sub-structureandSlabonGradei. Piping,ductwork,andwiringinstallation.j. Structuralsteelerection.k. Concretepoursequence.l. Installationofexteriorwallsm. Installationofroofandweathertightintegrityn. Precastconcreteerectionifapplicable.o. Electricalworkactivity.p. Heating,ventilating,andairconditioningworkactivity.q. Plumbingworkactivity.r. Installationofsiteutilitiesandsewers.(stormandsanitary)s. StartupdateformajorMPEequipment.t. Allowanceforinclementweather.u. Sitegrading,paving,concrete,andimprovementsv. Finalcleanupw. Owneroccupancy

3. Updatetheschedulebyshowingthepercentageofcompletionforeachactivityasoffirstdayofeachmonth.

1.4 SCHEDULEREVISIONS&UPDATES

A. UpdatestotheConstructionSchedule:Attheendofthefirstmonthandeverytwoweeksthereafter,tocompletion,theOwner,theContractorsandmajorSubcontractorswillmeetatthejobsitetoreviewandupdatetheschedule.TheContractorshallhaveinattendanceatthesemeetingspersonnelwhoarethoroughlyfamiliarwiththeprojectandwhohavedecision-makingauthority.Theyshallreporttheactualprogressoftheworktoindicatestatusofeachactivity,determinetheactualstatusoftheproject,andtomutuallyarriveatdecisionsoractionsthatmayberequiredtomaintaintheprojectedschedule.

B. Progressandrevisionsorchangetotheoriginaldetailconstructionschedule,ifapproved,willbemadeatthismeeting.Thisinformationwillprovidethebasisforgeneratinganupdated,currentconstructionschedule,aswellastheprogresspaymentrequests.UpdatedschedulesshallbeissuedbytheGeneralContractorwiththeminutesofthemeeting.

C. Showchangesoccurringsincepreviousrevisedsubmittal.

1. Majorchangesinscope.2. Activitiesmodifiedsinceprevioussubmittal.3. Revisedprojectionsofprogressandcompletion.


4. Otheridentifiablechanges.

D. Provideanarrativereportasneededtodefine:

1. Problemareas,anticipateddelay,andimpactonschedule.2. Correctiveactionrecommendedanditseffect.3. EffectofchangesonschedulesofotherContractors.

1.5 DELAYSANDRECOVERY

A. OnceaContractorstartsonanypartofworkwhichaffectspublicconvenience,health,orsafety,heshalldiligentlyandexpeditiouslyprosecutesuchworkuntilitisnolongerinanyrespectapublicinconvenience,healthorsafetyhazard.

B. IfatanytimeduringprojecttheContractorfailstomaintainprogressinaccordancewiththeapprovedconstructionscheduleitshallbeconsideredcauseforwithholdingofprogresspaymentsotherwisedueundertheContract.

C. Wheneveritbecomesapparentfromprogressevaluationandupdatedscheduledatathatmilestonecompletiondatesand/orcontractcompletiondateswillnotbemet,Contractorshalltakesomeorallofthefollowingactions:

1. Increaseconstructionmanpowerinsuchquantitiesandcraftsasshallsubstantiallyeliminatethebacklogofwork.

2. Increasenumberofworkinghourspershift,shiftsperworkday,workdaysperweek,oramountofconstructionequipment,orcombinationoftheforegoingsufficienttosubstantiallyeliminatethebacklogwork.

3. Rescheduleworkitemstoachieveconcurrencyofaccomplishment.

D. Undernocircumstanceswilltheadditionofequipmentorconstructionforces,increasingtheworkinghoursoranyothermethod,mannerorprocedurestoreturntothecurrentConstructionProgressSchedulebeconsideredjustificationforadditionalcompensationortreatedasanacceleration.

E. ContractorsshallacceptriskfordelayscausedbyrateofprogressofworktobeperformedunderotherContracts.IntheeventContractorisdelayedinprosecutionandcompletionofhisworkbecauseofsuchconditions,heshallhavenoclaimfordamagesorContractadjustment.

1.6 SUBMITTALREQUIREMENTS

A. Forinitialsubmittalofconstructionscheduleandsubsequentrevisionsthereof,GeneralContractorshallfurnishsixcopiesofscheduletoArchitectandonecopytoeachContractor.

B. FailuretoprepareandsubmitconstructionschedulesonatimelybasisaspreviouslynotedshallbeconsideredcauseforwithholdinganyoftheprogresspaymentsotherwisedueunderContract.



PART3-EXECUTION(NotUsed)ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC ELECTRONICFILESNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION013101-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION013301 ELECTRONICFILES PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARYA. ForallcontractorswhowishtoobtainElectronicFilesfromtheArchitectanditsconsultantsfor

useinCoordination,ShopDrawingand/orRecordDrawingphases,theattachedElectronicFilesReleaseAgreementfromSTRPartnersmustbecompleted,signed,andreturnedtoSTR.

B. Additionalformsmayberequiredfromconsultantsandwillbeprovidedattimeofrequest(s).

ELECTRONIC FILES RELEASE AGREEMENT For and in consideration of STR Partners LLC (STR) providing its Building Information Modeling and other Electronic Data (hereinafter “Electronic Files”) to ________________________________________ (hereinafter “Recipient”) for the project described as “_____________________________________________ __________________________________________________“, Recipient accepts the Electronic Files subject to the following terms and conditions: The Electronic Files are provided for information purposes only in connection with the Recipient’s performance of its responsibilities and obligations related to the completed Project (i.e. preparation of shop drawings for above-mentioned project, or the creation of the Recipient’s model information for the coordination of systems for the above-mentioned project, and related collaboration); provided however, Recipient accepts and assumes all risk and responsibility with regard to any use of the Electronic Files, including but not limited to, readability, translation, compatibility, and alteration issues which may occur. Recipient understands and agrees that the hard copies of the final plans and specifications are the official Construction Documents, and STR does not represent that the Electronic Files are a complete and accurate representation of the hard copy Construction Documents. The Electronic Files shall not be considered as having been created with full contemplation for how the Electronic Files may be used by the Recipient or by others besides STR. The Electronic Files have not been created by STR with the intent, either expressed or implied, for use by others and are provided only as a convenience with all risk, liability and responsibility assumed by Recipient. Electronic Files are identified as computer generated information in an electronic format in the form of text, drafting, 2D graphics, 3D graphics, and Building Information Models (BIM). In further consideration of such transfer, the Recipient hereby understands, acknowledges and agrees that such Electronic Files are solely for the Recipient’s convenience and that STR makes no representations or warranties whatsoever about the accuracy of such Electronic Files. STR assumes no responsibility to maintain or keep current the Electronic Files for use by the Recipient. The Electronic Files shall not be considered to be Contract Documents as defined by the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, nor shall they be considered As-Built or record set of Drawings.

The use of Electronic Files shall be at the sole risk of the Recipient without liability, risk, or legal exposure to STR. As a condition of acceptance by the Recipient of Electronic Files, the Recipient agrees to release STR from any and all liabilities, claims, damages, losses, costs, attorney’s fees arising from the use of the Electronic Files and further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless STR and all of its personnel and consultants from liabilities, causes of action, claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including attorney’s fees resulting from and which are alleged to have resulted from any use or reuse of such Electronic Files by Recipient or any transferee of Recipient. The Recipient agrees and understands further that all information on the Electronic Files are considered proprietary to STR, and are for the Recipient’s use and benefit only for purposes of this Project. The Recipient agrees not to sell, lease, rent, or transfer to any other person or entity such drawings without STR's express prior written consent. Use of the Electronic Files, in whole or in part, constitutes Recipient’s agreement to the above statements. Price: $ 100 for the first file $ 75 for each additional file Requested files:

Sheet ___________ Sheet ___________

Sheet ___________ Sheet ___________

Sheet ___________ Sheet ___________

Sheet ___________ Sheet ___________

Sheet ___________ Sheet ___________

IFC file ___________ (check here)

Company Name:

Authorized Agent Name & Title: (PRINT) (SIGNATURE) Date:

Company’s Email Address or FTP Site/Access for electronic file delivery*:

*File(s) to be delivered upon receipt of payment, check payable to STR PARTNERS LLC.

STRPARTNERSLLC SUBMITTALPROCEDURESNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 013323-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION013323SUBMITTALPROCEDURES

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. ThissectionoutlinesingeneraltheitemsthattheContractormustprepareorassembleforsubmittalduringtheprogressofthework.

B. Contractor’sattentionisdirectedtotheindividualspecificationsectioninthesecontractdocuments,whichcontainadditionalandspecialsubmittalrequirements.

C. ContractorshallcoordinatewiththerequirementssetforthbytheConstructionManagerforproceduresfordocumentmanagement.ThisdocumentdescribesthecontentrequiredofthesubmittalsforconsiderationbytheArchitect.

1.2 SHOPDRAWINGS

A. Drawings:

1. Presentinaclearandthoroughmanner.2. Detailsshallbeidentifiedbyreferencetosheetanddetail,schedule,orroomnumbers

shownondrawings.

B. ProductData:

1. Clearlymarkeachcopytoidentifypertinentproductsormodels.2. Performancecharacteristicsandcapacities(TestResults).3. Dimensions,weight,andclearances.4. Wiringorpipingdiagramsandcontrols.5. Location,direction,andmagnitudeofloadsandvibrationstosupportingstructure.6. Location/orientationofdrivesandbases.7. Productdataforproductsrequiringsamplesshallbesubmittedwithsample.

C. Manufacturer’sStandardSchematicDrawingsandDiagrams:

1. Modifydrawingsanddiagramstodeleteinformationwhichisnotapplicabletowork.2. Supplementstandardinformationtoprovideinformationspecificallyapplicabletowork.

1.3 SAMPLES

A. Samplesshallaccompanyproductdata.

B. Samplesshallbeofsufficientsizeandquantitytoclearlyillustrate:

1. Functionalcharacteristicsofproduct,withintegrallyrelatedpartsandattachmentdevices.


2. Fullrangeofcolor,texture,andpattern.

C. FieldSamplesandMock-ups:

1. Erect,atprojectsite,atlocationacceptabletoARCHITECT.2. SizeorArea:Thatspecifiedinrespectivespecificationsection.3. Fabricateeachsampleandmock-upcompleteandfinished.4. Removemock-upsatconclusionofworkorwhenacceptabletoArchitect.

1.4 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICALCOORDINATION

A. Eachcontractorformechanical,electrical,plumbingandfireprotectionshallprepareshopdrawingsforhisworkontheroof,allfloorsandunderground.Heshallprepareplanoriginalsfortheroof,allfloorsandundergroundataminimumscaleof1/8inchtoafoot.

B. ThecontractorforventilationandairhandingshallpreparethebasicfloorplanbackgrounddrawingonCADDshowingsheetmetalductworkandequipmentatascaleof1/4inchtoafoot.HeshallfurnishaCADDfiletoeachmechanical,plumbing,fire-protectionandelectricalcontractorasabackgroundfortheirwork.EachcontractorshalldrawhisownworkonCADDwiththeventilationandairhandlinglayerasabackgroundforcoordinationandshopdrawingpurposes.Eachcontractorshallberesponsibleforupdatinghisshopandcoordinationdrawingsthroughoutthelifeoftheprojectasfieldrecorddrawings.

C. Thecontractorsshallmeetfrequentlytocoordinatethepreparationofindividualtradedrawings.Thesemeetingswillbeheldtoinsurethatcoordinationandconstructionsequencingareconsideredinthepreparationofindividualtradedrawings.Noworkshallbeinstalleduntileachcontractor’sdrawingshavebeencoordinatedbytheMEP/FPcontractorsandtheGeneralContractor,anduntilthedrawingshavebeensubmittedtoothersubcontractorsandtheArchitectforreviewandapproval.

D. Inthepreparationofdrawingsandinthecoordinationmeetings,eachcontractorshallcheckproposedlocationsoftheirworkwiththerequirementsofallrelatedworktoensurenon-interferencewithceilingheights,obstructionsimposedbyrecessedlightingfixtures,shaftspace,andotherarchitecturallimitations.OnlyasalastresortwilltheArchitectconsiderloweringceilingheights.Thelocationandmethodofprovidingpowertoequipmentandthecomponentpartssuppliedbyeachcontractorshallbeclearlyidentifiedontheshopdrawings.Electricalcharacteristicsoftheequipmentshallbecoordinated.Installedworkthatblocksorinhibitstheproperworkofthecontractorsshallberemoved/relocatedatthepriorcontractor’sexpense.TheArchitectwillnotauthorizeadditionalmoniestoremove/relocateinstalledworkthatwasnotcoordinated.

E. Whenthemechanical,electrical,plumbing,andfire-protectionshopdrawingshavebeencompletedandcoordinated,theyshallbestampedandsigned-offbyeachoftherespectivecontractors.ThestampshallbeprovidedbytheGeneralContractorandshallincludethefollowinginformation:

1. Projectnameanddescription


2. Thestatement:“Theundersignedhasreviewedhisworkandthatoftheothercontractorsaffectinghisworkandstatesthatnointerferenceexistbetweenhisworkandthatofothercontractorsaffectinghisworkandagreestotheinstallationasshown.”

3. Spacesforsign-offbyeachcontractorandthedateofsign-off.

1.5 CONTRACTORRESPONSIBILITIES

A. Reviewshopdrawingsandsamplespriortosubmittal.

B. DetermineandVerify:

1. Fieldmeasurements.2. Fieldconstructioncriteria.3. Catalognumbersandsimilardata4. Conformancewithspecifications.

C. CoordinateeachsubmittalwithrequirementsofworkandofContractDocuments.

D. NotifyArchitectinwriting,attimeofsubmittal,ofdeviationsinsubmittalsfromrequirementsofContractDocuments.

E. Beginnofabricationorwork,whichrequiressubmittalsuntilreturnofsubmittalswithArchitectapproval.

F. Designateinconstructionprogressscheduledatesforsubmittalandreceiptofreviewedshopdrawingsandsamples.

1.6 SUBMITTALREQUIREMENTS

A. SubmitshopdrawingsandsamplesrequiredbyContractDocumentstoArchitectbywayofConstructionManager.

B. Submitshopdrawingsandsamplesforproductsrequiringcolorselectioninatimelymannertofacilitateselectionandcoordination.

C. SubmitinaccordancewithConstructionManager’sprojectschedule.

D. Numberofcopiesrequired:

1. ShopDrawingsandothersubmittalsshallbesubmittedelectronicallyinPDFformattocontactsprovidedatfirstprogressmeeting.

2. IfContractorchoosestosubmithardcopiesofshopdrawings,submittwoprints.3. Samplesshallbesubmittedasphysicalsampleswithatransmitalandphotoorother

imagesubmittedasaPDF.4. CoordinatewithConstructionManagerforuseofweb-basedprojectmanagement

system.

E. Submittalsshallcontain:


1. Dateofsubmittalanddatesofprevioussubmittals.2. Projecttitleandnumber.3. Contractidentification.4. Namesof:

a. Contractor. b. Supplier. c. Manufacturer.

5. Identificationofproduct,withequipmentidentificationnumbers,motornumbers,andspecificationsectionnumber.

6. Fielddimensions,clearlyidentified.7. Relationtoadjacentorcriticalfeaturesofworkormaterials.8. Applicablestandards,suchasASTMorFederalSpecificationnumbers.9. IdentificationofdeviationsfromContractDocuments.10. Identificationofrevisionsofresubmittals.11. An8in.by3in.blankspaceforContractorandArchitectstamps.12. Contractor’sstamp,signed,certifyingtoreviewofsubmittal,verificationofproducts,

fieldmeasurement,fieldconstructioncriteria,andcoordinationofinformationwithinsubmittalwithrequirementsofworkandofContractDocuments.

1.7 RESUBMITTALREQUIREMENTS

A. MakeanycorrectionsorchangesinsubmittalsrequiredbyArchitectandresubmituntilapproved.

B. ShopDrawingsandProductData:

1. Reviseinitialdrawingsordataandresubmitasspecifiedforinitialsubmittal.2. Indicatechanges,whichhavebeenmadeotherthanthose,requestedbyArchitect.

C. Samples:Submitnewsamplesasrequiredforinitialsubmittal.

D. TheContractorshallreimbursetheOwnerforallArchitectfeesforreviewofproductdataorshopdrawingsbeyondtheinitialsubmittalreviewandonere-submittal.

1.8 DISTRIBUTION

A. PerConstructionManagerRequirements.

1.9 ARCHITECTDUTIES

A. Reviewsubmittalswithreasonablepromptnessandinaccordancewithschedule.

B. Affixstampandsignature,andindicaterequirementsforresubmittalorapprovalofsubmittal.

C. ReturnsubmittalstoContractorfordistributionorforresubmittal.




ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC ALTERATIONPROJECTPROCEDURESNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 013516-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION013516 ALTERATIONPROJECTPROCEDURES

PART1-GENERAL


A. ThefollowingformapartofthisSectionandwhereapplicable,governallWork:

1. InstructionstoBidders2. GeneralConditionsoftheContractforConstruction,AIADocumentNo.A2013. OtherDivision1SpecificationSections4. AllnotesontheDrawingsapplyingtoworkinthisSection

1.2 REQUIREMENTSINCLUDE

A. GeneralContractor:

1. Coordinateworkofcraftsandsubcontractors.2. Scheduleelementsofremodelingandrenovationworktoexpeditecompletion.3. SchedulenoisyorhazardousworktoavoidproblemswithOwner’soperations.4. Inadditiontodemolitionshownondrawings,cut,moveorremoveexisting

constructiontoprovideaccessortoallowremodelingandnewworktoproceed.Include:

a. Repair/removehazardousorunsanitaryconditions.b. Removeabandonedpiping,conduitandwiring.c. Removeallunsuitableorextraneousmaterialsnotmarkedforsalvage,

suchasabandonedfurnishingsandequipment,anddebris,suchasrottedwood,rustedmetalsanddeterioratedconcrete.

5. Cleansurfaces:Removesurfacefinishestoinstallnewworkandfinishes.6. Patch,repairandrefinishexistingitemstoremain,tothespecifiedconditionfor

eachmaterial,withaneattransitiontoadjacentnewconstruction.

1.3 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS

A. SpecifiedElsewhere:

1. Section011000“SummaryofWork”2. Section017300“ExecutionRequirements”

1.4 SEQUENCEANDSCHEDULES

A. ScheduleworkinsequencesandwithintimesspecifiedinSection011000“SummaryofWork”.


B. Submitseparatedetailedsub-scheduleforalterationswork,coordinatedwithConstructionSchedule.Show:

1. Eachstageofwork;occupancydatesofareas2. DateofSubstantialCompletionforeachareaofalterationwork.3. Craftsandsubcontractorsemployedineachstage

1.5 ALTERATIONS,CUTTINGANDPROTECTION

A. Assignmoving,removal,cuttingandpatchingworktocraftsqualifiedtoperformtheworkinamannertocauseleastdamagetoeachtypeofwork,andprovidemeansofrestoringsurfacestoappearanceofnewwork.

B. Performcutting/removalworktoremoveminimumnecessary,andinamannertoavoiddamagetoadjacentwork.

C. PerformcuttingandpatchingasspecifiedinSection017300“ExecutionRequirements.”

D. Protectexistingfinishes,equipmentandadjacentworkthatisscheduledtoremain,fromdamage.

E. Protectexistingandnewworkfromweatherandtemperatureextremes.

1. Maintaintheinteriorworkabove60degreesF.2. Provideweatherprotection,waterproofing,heatandhumiditycontrolto

preventanydamagetoremainingexistingworkandtonewwork.

PART2-PRODUCTS

PART3-SALVAGEDMATERIALS

A. Salvagesufficientquantitiesofcutorremovedmaterialstoreplacedamagedworkofexistingconstruction,whenmaterialisnotreadilyobtainableoncurrentmarket.

1. Storesalvageditemsinadry,secureplaceonsite.2. ItemsnotspecifiedforuseinanyrepairworkremainpropertyofOwner.3. Donotusesalvagedorusedmaterialinnewconstruction,exceptwithaprior

writtenauthorizationfromArchitectandOwner.

PART4-MATERIALSFORPATCHING,EXTENDINGANDMATCHING

A. Ensurethatworkiscomplete.

1. Providesamematerialsortypesofconstructionasthatisexisting,topatch,extendormatchexistingwork.

a. ContractDocumentsmaynotdefineproductsorstandardsofworkmanshippresentinexistingconstruction.


b. Determineproductsbyinspectionandtesting.c. Determinetheworkmanshipbyuseofexistingassampleofcomparison.

2. Presenceofaproduct,finishortypeofconstructionrequiresthatpatching,extending,ormatchingbeperformedtomakeWorkcompleteandconsistenttoidenticalqualitystandards.

PART5-EXECUTION

PART6-REMOVEEXISTINGCONSTRUCTION

A. Removeanddisposeofallexistingconstructionindicatedtobedemolishedincluding,butnotlimitedtotheroofingmaterialsandmechanicalandelectricalitems.

PART7-PERFORMANCE:

A. Patchandextendexistingworkusingskilledcraftsmancapableofmatchingexistingqualityofworkmanship.Forpatchedorextendedwork,providequalityequaltothatspecifiedfornewwork.

PART8-ADJUSTMENTS

A. Wherepartitionsareremoved,patchthefloorswallsandceilingswithfinishmaterialstomatchexistingascloselyaspossible.

1. Whereremovalofpartitionsresultsinadjacentspacesbecomingone,reworkfloorsandceilingtoprovidesmoothplaneswithoutbreaks,stepsorbulkheads.

2. Whereextremechangeofplaneoftwoinchesormoreoccurs,requestinstructionfromArchitect.

PART9-DAMAGEDSURFACES

A. Patchandreplaceallportionsofexistingfinishedsurfacesfoundtobedamaged,lifted,discoloredorshowingotherimperfections,withmatchingmaterial.

1. Provideadequatesupportpriortopatchingthefinishsurfaces.2. Refinishpatchedportionsofpaintedorcoatedsurfacesinamannertoproduce

uniformcolorandtextureoverentiresurface.3. Whentheexistingsurfacecannotbematched,refinishentiresurfacetonearest

intersections.

PART10-TRANSITIONFROMEXISTINGTONEWWORK

A. Whennewworkabutsorfinishesflushwithexistingwork,makeasmoothtransition.Patchedworkshallmatchexistingadjacentworkinbothtextureandappearanceascloselyaspossible.


PART11-CLEANING

A. PerformconstructioncleaningasdirectedbyConstructionManager.

1. CleanOwneroccupiedareasdaily.2. Cleanallthespillage,overspray,andheavydustcollectionsinOwneroccupied

areasimmediately.

B. Atcompletionofworkofeachcraft,cleanareaandmakesurfacesreadyforworkofsuccessivecrafts.

C. Atcompletionofalterationsworkineacharea,providefinalcleaninginaccordwithConstructionManagerinstructionsandreturnspacetoaconditionsuitableforuseofOwner.

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC QUALITYREQUIREMENTSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 014000-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION014000QUALITYREQUIREMENTS

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Thissectionestablishesqualitycontrolstandardsfortheproject.

1.2 REGULATORYREQUIREMENTSFORTESTINGANDINSPECTION

A. BuildingCodeRequirements:Complywithrequirementsfortestingandinspectionsofapplicablecodes,includingadditionalrequirementsfortestingandinspection,asadoptedandinterpretedbylocalauthoritieshavingjurisdiction,includingtheIllinoisStateBoardofEducation.

B. RequirementsofFire-ProtectionAuthorities:ComplywithtestingandinspectionrequirementsoftheStateFireMarshallandlocalFireMarshalhavingjurisdiction.

1.3 QUALITYCONTROL

A. Contractor’sQualityControl:TheContractorshallensurethatproducts,services,workmanshipandsiteconditionscomplywiththerequirementsoftheContractDocumentsbycoordinating,supervising,testingandinspectingtheWorkandbyutilizingonlysuitablyqualifiedpersonnel.

B. ContractorQuality:TheContractorshallemploypeopleandcompaniesexpertinandwithdocumentedexperienceandsuccessintheircraftortradetoperformtheWork.

C. QualityRequirements:WorkshallbeaccomplishedinaccordancewithqualityrequirementsoftheContractDocuments,includingbyreference,allapplicablecodes,laws,rules,regulations,standards,manufacturer’sinstructionsandrecommendations,andpublishedtradestandards.Whennoqualitybasisisprescribed,thequalityshallbeinaccordancewiththebest-acceptedpracticesoftheconstructionindustryforthetraceandlocationoftheWorkforprojectsofthistype.

D. QualityofProducts:Unlessotherwiseindicated,orspecified,allproductsshallbenew,freeofdefectsandfitfortheintendedpurpose.

E. QualityofInstallation:AllWorkshallbeproducedplumb,level,squareandtrue,ortruetoindicatedangle,withproperalignmentandrelationshipbetweenthevariousadjacentelements.

F. ProtectionofExistingandCompletedWork:TheContractorshalltakeallmeasuresnecessarytopreserveandprotecttheexistingandcompletedWorkfreefromdamage,deterioration,soilingandstainingandexposuretoultravioletlight,untilacceptanceoftheWorkbytheOwner.

STRPARTNERSLLC QUALITYREQUIREMENTSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 014000-2Issued–1/21/2020

G. StandardsandCodeComplianceandManufacturer’sInstructionsandRecommendations:Unlessmorestringentrequirementsareindicatedorspecified,complywithmanufacturer’sinstructionsandrecommendations,referencestandardsandbuildingcodesrequirementsinpreparing,fabricating,erecting,installing,applying,connectingandfinishingtheWork.

H. DeviationsfromStandardsandCodeComplianceandManufacturersInstructionsandRecommendations:Documentandexplainalldeviationsfromreferencestandardsandbuildingcoderequirementsandmanufacturer’sproductinstallationinstructionsandrecommendations,includingacknowledgementbythemanufacturerthatsuchdeviationsareacceptableandappropriatefortheProject.

I. VerificationofQuality:WorkshallbesubjecttoverificationofqualitybytheOwner,Architectand/orArchitect’sconsultantsinaccordancewiththeprovisionsoftheConditionsoftheContract.

1.4 INSPECTIONSANDTESTS

A. TheContractorshallcausealltestsandinspectionsrequiredbyauthoritieshavingjurisdictiontobemadeforWorkunderthisContract,includingthosebytheRegionalOfficeofEducation,BuildingDepartment,LocalPublicWorksDepartment,Fire-ProtectionDistrict,HealthDepartmentorsimilaragencies.

B. TheContractorshallcausealltestsandinspectionsrequiredbytheservingutilitiestobemadeforWorkundertheContract.

C. TheContractorshallcauseallspecifiedorArchitect-requestedtestsandinspectionstobeconductedbymaterialsorsystemsmanufacturers.Additionally,alltestsandinspectionsrequiredbymaterialsorsystemsmanufacturersasconditionsofwarrantyorcertificationofWorkshallbemade,thecostofwhichshallbeincludedintheContractSum.



ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC REFERENCESNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 014200-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION014200REFERENCES

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. General:BasicContractdefinitionsareincludedintheConditionsoftheContract.

B. "Approved":WhenusedtoconveyArchitect'sactiononContractor'ssubmittals,applications,and requests, "approved" is limited toArchitect'sdutiesand responsibilitiesas stated in theConditionsoftheContract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,""authorized,""selected,""required,"and"permitted"havethesamemeaningas"directed."

D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form onDrawings,inSpecifications,andinotherContractDocuments.Othertermsincluding"shown,""noted,""scheduled,"and"specified"havethesamemeaningas"indicated."

E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities havingjurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry thatcontrolperformanceoftheWork.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,installation,andsimilaroperations.

G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,protecting,cleaning,andsimilaroperations.

H. "Provide":Furnishandinstall,completeandreadyfortheintendeduse.

I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of ProjectsiteisshownonDrawingsandmayormaynotbeidenticalwiththedescriptionofthelandonwhichProjectistobebuilt.

1.2 INDUSTRYSTANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringentrequirements,applicableconstructionindustrystandardshavethesameforceandeffectasifbound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. SuchstandardsaremadeapartoftheContractDocumentsbyreference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documentsunlessotherwiseindicated.


C. CopiesofStandards: Eachentityengaged inconstructiononProjectshouldbe familiarwithindustry standardsapplicable to its constructionactivity. Copiesofapplicable standardsarenotboundwiththeContractDocuments.1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity,

obtaincopiesdirectlyfrompublicationsource.

1.3 ABBREVIATIONSANDACRONYMS

A. IndustryOrganizations:WhereabbreviationsandacronymsareusedinSpecificationsorotherContract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated inThomson Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade &ProfessionalAssociationsoftheU.S."

B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or otherContractDocuments,theyshallmeantherecognizednameoftheentitiesinthefollowinglist.Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to beaccurateandup-to-dateasofthedateoftheContractDocuments.

DIN DeutschesInstitutfurNormunge.V. 49302601-0 www.din.de IAPMO InternationalAssociationofPlumbingandMechanicalOfficials (909)472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICC InternationalCodeCouncil (888)422-7233 www.iccsafe.org ICC-ES ICCEvaluationService,Inc. (800)423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562)699-0543

C. FederalGovernmentAgencies:WhereabbreviationsandacronymsareusedinSpecificationsor other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in thefollowing list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and arebelievedtobeaccurateandup-to-dateasofthedateoftheContractDocuments.

CPSC ConsumerProductSafetyCommission (800)638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301)504-7923 EPA EnvironmentalProtectionAgency (202)272-0167 www.epa.gov OSHA OccupationalSafety&HealthAdministration (800)321-6742 www.osha.gov (202)693-1999 USPS PostalService (202)268-2000


www.usps.com

D. StandardsandRegulations: Whereabbreviationsandacronymsareused inSpecificationsorother Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards andregulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, andWeb sites are subject tochange and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the ContractDocuments.

ADAAG AmericanswithDisabilitiesAct(ADA) (800)872-2253 ArchitecturalBarriersAct(ABA) (202)272-0080 AccessibilityGuidelinesforBuildingsandFacilities AvailablefromU.S.AccessBoard www.access-board.gov CFR CodeofFederalRegulations (866)512-1800 AvailablefromGovernmentPrintingOffice (202)512-1800 www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html FS FederalSpecification (215)697-2664 AvailablefromDepartmentofDefenseSingleStockPoint http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil/ AvailablefromDefenseStandardizationProgram www.dsp.dla.mil AvailablefromGeneralServicesAdministration (202)619-8925 www.gsa.gov AvailablefromNationalInstituteofBuildingSciences (202)289-7800 www.wbdg.org/ccb UFAS UniformFederalAccessibilityStandards (800)872-2253 AvailablefromAccessBoard (202)272-0080 www.access-board.gov



ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC CODE-REQUIREDINSPECTIONSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 014533-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION014533CODE-REQUIREDINSPECTIONS

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARYA. ThissectionincorporatestheprovisionsoftheIllinoisStateBoardofEducation’sHealth/Life-

SafetyHandbook,Chapter1:BuildingPermit/CertificateofOccupancyProcess.Thescoperequireson-siteinspectionsforthepurposeofthecompletionofInspectionStatementsandConfirmationofCalledInspectionRecordsbyalicensedArchitectorEngineer,orinspectorprequalifiedbytheIllinoisStateBoardofEducation.

B. ItistheOwner’sresponsibilitytocontractwithanInspectortofulfilltheISBE’srequiredCalledInspections.

C. ItistheContractor’sresponsibilitytocoordinatewiththeOwner’sInspectionagencytoensureinspectionsoccurinsequencewiththeconstructionprogress,andtoensurethattheinspectoriscertifiedintherequestedareaofinspection.

1.2 REFERENCESA. IllinoisStateBoardofEducation,NoticeofAdoptedAmendments,Title23:Educationand

CulturalResources,SubtitleA:Education;Subchapterd:ConstructionandBuildingMaintenance;Part180,Health/LifeSafetyCodeforPublicSchools

B. IllinoisStateBoardofEducation’sHealth/Life-SafetyHandbook.-LatestEdition

C. 2018IllinoisAccessibilityCode(71Ill.Adm.Code400)

D. 2015OSFM(OfficeoftheStateFireMarshal)rulestitledIllinoisElevatorSafetyRules(41Ill.Admin.Code1000)

E. 2014IllinoisPlumbingCode(77Ill.Admin.Code890)EffectiveApril24,2014

F. 2013OSFMBoilerandPressureVesselSafetyRules(41Ill.Admin.Code120)EffectiveAugust1,2013

G. ICC/NSSAStandardfortheDesignandConstructionofStormShelters(ICC500-2014),publishedjointlybytheInternationalCodeCouncilandtheNationalStormShelterAssociation

H. 2015InternationalBuildingCode(IBC)and2015InternationalExistingBuildingCode(IEBC)1. ICC/NSSAStandardfortheDesignandConstructionofStormShelters(ICC500-2014),

publishedjointlybytheInternationalCodeCouncilandtheNationalStormShelterAssociationshallapplyinsteadoftheprovisionscontainedinSection423

2. 2018IllinoisAccessibilityCode(71Ill.Adm.Code400)shallapplyinsteadoftheaccessibilityprovisionssetforthinChapter11

3. IllinoisPlumbingCode(77Ill.Admin.Code890)andSection405.3.1ofthe2015InternationalPlumbingCodeshallapplyinsteadoftheplumbingprovisionssetforthinSection101.3.2ofChapter1andincorporatedinChapter35

4. 2015IllinoisStateFireMarshal'srulestitledIllinoisElevatorSafetyRules(41Ill.Adm.Code1000)shallapplyinsteadoftheelevatorprovisionsintheIBC


5. 2014IllinoisOSFMComplianceStandardsforSprinklerSystems(41Ill.Adm.Code109.110)shallapplyinconjunctionwithsprinklerrequirementssetforthinSection22-23oftheSchoolCode,theIBC,andtheIFC.

I. 2015InternationalElectricalCode

J. 2015InternationalEnergyConservationCode(IECC)

K. 2015InternationalFireCode(IFC),excludingChapter41. JointRulesoftheOfficeoftheStateFireMarshalandtheIllinoisStateBoardof

Education:SchoolEmergencyandCrisisResponsePlans(29Ill.Adm.Code1500)shallapplyinsteadofChapter4

L. 2015InternationalMechanicalCode(IMC),excludingChapter201. IllinoisStateFireMarshal’srulestitledBoilerandPressureVesselSafetyRules(41Ill.

Admin.Code120)shallapplyinsteadofthoseprovisionssetforthinChapter20oftheInternationalMechanicalCode

M. 2015InternationalFuelGasCode(IFGC)

1.3 QUALITYASSURANCEA. Qualifications:

1. Engageanindependent(third-party)architectorprofessionalengineer(PE)licensedtopracticeintheStateofIllinoisor

2. Aqualifiedinspector,certifiedbytheIllinoisStateBoardofEducation

1.4 PROJECTCONDITIONSA. Coordinatesitevisitsforinvestigationsatthestageofconstructionappropriatetoand

consistentwiththerequirementssetforthintheInspectionStatements(Form36-36)andConfirmationofCalledInspectionRecords(Form36-37).

1.5 COORDINATIONA. CoordinateandschedulesitevisitswiththeContractor


PART3-EXECUTION3.1 INSPECTIONPROFESSIONALS

A. ArchitectorProfessionalEngineer(PE),1. LicensedtopracticeintheStateofIllinois

B. ISBE-approvedinspector1. SelectfromlistofapprovedinspectorsprovidedbytheIllinoisStateBoardofEducation

(ISBE).ContactHealth/LifeSafetystaffmemberat(217)785-8779oraspublishedontheirwebsite,https://www.isbe.net/Documents/plan_reviewers_inspectors.pdf,foracurrentlistofapprovedinspectors.

3.2 PREPARATIONA. ExaminetheContractDocumentstobecomefamiliarwithProjectrequirementsandsequence

ofconstruction.


1. ContractDocumentsaredefinedintheGeneralandSupplementaryConditionsofContract.

B. BefamiliarwiththerequirementssetforthintheInspectionStatements(Form36-36)andConfirmationofCalledInspectionRecords(Form36-37).

C. DiscussconstructionschedulewithContractor.CoordinateinspectionvisitswiththeContractor,sothatvisitswithcoincidewithISBErequirements.

3.3 INSPECTIONSA. VisitthesiteandreviewconstructionascalledforonInspectionStatements(Form36-36)and

ConfirmationofCalledInspectionRecords(Form36-37).

B. Reportdeficienciesdiscoveredbeforeandduringperformanceofinspections.SubmitreporttotheArchitectandContractor.Keepalogdocumentingtheseconstructiondeficiencies.

C. Sign-offonformsonlywhenconstructionhasbeencompletedtothesatisfactionoftheinspectorand/orwhenconstructionhasbeenperformedinaccordancewiththeContractDocuments.

D. Maintainanup-to-dateprogressoriginaloftheInspectionStatements(Form36-36)andConfirmationofCalledInspectionRecords(Form36-37).

E. Uponcompletionoftheinspectionwork,submitformstoArchitect.


PART4-FORMS4.1 RefertotheISBEforms36-36and36-37attached.



ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC CONSTRUCTIONFACILITIESANDTEMPORARYCONTROLSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools SECTION015000-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION015000CONSTRUCTIONFACILITIESANDTEMPORARYCONTROLS

PART1-GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: contractor shall provide temporary utilities required for construction asspecified.Furnish,install,andmaintainrequiredappurtenancesneededtoprovidetemporaryheat and ventilation, temporary electrical service, temporary lighting, temporary water,temporarytelephoneservice,andtemporarysanitaryfacilities.RemovetemporaryutilitiesoncompletionofWorkorbefore,ifnolongerrequiredbyworkbeingperformed.

1.3 QUALITYASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: Meets requirements of applicable governing codes to providetemporaryutilities.

PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 TEMPORARYHEATING,COOLING,ANDVENTILATING

A. GeneralRequirements:

1. Party Responsible For Protection: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor toprovidetemporaryheatandventilationtomaintainadequateenvironmentalconditionsto facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for theinstallation of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due totemperatureandhumidity.

2. TemporaryEnclosures:Contractorshallprovidetemporarycoveringsandenclosurestoprotectmaterialsandfinishesfromdamagingenvironmentalconditions.

3. DamagesDuetoInadequateProtection:WorkDamagedbyinadequateprotectionfromdamaging environmental conditions shall be repaired or replaced as directed andapprovedbyArchitectatnocosttoOwner.

4. Materials: Materialsusedtoprovidetherequiredenvironmentalconditionstoensureandmaintaintheprotectionofmaterialsandfinishesmaybeneworused,butmustbeadequate for the purpose intended and must not violate requirements of applicablecodesandstandards.

B. TemporaryHeat:

1. Equipment: Contractor shall provide required facilities, including equipment, fuel,piping, wiring, and controls. Portable heaters shall be standard units meetingrequirements of applicable codes and regulations. Heatersmayoperate bymeansofgas,oil,electricityorothermeans,butshallnotproduceanyaffect,whichisdetrimental


to the building or health of persons present on construction site. Provide adequateventingandventilationfortemporary-heatingequipmentused.

2. HeatingSeason:Ingeneral,providetemporaryheatfromOctober15toApril15,unlessenvironmental conditions require temporary heat to be provided before or afterspecified dates to maintain adequate environmental conditions for products andexecutionofWork.

3. MinimumTemperatures:From10daysbeforepaintingisstarteduntilcompletionoftheProject, and during plastering, tile setting, floor laying, and acoustical tile application,the minimum temperature to be maintained shall be 60 degrees F. Minimumtemperature to be maintained at all other times, unless otherwise specified underspecificunitsofwork,shallbe45degreesF.

4. UseofPermanentSystem:

a. Approvals for Use: New permanent heating system shall not be used fortemporaryheat,unlessapprovedbyArchitect.

b. WhenPermanentSystemShouldbeReadyForUse:AtthetimethenewbuildinginArchitect’s judgement,hasbeencompleted to thepointwhere it is ready fortheinstallationofmillworkandfinishes,Mechanicalsubcontractorshallhavethepermanent heating and ventilation system ready for use. At this time, ifenvironmentalconditionsrequire,permanentsystemshallbeputintooperationasdirectedandapprovedbyArchitect.

c. Supervision and Responsibility for Use of Permanent System: Mechanicalsubcontractor shall be responsible for the operation of the permanent systemwhenusedandshallprovidewhateversupervisionisrequiredwhenused.

d. Responsibility for Costs of Operating Permanent System: Contractor shall paycosts of fuel and power for operation of permanent system until substantialcompletionofentirenewbuilding.

C. Ventilation

1. General Requirements: Contractor shall provide ventilating and cooling required tomaintainconditionswhichcontrolhumidity,preventcondensationthathasanadverseaffectonproductsandfinishes,andcureinstalledmaterials.

2. UseofPermanentEquipment:Newventilationsystemshallnotbeusedfortemporaryuse, unless approved by Architect. Prior to operation, verify that proper authoritieshavemadeinspectionandinstallationhasbeenapprovedforoperation.

3. Temporary Filters: Ventilation contractor shall provide 1-inch thick fiberglass filtermaterial over return air openings in air handling systems during use of systems topreventairbornepollutants,resultingfromconstruction,fromenteringsystems.

D. StartofGuaranteePeriodForPermanentEquipmentUsed:Useofpermanentequipmentfortemporaryuse,includingboilers,pumps,andairhandlingequipment,shallnotbeconstructedas the beginning of the guarantee period required by equipment specifications. Guaranteeperiod shall begin when building is substantially completed regardless of prior use ofequipmentfortemporaryheat.

E. CostofInstallationandOperation


1. Fees: Contractor shallpay feesandcharges forapplications,permits, and inspectionsapplicabletotemporaryheatandventilation.

2. OperatingCosts:Contractorshallpaycostsofinstallation,fuel,operation,maintenance,andremovalofequipmentusedfortemporaryheatandventilation.

2.2 TEMPORARYLIGHTINGANDELECTRICITY

A. GeneralRequirements

1. Contractor shall arrange and pay costs for lighting, power requirements, and electricservicetoconstructionofficeandstorageshedsduringentireContractperiod.

2. Contractorshallfurnish,install,andmaintainaconstructionlightandpowersystemfortheusebytrades.

3. ImmediatelyafterContract is awarded,Contractor shall arrangewithPowerCompanyfor a 400 amperes, 120/208 volt, 3 phase, and 4wire service. Power Company shallextendthisservicetoaserviceterminal-meteringpole locatedasshownonDrawings.Whilethelocationoftheserviceterminal-meteringpolehasbeencoordinatedwiththePowerCompany,ContractorshallfurthercoordinateitslocationwithPrimeContractorspriortoitsinstallationtominimizepossibleconflictswithsitestorageandshopareas.

4. MaterialsfurnishedbyContractorforthesystemshallremainhispropertyandshallberemovedwhenthereisnoneedfortemporarylightsandpowerorwhensoorderedbyArchitect.

5. ElectricmetershallbeinstalledinContractor’snameandContractorshallpayelectricalenergycostsduringconstructionperiod.

6. Cost of power company’s connect and disconnect charges for connection of thetemporary serviceat thepoint indicatedon theDrawings shallbepaidbyContractor,whoshallincludethechargesinhisBid.

B. WorkIncludes

1. Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain service terminal-metering pole, meterloops, power company’s meter socket, service entrance switch, overhead service tobuilding,andconstructionlightingandpowerdistributionsystemwithinthebuildingasspecifiedandasconstructionproceeds.

2. Contractor shall install temporary lighting and receptacle branch circuits within thebuildingtofacilitatetheprojectedconstructionschedules.

3. Contractor shall furnish, install,andmaintain lightingand120volt,15ampreceptacleoutletsoneach floor inaccordancewithNationalElectricalCodeandotherapplicablefederal, state,and localcodes, laws,andordinances. Receptaclesandcircuitsmaybeeither of the ground-fault interrupter system or the assured grounding type system.Spacingofreceptaclesshallbesuchthata100-footextensioncordwillserveeverypointoneachfloorofthebuilding.

4. Bythetimethepermanentheatingsystemisreadyforoperation,Electricalcontractorshall have furnished and installed wither permanent or, if necessary, temporaryelectricalservicesandconnectiontoheatingplant.Mechanicalcontractorshallfurnishcontrolsnecessaryfortemporaryheating.

C. MaterialsandEquipment


1. Materials:MaterialsforconstructionlightandpowersystemneednotbenewandneednotmeetrequirementsofprovisionsfoundelsewhereintheseSpecificationsrelatingtomaterialsforpermanentinstallation.However,materialsshallbeingoodconditionandof quality to ensure adequate operation and safety of use and shall have the listedapprovalofUnderwriters’Laboratories,Inc.whereapplicable.

2. Branch Circuit Conductors: Sizes of branch circuit conductors shall be No. 12 AWGminimum size, except that No. 10 AWG shall be usedwhere length of branch circuitexceeds 100 feet. Splices of temporary conductors shall utilize approved types ofmechanical connectors and splices shall be insulated by taping or other approvedmethod.

3. Power Cords: Each trade shall be responsible for providing their own Underwriters’Laboratoriesapprovedpowercordsrequiredbytheirownwork.

D. Installation

1. Installationof thesystemshallmeet requirementsofapplicablecodesandordinancesas they relate to temporary writing. The system shall also meet requirements ofprovisions specified in this subsection where the requirements of such provisionsexceedthoseofcodesandordinances.

2. Temporary electrical services to the main disconnect; circuits in excess of 600 voltsbetweenphaseconductors;extensionsofcircuitsaccessible fromstreets,sidewalksorotherthoroughfaresofpublicaccess;andextensionsintooccupiedportionsofbuildingsshall be installed in accordance with applicable codes relating to permanent work.Other circuits may be installed as open wiring with insulated conductors placed andadequatelysupportedsoasnottobereadilyaccessibletounqualifiedpersons.Installedracewaysforpermanentinstallationmaybeusedforinstallationoftemporarywiring.

3. Groundingandoverloadprotectionforcircuitsandequipmentshallmeetrequirementsof applicable codes relating to both temporary and permanent work. Permanentgroundingsystemmaybeutilizedfortemporarysystem.

2.3 TEMPORARYWATER

A. GeneralRequirements:GeneralContractorshallprovideanadequatesupplyofwatersuitableforconstructionpurposes.

B. Materials: Materials used in providing temporarywatermay be new or used, but shall beadequate for purpose required, shall be sanitary, and shall not violate requirements ofapplicablecodes.

C. CostofInstallationandOperation:GeneralContractorshallpaycostsfortemporarywaterasfollows:

1. Payfeesandchargesforapplicationsandpermits,ifapplicable.2. Pay costs of installation, maintenance, and removal of temporary services and

restorationofpermanentfacilitiesused.3. Paycostsforwaterused.

D. UseofPermanentSystem:


1. Owner’sPermission:Priortouseofpermanentsystemforconstructionpurposes,obtainpermissionofOwner.

2. Preparation of Permanent System for Use: Prior to use of system for drinkingwater,disinfectpipingandobtaininspectionandapprovalofgoverningauthority.

E. Removal:

1. Removal: Completely remove temporarymaterialsandequipmentwhenconstructionneeds can be met by use of permanent installation, if use of permanent system isapprovedbyOwner;otherwiseremoveatcompletionofProject.

2. Repair:Cleanandrepairdamagecausedbyinstallationoruseoftemporaryfacilities.3. Restoration of Permanent System: Restore permanent facilities used for temporary

servicestooriginalcondition.

2.4 TEMPORARYENCLOSURES

A. General Requirements: General Contractor shall provide enclosures throughout the buildingwherenecessarytoexcludetrespassers,eliminatesafetyhazards,facilitateprogressofWork,orexcludeweather,eitherbetweeninsideandoutsideofbuildingorbetweenvariouspartsofthebuilding.

B. Construction: Construct temporaryenclosuresofwood, tarpaulins,canvas,orothersuitablematerials,adequatelybracedandconstructed.

1. Installtarpaulinssecurely,withincombustiblewoodframingandothermaterials.Closeopeningsof25squarefeetorlesswithplywoodorsimilarmaterials.

2. Close openings through floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaceswith load bearingwoodframedconstruction.

3. Wheretemporarywoodorplywoodenclosuresexceed100squarefeetinarea,use UL-labeledfireretardanttreatedmaterialforframingandmainsheathing.

2.5 TEMPORARYSANITARYFACILITIES


1. Provide temporary sanitary toilet facilities conforming to state and local health andsanitationregulations,insufficientnumberforuseofContractor'semployees.

2. Maintaininsanitaryconditionandproperlysupplywithtoiletpaper.3. Removefromsitebeforefinalacceptanceofwork.4. Other Contractors shall cooperate with General Contractor in maintaining sanitary

conditions.

2.6 TEMPORARYFIREPROTECTION


1. Provideandmaintain inworkingorderaminimumofonefireextinguisher inbuilding,and such other fire protective equipment and devices as he deems necessary andsuitableforanypossibleclassortypeoffire.


2.7 TEMPORARYSITEWORK


1. Provide and maintain temporary roadways that may be necessary to carry out hisoperationsaswellasoperationsofotherContractors inaclean,dust free, snow free,andicefree,drivablecondition.

2. Provideandmaintaintemporarysitedrainage.3. Exercise caution to minimize increase in suspended solids and turbidity in surface

waters within and adjacent to construction area. Spoils are not to be deposited insurface waters. Control and minimize sediment runoff and excavation erosion tosurfacewaters.

2.8 BARRIERS

A. General Requirements:Provide, erect, andmaintain appropriate fences, barricades,warninglights, and signs around open excavations and obstructions on public thoroughfares andwhereverelsenecessaryforsafetyoflifeandprotectionofproperty.

2.9 CONSTRUCTIONCLEANING

A. General Cleaning Requirements: Contractor shall be held responsible for executing periodiccleaning to keep Work, site, and adjacent properties free from accumulations of wastematerials, packaging materials, rubbish, and windblown debris resulting from their ownconstruction operations. Contractor shall be responsible for removing, from the building,packagingmaterials,debris,waste,scrapmaterial,andrubbishwhichiscausedbyworkundertheir Contract and depositing these waste materials into the appropriate waste containerswhichhavebeenprovidedonthesite.Projectshallbemaintainedinareasonablycleanandworkable condition toprovideeasy access to theWork and to avoid, as far as possible, theoccurrenceofaccidents.

B. FailuretoProvidePeriodicCleaning:Ifcontractorfailstocleanupatregularintervals,OwnermaydosoandchargecoststoContractorasspecifiedinGeneralConditions.

C. Waste Containers: Contractor shall provide an adequate number of appropriate wastecontainers on work site to receive wastematerials from all operations associated with theProject.Depositwastematerialsinappropriatewastecontainers.

D. Removal ofWaste from Site: Contractor shall remove waste materials, debris, and rubbishfromsiteperiodicallyanddisposeofat legaldisposalareasoff-site. Emptywastecontainersbefore containers are filled beyond capacity and pose threat of debris and waste beingwindblownaroundsite.

E. Protection of Building FromMechanical Operations: Catch cutting oil and steel shavings insuitablecontainerstoensurefinalfinishmaterialsinbuildingwillnotbemarredordamaged.

F. DustControl:

1. Cleaning Before Painting: The Contractor shall clean interior spaces prior to start offinishpaintingandcontinuecleaningonanas-neededbasisuntilpaintingisfinished.


2. Protection of Newly-Coated Surfaces: Schedule operations so that dust and othercontaminatingsubstancesresultingformcleaningprocesswillnotfallonwetornewly-coatedsurfaces.

G. CleaningMaterials:

1. Use of HazardousMaterials: Use only those cleaning materials which will not createhazardstohealthandpropertyandwhichwillnotdamagesurfaces.

2. Using Recommended Materials and Methods: Use only those cleaning materials andmethods recommended by manufacturer of surface material to be cleaned. Usecleaningmaterialsonlyonsurfacesrecommendedbycleaningmaterialmanufacturer.

2.10 BARRIERSANDENCLOSURES

A. ConstructionFence:

1. Materials:

a. Materialsmaybeneworused,suitable for the intendedpurpose,butmustnotviolaterequirementsofapplicablecodesandstandards.

b. Open-MeshFence:Wirefencefabricshallbe11-gaugemesh,72-incheshigh,andgalvanizedchainlinkfabric.

2. GeneralRequirements:

a. GeneralAppearanceRequirements:Fenceshallbeneatand reasonablyuniforminappearanceandstructurallyadequateforrequiredpurpose.

b. Maintenance: Maintain fence during entire construction period or as long asfenceisrequiredtobeinplace.Relocatefenceasrequired.

c. Access:ProvidegatesofappropriatesizeinfenceforaccesstotheWork.

3. TimeRequirementsforFenceErection:InstallfencepriortostartofWorkattheProjectsite.

4. Fence Location: Completely enclose construction storage area as shown on Drawingswithaconstructionfence

5. ChainLinkFenceErection:Fenceshallconsistofa6-foothighchainlinkfencewithsteelposts spaced amaximum of 8 feet on center. Securelywire fabric to pipe supports.Drive pipe supports into earth deep enough to ensure a rigid installation throughoutconstructionperiod.

PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 REMOVALOFTEMPORARYUTILITIES

A. Removal:Completelyremovetemporarymaterialsandequipmentwhentheiruseisnolongerrequired.

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC PRODUCTREQUIREMENTSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 016000-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION016000PRODUCTREQUIREMENTS

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Sectionincludesadministrativeandproceduralrequirementsforselectionofproductsforusein Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties onproducts;specialwarranties;andcomparableproducts.


1. Section012100"Allowances”forproductsselectedunderanallowance.2. Section016350"SubstitutionProcedures"forrequestsforsubstitutions.3. Section014200"References"forapplicableindustrystandardsforproductsspecified.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Itemsobtainedfor incorporating intotheWork,whetherpurchasedforProjectortaken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,""equipment,""system,"andtermsofsimilarintent.

1. NamedProducts: Itemsidentifiedbymanufacturer'sproductname,includingmakeormodel number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's publishedproductliterature,thatiscurrentasofdateoftheContractDocuments.

2. NewProducts: Itemsthathavenotpreviouslybeen incorporated intoanotherprojector facility. Products salvagedor recycled fromotherprojectsarenot considerednewproducts.

3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittalprocess tohave the indicatedqualities related to type, function,dimension, in-serviceperformance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal orexceedthoseofspecifiedproduct.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer'sproductisnamedandaccompaniedbythewords"basis-of-designproduct,"includingmakeormodel number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type,function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and othercharacteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturersnamedinthespecification.

1.3 ACTIONSUBMITTALS

A. ComparableProductRequests:Submitrequestforconsiderationofeachcomparableproduct.Identify product or fabrication or installationmethod to be replaced. Include SpecificationSectionnumberandtitleandDrawingnumbersandtitles.

1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "ComparableProducts"Article.


2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information ordocumentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable productrequest. ArchitectwillnotifyContractorthroughConstructionManagerofapprovalorrejectionofproposedcomparableproductrequestwithin15daysofreceiptofrequest,orsevendaysofreceiptofadditionalinformationordocumentation,whicheverislater.

a. FormofApproval:AsspecifiedinSection013323"SubmittalProcedures.”b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a

comparableproductrequestwithintimeallocated.

B. Basis-of-DesignProduct Specification Submittal: Complywith requirements in Section013323"SubmittalProcedures.”Showcompliancewithrequirements.


A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or moreproductsforuseonProject,selectproductcompatiblewithproductspreviouslyselected,evenifpreviouslyselectedproductswerealsooptions.

1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methodscompatiblewithproductsandconstructionmethodsofothercontractors.

2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatibleproducts,Architectwilldeterminewhichproductsshallbeused.

1.5 PRODUCTDELIVERY,STORAGE,ANDHANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Complywithmanufacturer'swritteninstructions.

B. DeliveryandHandling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to preventovercrowdingofconstructionspaces.

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensureminimum holding time for itemsthatareflammable,hazardous,easilydamaged,orsensitivetodeterioration,theft,andotherlosses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition inmanufacturer's originalsealed containerorotherpackaging system, completewith labels and instructions forhandling,storing,unpacking,protecting,andinstalling.

4. InspectproductsondeliverytodeterminecompliancewiththeContractDocumentsandtodeterminethatproductsareundamagedandproperlyprotected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting ofunits.

2. StorematerialsinamannerthatwillnotendangerProjectstructure.


3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in aweathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to preventcondensation.

4. Protectfoamplasticfromexposuretosunlight,excepttoextentnecessaryforperiodofinstallationandconcealment.

5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,ventilation,andweather-protectionrequirementsforstorage.

6. Protectstoredproductsfromdamageandliquidsfromfreezing.7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and

equipmentbyOwner'sconstructionforces.CoordinatelocationwithOwner.

1.6 PRODUCTWARRANTIES

A. WarrantiesspecifiedinotherSectionsshallbe inadditionto,andrunconcurrentwith,otherwarranties requiredby theContractDocuments. Manufacturer'sdisclaimers and limitationson product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of theContractDocuments.

1. Manufacturer'sWarranty:WrittenwarrantyfurnishedbyindividualmanufacturerforaparticularproductandspecificallyendorsedbymanufacturertoOwner.

2. SpecialWarranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to providespecificrightsforOwner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms andidentification,readyforexecution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information andproperlyexecuted.

2. SpecifiedForm: Whenspecified formsare includedwith theSpecifications,prepareawrittendocumentusingindicatedformproperlyexecuted.

3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements forsubmittingspecialwarranties.

C. SubmittalTime:ComplywithrequirementssetforthbytheConstructionManager.

PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCTSELECTIONPROCEDURES

A. GeneralProductRequirements: ProvideproductsthatcomplywiththeContractDocuments,areundamagedand,unlessotherwiseindicated,arenewattimeofinstallation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other itemsneededforacompleteinstallationandindicateduseandeffect.

2. StandardProducts:Ifavailable,andunlesscustomproductsornonstandardoptionsarespecified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and usedsuccessfullyinsimilarsituationsonotherprojects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection toproductswithwarrantiesnot in conflictwithrequirementsoftheContractDocuments.


4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will makeselection.

5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specificationsestablishsalientcharacteristicsofproducts.

6. OrEqual:Forproductsspecifiedbynameandaccompaniedbytheterm"orequal,"or"or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "ComparableProducts"Articletoobtainapprovalforuseofanunnamedproduct.

B. ProductSelectionProcedures:

1. Product: Where Specifications name a singlemanufacturer and product, provide thenamedproductthatcomplieswithrequirements.ComparableproductsorsubstitutionsforContractor'sconveniencewillnotbeconsidered.

2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source,provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies withrequirements. Comparableproductsorsubstitutions forContractor'sconveniencewillnotbeconsidered.

3. Products:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of bothmanufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complieswith requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor'sconveniencewillnotbeconsidered.

b. NonrestrictedList:WhereSpecificationsincludealistofnamesofbothavailablemanufacturersandproducts,provideoneoftheproducts listed,oranunnamedproduct, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in"ComparableProducts"Articleforconsiderationofanunnamedproduct.

4. Manufacturers:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names,provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies withrequirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor'sconvenience.

b. NonrestrictedList:WhereSpecificationsincludealistofavailablemanufacturers,provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by anunnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply withrequirementsin"ComparableProducts"Articleforconsiderationofanunnamedmanufacturer'sproduct.

5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a productindicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified orindicatedproductoracomparableproductbyoneoftheothernamedmanufacturers.Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and othercharacteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in"ComparableProducts"Articleforconsiderationofanunnamedproductbyoneoftheothernamedmanufacturers.


C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample",provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample.Architect'sdecisionwillbefinalonwhetheraproposedproductmatches.

1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with otherspecified requirements, comply with requirements in Section01635 "SubstitutionProcedures"forproposalofproduct.

D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected byArchitectfrommanufacturer'sfullrange"orsimilarphrase,selectaproductthatcomplieswithrequirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture frommanufacturer'sproductlinethatincludesbothstandardandpremiumitems.

2.2 COMPARABLEPRODUCTS

A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparableproduct when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are notsatisfied,Architectmayreturnrequestswithoutaction,excepttorecordnoncompliancewiththeserequirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the ContractDocuments, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce theindicatedresults,andthatitiscompatiblewithotherportionsoftheWork.

2. Detailed comparisonof significant qualities of proposedproductwith thosenamed intheSpecifications.Significantqualitiesincludeattributessuchasperformance,weight,size,durability,visualeffect,andspecificfeaturesandrequirementsindicated.

3. Evidencethatproposedproductprovidesspecifiedwarranty.4. Listofsimilarinstallationsforcompletedprojectswithprojectnamesandaddressesand

namesandaddressesofarchitectsandowners,ifrequested.5. Samples,ifrequested.


ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC SUBSTITUTIONPROCEDURESNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 016350-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION016350SUBSTITUTIONPROCEDURES

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Sectionincludesadministrativeandproceduralrequirementsforsubstitutions.


1. Section012100"Allowances"forproductsselectedunderanallowance.2. Section016000"ProductRequirements" for requirements for submittingcomparable

productsubmittalsforproductsbylistedmanufacturers.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions:Changesinproducts,materials,equipment,andmethodsofconstructionfromthoserequiredbytheContractDocumentsandproposedbyContractor.

1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due tochanged Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, orunavailabilityofrequiredwarrantyterms.

2. SubstitutionsforConvenience:ChangesproposedbyContractororOwnerthatarenotrequired in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage toContractororOwner.


A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identifyproduct or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification SectionnumberandtitleandDrawingnumbersandtitles.

1. SubstitutionRequestForm:UsefacsimileofformprovidedinProjectManual.2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the

following,asapplicable:

a. Statement indicatingwhy specifiedproduct or fabricationor installation cannotbeprovided,ifapplicable.

b. Coordinationinformation,includingalistofchangesorrevisionsneededtootherparts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separatecontractorsthatwillbenecessarytoaccommodateproposedsubstitution.

c. Provide a detailed side-by-side comparison of significant qualities of proposedsubstitutionwith thoseof theWork specified. Significant qualitiesmay includeelements such as size, weight, durability, performance, and visual effect.Requests for substitution without this easy-to-read, line-by-line/side-by-sidecomparison will not be considered and will be rejected outright. Indicatedeviations,ifany,fromtheWorkspecified.


d. ProductData,includingdrawingsanddescriptionsofproductsandfabricationandinstallationprocedures.

e. Samples,whereapplicableorrequested.f. Certificatesandqualificationdata,whereapplicableorrequested.g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and

addressesandnamesandaddressesofarchitectsandowners.h. Material test reports fromaqualified testingagency indicatingand interpreting

testresultsforcompliancewithrequirementsindicated.i. Researchreportsevidencingcompliancewithbuildingcode ineffect forProject,

fromICC-ES.j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed

substitutionwithproductsspecifiedfortheWork,includingeffectontheoverallContractTime.Ifspecifiedproductormethodofconstructioncannotbeprovidedwithin the Contract Time, include letter frommanufacturer, onmanufacturer'sletterhead,statingdateofreceiptofpurchaseorder,lackofavailability,ordelaysindelivery.

k. Costinformation,includingaproposalofchange,ifany,intheContractSum.l. Contractor'scertificationthatproposedsubstitutioncomplieswithrequirements

in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, iscompatiblewithrelatedmaterials,andisappropriateforapplicationsindicated.

m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that maysubsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution toproduceindicatedresults.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information ordocumentationforevaluationwithinsevendaysofreceiptofarequestforsubstitution.Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of acceptance orrejectionofproposedsubstitutionwithin15daysofreceiptofrequest,orsevendaysofreceiptofadditionalinformationordocumentation,whicheverislater.

a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, orArchitect'sSupplementalInstructionsforminorchangesintheWork.

b. UseproductspecifiedifArchitectdoesnotissueadecisiononuseofaproposedsubstitutionwithintimeallocated.


A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposedsubstitutionwithrelatedproductsandmaterials.Engageaqualifiedtestingagencytoperformcompatibilitytestsrecommendedbymanufacturers.

1.5 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination:Reviseoradjustaffectedworkasnecessarytointegrateworkoftheapprovedsubstitutions.


PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions forCause: Submit requests for substitution immediatelyondiscoveryofneedfor change, but not later than15days prior to time required for preparation and reviewofrelatedsubmittals.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when thefollowingconditionsaresatisfied.Ifthefollowingconditionsarenotsatisfied,Architectwill return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with theserequirements:

a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and willproduceindicatedresults.

b. Requestedsubstitutionprovidessustainabledesigncharacteristics thatspecifiedproductprovided.

c. Substitutionrequestisfullydocumentedandproperlysubmitted.d. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction

schedule.e. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having

jurisdiction.f. RequestedsubstitutioniscompatiblewithotherportionsoftheWork.g. RequestedsubstitutionhasbeencoordinatedwithotherportionsoftheWork.h. Requestedsubstitutionprovidesspecifiedwarranty.i. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested

substitution has been coordinatedwith other portions of theWork, is uniformand consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to allcontractorsinvolved.

B. SubstitutionsforConvenience:Notallowed.


ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC SUBSTITUTIONREQUESTFORMNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 016360-1Issued–1/21/2020

SUBSTITUTIONREQUESTFORMTO: STRPartnersLLC 350WestOntarioStreet,Suite200 Chicago,IL60654INSTALLER: _____________________________ PHONE:_______________ NameofSubcontractorADDRESS: _____________________________ _____________________________1. SpecificationSection: __________________ Paragraph: _______________2. ProposedSubstitute:

A. NameandModelNo.:_____________________________________________________

B. Manufacturer:___________________________________________________________ Address:________________________________________________________________ PhoneNumberandPersontoContact: _______________________________________

C. Applicablereferencestandards:_____________________________________________3. Attachments:

A. ProductInformation:

1. Performanceandtestdata.2. Colorchart,ifapplicable.(Followwithsamples,ifrequested).

B. Sampleproductwarranty,ifapplicable.

1. Installationandmaintenanceinstructions.2. Manufacturer'sReputation:Attachevidenceofreputationforpromptdeliveryand

efficiencyinservicingproducts.3. Comparison:Attachanitemizedcomparisonoftheproposedsubstitutionwith

productspecified.Significantqualitiesmayincludeelementssuchassize,weight,durability,performanceandvisualeffect.

4. PreviousInstallation:Attachlistofnotlessthan3similarprojectsonwhichproposedsubstitutionwasused.ListonlyprojectsintheChicagoarea.Listnameandaddressofproject,dateofinstallation,andname,address,andphonenumberofArchitect.

STRPARTNERSLLC SUBSTITUTIONREQUESTFORMNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 016360-2Issued–1/21/2020

C. CoordinationInformation:AttachalistofchangesneededtootherpartsoftheWorkandtoconstructionperformedbytheOwnerandseparateContractors,thatwillbecomenecessarytoaccommodatetheproposedsubstitution.

D. CostData:Attachaccuratecostdataonproposedsubstitutionincomparisonwith

productspecified,includingaproposalofthenetchange,ifanyintheContractSum.

E. ImpactonSchedule:Attachastatementindicatingthesubstitution'seffectontheContractor'sConstructionSchedulecomparedtotheschedulewithoutapprovalofthesubstitution.IndicatetheeffectoftheproposedsubstitutiononoverallContractTime.

4. Inmakingrequestforsubstitution,Contractor:

A. representsthattheContractorhaspersonallyexaminedtheContractDocumentsandhasdeterminedthat,tothebestofContractor'sknowledge,theproposedsubstitutionisappropriatefortheuseintendedintheContractDocuments,andisequalorsuperiorinallrespectstothatspecified.

B. representsthatContractorwillprovidethesamewarrantiesforsubstitutionasforthat

specified.

C. willcoordinateinstallationofacceptedsubstitutionintoWork,makingsuchchangesasmayberequiredforWorktobecompleteinallrespects.

D. certifiesthatcostdatapresentediscompleteandincludesallrelatedcostsunderthe

Contract,excepttheArchitect'sredesigncosts,andwaivesallclaimsforadditionalcostsrelatedtothesubstitutionwhichsubsequentlybecomeapparent.

_____________________________________________________________________________________NameofManufacturer,SignatureofManufacturer'sRepresentative DATE_____________________________________________________________________________________NameofInstaller,SignatureofInstaller'sRepresentative DATE_____________________________________________________________________________________NameofContractor,SignatureofContractor'sRepresentative DATE

ENDOFSUBSTITUTIONREQUESTFORM

STRPARTNERSLLC EXECUTIONREQUIREMENTSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 017300-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION017300EXECUTIONREQUIREMENTS

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includesgeneral administrativeandprocedural requirementsgoverningexecutionoftheWorkincluding,butnotlimitedto,thefollowing:

1. Constructionlayout.2. Fieldengineeringandsurveying.3. InstallationoftheWork.4. Cuttingandpatching.5. CoordinationofOwner-installedproducts.6. Progresscleaning.7. Startingandadjusting.8. Protectionofinstalledconstruction.9. CorrectionoftheWork.


1. Section011000"Summary"forlimitsonuseofProjectsite.2. Section013300"SubmittalProcedures"(availablefromCM)forsubmittingsurveys.3. Section07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire-rated

construction.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removalof in-placeconstructionnecessarytopermit installationorperformanceofotherwork.

B. Patching:Fittingandrepairworkrequiredtorestoreconstructiontooriginalconditionsafterinstallationofotherwork.


A. QualificationData:Forlandsurveyor.

B. Certificates:Submitcertificatesignedbylandsurveyorcertifyingthatlocationandelevationofimprovementscomplywithrequirements.

C. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to thetimecuttingandpatchingwillbeperformed.Includethefollowinginformation:

1. Extent:Describereasonforandextentofeachoccurrenceofcuttingandpatching.2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to

structural elements and operating components as well as changes in buildingappearanceandothersignificantvisualelements.


3. Products: Listproductstobeusedforpatchingandfirmsorentitiesthatwillperformpatchingwork.

4. Dates:Indicatewhencuttingandpatchingwillbeperformed.5. UtilitiesandMechanicalandElectrical Systems: List servicesandsystems that cutting

and patching procedureswill disturb or affect. List services and systems thatwill berelocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of timepermanentservicesandsystemswillbedisrupted.

a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems duringinterruptionofpermanentservicesandsystems.

D. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accepthazardousmaterials,forhazardouswastedisposal.

E. CertifiedSurveys:Submittwocopiessignedbylandsurveyor.

F. FinalPropertySurvey:Submit10copiesshowingtheWorkperformedandrecordsurveydata.


A. LandSurveyorQualifications:Aprofessionallandsurveyorwhoislegallyqualifiedtopracticein jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveyingservicesofthekindindicated.

B. CuttingandPatching:Complywithrequirementsforandlimitationsoncuttingandpatchingofconstructionelements.

1. StructuralElements:Whencuttingandpatchingstructuralelements,notifyArchitectoflocationsanddetailsofcuttingandawaitdirectionsfromArchitectbeforeproceeding.Shore,brace,andsupportstructuralelementsduringcuttingandpatching.Donotcutand patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carryingcapacityorincreasedeflection

2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and relatedcomponentsinamannerthatresultsinreducingtheircapacitytoperformasintendedorthatresultsinincreasedmaintenanceordecreasedoperationallifeorsafety.

3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements orcomponents inamannerthatcouldchangetheir load-carryingcapacity,thatresults inreducingtheircapacitytoperformasintended,orthatresultsinincreasedmaintenanceordecreasedoperationallifeorsafety.

4. VisualElements: Donotcutandpatchconstruction inamanner that results invisualevidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in amanner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities.Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visuallyunsatisfactorymanner.

C. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with partiesinvolvedincuttingandpatching, includingmechanicalandelectricaltrades. Reviewareasof


potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflictsbeforeproceeding.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtainandmaintainon-sitemanufacturer'swrittenrecommendationsandinstructionsforinstallationofproductsandequipment.

PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General:ComplywithrequirementsspecifiedinotherSections.

B. In-PlaceMaterials: Usematerials for patching identical to in-placematerials. For exposedsurfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extentpossible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, wheninstalled, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functionalperformanceofin-placematerials.

PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities andconstructionindicatedasexistingarenotguaranteed.Beforebeginningsitework,investigateand verify the existence and location of underground utilities,mechanical and electricalsystems,andotherconstructionaffectingtheWork.

1. Beforeconstruction,verifythe locationand invertelevationatpointsofconnectionofsanitarysewer,stormsewer,andwater-servicepiping;undergroundelectricalservices,andotherutilities.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by publicutilitiesservingProjectsite.

B. ExaminationandAcceptanceofConditions: Beforeproceedingwitheachcomponentof theWork, examine substrates, areas, and conditions,with Installer or Applicator presentwhereindicated, for compliancewith requirements for installation tolerances andother conditionsaffectingperformance.Recordobservations.

1. Examineroughing-in formechanicalandelectricalsystemstoverifyactual locationsofconnectionsbeforeequipmentandfixtureinstallation.

2. Examinewalls,floors,androofsforsuitableconditionswhereproductsandsystemsaretobeinstalled.

3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility withexistingfinishesorprimers.

C. WrittenReport:WhereawrittenreportlistingconditionsdetrimentaltoperformanceoftheWorkisrequiredbyotherSections,includethefollowing:


1. DescriptionoftheWork.2. Listofdetrimentalconditions,includingsubstrates.3. Listofunacceptableinstallationtolerances.4. Recommendedcorrections.

D. Proceedwithinstallationonlyafterunsatisfactoryconditionshavebeencorrected.ProceedingwiththeWorkindicatesacceptanceofsurfacesandconditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust,move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utilityappurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities havingjurisdiction.

B. FieldMeasurements:TakefieldmeasurementsasrequiredtofittheWorkproperly.Recheckmeasurementsbeforeinstallingeachproduct.WhereportionsoftheWorkareindicatedtofittootherconstruction,verifydimensionsofotherconstructionby fieldmeasurementsbeforefabrication.CoordinatefabricationschedulewithconstructionprogresstoavoiddelayingtheWork.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items showndiagrammaticallyonDrawings.

D. ReviewofContractDocumentsandFieldConditions:ImmediatelyondiscoveryoftheneedforclarificationoftheContractDocumentscausedbydifferingfieldconditionsoutsidethecontrolof Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements inSection01310"ProjectManagementandCoordination."

E. SurfaceandSubstratePreparation:Complywithmanufacturer'swrittenrecommendationsforpreparationofsubstratestoreceivesubsequentwork.

3.3 CONSTRUCTIONLAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown onDrawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies arediscovered,notifyArchitectandConstructionManagerpromptly.

B. General:EngagealandsurveyortolayouttheWorkusingacceptedsurveyingpractices.

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story ofconstructionandelsewhereasneededtolocateeachelementofProject.

2. EstablishlimitsonuseofProjectsite.3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain

requireddimensions.4. Informinstallersoflinesandlevelstowhichtheymustcomply.5. Checkthelocation,levelandplumb,ofeverymajorelementastheWorkprogresses.6. Notify Architect and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines and

levelsexceedallowabletolerances.


7. Closesitesurveyswithanerrorofclosureequaltoorlessthanthestandardestablishedbyauthoritieshavingjurisdiction.

C. Site Improvements: Locateand layoutsite improvements, includingpavements,grading, fillandtopsoilplacement,utilityslopes,andrimandinvertelevations.

D. BuildingLinesandLevels: Locateand layoutcontrol linesand levels forstructures,buildingfoundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical andelectricalwork.Transfersurveymarkingsandelevationsforusewithcontrollinesandlevels.Levelfoundationsandpiersfromtwoormorelocations.

E. RecordLog:Maintainalogoflayoutcontrolwork.Recorddeviationsfromrequiredlinesandlevels. Includebeginningandendingdates and timesof surveys,weather conditions, nameanddutyofeachsurveypartymember,andtypesof instrumentsandtapesused. MakethelogavailableforreferencebyArchitectandConstructionManager.

3.4 FIELDENGINEERING

A. Identification:Ownerwillidentifyexistingbenchmarks,controlpoints,andpropertycorners.

B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similarreference points before beginning theWork. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarksandcontrolpointsduringconstructionoperations.

1. Donotchangeorrelocateexistingbenchmarksorcontrolpointswithoutpriorwrittenapproval of Architect or ConstructionManager. Report lost or destroyed permanentbenchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanentbenchmarks or control points to Architect and Construction Manager beforeproceeding.

2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Basereplacementsontheoriginalsurveycontrolpoints.

C. Benchmarks: Establish andmaintain aminimum of two permanent benchmarks on Projectsite,referencedtodataestablishedbysurveycontrolpoints.Complywithauthoritieshavingjurisdictionfortypeandsizeofbenchmark.

1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project RecordDocuments.

2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, providetemporaryreferencepointssufficienttolocatetheWork.

3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore markedconstructiontoitsoriginalcondition.

D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and otherwork requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions,locations,angles,andelevationsofconstructionandsitework.

E. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showingsignificantfeatures(realproperty)forProject.Includeonthesurveyacertification,signedby


land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accuratelypositionedasshownonthesurvey.

1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existingimprovementsandsignificantvegetation,adjoiningproperties,acreage,gradecontours,andthedistanceandbearingfromasitecornertoalegalpoint.

2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by orwithauthoritieshavingjurisdictionastheofficial"propertysurvey."

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. General: LocatetheWorkandcomponentsoftheWorkaccurately, incorrectalignmentandelevation,asindicated.

1. Makeverticalworkplumbandmakehorizontalworklevel.2. Wherespaceislimited,installcomponentstomaximizespaceavailableformaintenance

andeaseofremovalforreplacement.3. Concealpipes,ducts,andwiringinfinishedareasunlessotherwiseindicated.4. Maintainminimumheadroomclearanceof96inchesinoccupiedspacesand90inches

inunoccupiedspaces.

B. Complywithmanufacturer'swritteninstructionsandrecommendationsforinstallingproductsinapplicationsindicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions thatwill ensure the best possible results.MaintainconditionsrequiredforproductperformanceuntilSubstantialCompletion.

D. ConductconstructionoperationssonopartoftheWorkissubjectedtodamagingoperationsorloadinginexcessofthatexpectedduringnormalconditionsofoccupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement ofconstructionitemsonsiteandplacementinpermanentlocations.

F. ToolsandEquipment:Donotusetoolsorequipmentthatproduceharmfulnoiselevels.

G. Templates: Obtainanddistribute to theparties involved templates forworkspecified tobefactory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm thatadequate provisions aremade for locating and installing products to complywith indicatedrequirements.

H. Attachment:Provideblockingandattachmentplatesandanchorsandfastenersofadequatesizeandnumbertosecurelyanchoreachcomponentinplace,accuratelylocatedandalignedwithotherportionsoftheWork.Wheresizeandtypeofattachmentsarenotindicated,verifysizeandtyperequiredforloadconditions.

1. MountingHeights: Wheremountingheightsarenot indicated,mount componentsatheightsdirectedbyArchitect.

2. Allowforbuildingmovement,includingthermalexpansionandcontraction.


3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, anddirections for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts,and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry.DeliversuchitemstoProjectsiteintimeforinstallation.

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are notindicated,arrangejointsforthebestvisualeffect. Fitexposedconnectionstogethertoformhairlinejoints.

J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are notconsideredhazardous.

3.6 CUTTINGANDPATCHING

A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching.Proceedwithcuttingandpatchingattheearliestfeasibletime,andcompletewithoutdelay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components orperformance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restoresurfacestotheiroriginalcondition.

B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut ordamaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and withmaterialssoasnottovoidexistingwarranties.

C. TemporarySupport:Providetemporarysupportofworktobecut.

D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might beexposedduringcuttingandpatchingoperations.

E. AdjacentOccupiedAreas: Where interferencewithuseofadjoiningareasor interruptionoffreepassage toadjoiningareas isunavoidable, coordinatecuttingandpatchingaccording torequirementsinSection01100"Summary."

F. ExistingUtility Services andMechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systemsare required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems beforecuttingtopreventinterruptiontooccupiedareas.

G. Cutting:Cutin-placeconstructionbysawing,drilling,breaking,chipping,grinding,andsimilaroperations, includingexcavation,usingmethods least likely todamageelements retainedoradjoiningconstruction.Ifpossible,reviewproposedprocedureswithoriginalInstaller;complywithoriginalInstaller'swrittenrecommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, nothammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly tominimum size required, andwithminimumdisturbanceofadjacentsurfaces.Temporarilycoveropeningswhennotinuse.

2. FinishedSurfaces:Cutordrillfromtheexposedorfinishedsideintoconcealedsurfaces.


3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or adiamond-coredrill.

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections whererequiredbycuttingandpatchingoperations.

5. MechanicalandElectricalServices: Cutoffpipeorconduit inwallsorpartitions toberemoved.Cap,valve,orplugandsealremainingportionofpipeorconduittoprevententranceofmoistureorotherforeignmatteraftercutting.

6. Proceedwithpatchingafterconstructionoperationsrequiringcuttingarecomplete.

H. Patching:Patchconstructionbyfilling,repairing,refinishing,closingup,andsimilaroperationsfollowing performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible aspracticable. Providematerials and complywith installation requirements specified in otherSections,whereapplicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion todemonstratephysicalintegrityofinstallation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finishrestorationintoretainedadjoiningconstructioninamannerthatwillminimizeevidenceofpatchingandrefinishing.

a. Cleanpiping,conduit,andsimilarfeaturesbeforeapplyingpaintorotherfinishingmaterials.

b. Restoredamagedpipecoveringtoitsoriginalcondition.

3. FloorsandWalls:Wherewallsorpartitionsthatareremovedextendonefinishedareaintoanother,patchandrepairfloorandwallsurfacesinthenewspace.Provideanevensurface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor andwall coverings and replacewith newmaterials, if necessary, to achieve uniform colorandappearance.

a. Wherepatchingoccurs inapaintedsurface,preparesubstrateandapplyprimerandintermediatepaintcoatsappropriateforsubstrateoverthepatch,andapplyfinal paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provideadditionalcoatsuntilpatchblendswithadjacentsurfaces.

4. Ceilings:Patch,repair,orrehangin-placeceilingsasnecessarytoprovideaneven-planesurfaceofuniformappearance.

5. ExteriorBuildingEnclosure:Patchcomponentsinamannerthatrestoresenclosuretoaweathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of buildingenclosure.

I. Cleaning:Cleanareasandspaceswherecuttingandpatchingareperformed.Removepaint,mortar,oils,putty,andsimilarmaterialsfromadjacentfinishedsurfaces.

3.7 OWNER-INSTALLEDPRODUCTS

A. SiteAccess:ProvideaccesstoProjectsiteforOwner'sconstructionpersonnel.


B. Coordination: Coordinateconstructionandoperationsof theWorkwithworkperformedbyOwner'sconstructionpersonnel.

1. ConstructionSchedule: InformOwnerofContractor'spreferredconstructionschedulefor Owner's portion of theWork. Adjust construction schedule based on amutuallyagreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due todifferencesinactualconstructionprogress.

2. PreinstallationConferences: IncludeOwner'sconstructionpersonnelatpreinstallationconferences coveringportionsof theWork that are to receiveOwner'swork. AttendpreinstallationconferencesconductedbyOwner'sconstructionpersonnelifportionsoftheWorkdependonOwner'sconstruction.

3.8 PROGRESSCLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforcerequirementsstrictly.Disposeofmaterialslawfully.

1. ComplywithrequirementsinNFPA241forremovalofcombustiblewastematerialsanddebris.

2. Donotholdwastematerialsmorethansevendaysduringnormalweatherorthreedaysifthetemperatureisexpectedtoriseabove80degF.

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.Markcontainersappropriatelyanddisposeoflegally,accordingtoregulations.

a. Usecontainersintendedforholdingwastematerialsoftypetobestored.

B. Site:MaintainProjectsitefreeofwastematerialsanddebris.

C. WorkAreas: Cleanareaswherework is inprogress to the levelof cleanlinessnecessary forproperexecutionoftheWork.

1. Removeliquidspillspromptly.2. Where dustwould impair proper execution of theWork, broom-clean or vacuum the

entireworkarea,asappropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to writteninstructionsofmanufactureror fabricatorofproduct installed,usingonly cleaningmaterialsspecifically recommended. If specificcleaningmaterialsarenotrecommended,usecleaningmaterials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposedsurfaces.

E. ConcealedSpaces:Removedebrisfromconcealedspacesbeforeenclosingthespace.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary toensurefreedomfromdamageanddeteriorationattimeofSubstantialCompletion.

G. WasteDisposal: Donotburyorburnwastematerialson-site. Donotwashwastematerialsdownsewersor intowaterways. Complywithwastedisposalrequirements inSection01500"TemporaryFacilitiesandControls"(availablefromCM).


H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoiningmaterials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protectionfromdamageordeteriorationatSubstantialCompletion.

I. Cleanandprovidemaintenanceoncompletedconstructionasfrequentlyasnecessarythroughthe remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components toensureoperabilitywithoutdamagingeffects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of theconstruction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, orotherwisedeleteriousexposureduringtheconstructionperiod.

3.9 STARTINGANDADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Removemalfunctioningunits,replacewithnewunits,andretest.

B. Adjust equipment for properoperation. Adjust operating components for properoperationwithoutbinding.

C. Testeachpieceofequipmenttoverifyproperoperation.Testandadjustcontrolsandsafeties.Replacedamagedandmalfunctioningcontrolsandequipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section01400"QualityRequirements"(availablefromCM).

3.10 PROTECTIONOFINSTALLEDCONSTRUCTION

A. ProvidefinalprotectionandmaintainconditionsthatensureinstalledWorkiswithoutdamageordeteriorationattimeofSubstantialCompletion.

B. Complywithmanufacturer'swritteninstructionsfortemperatureandrelativehumidity.

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC CLOSEOUTPROCEDURESNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 017700-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION017700CLOSEOUTPROCEDURES

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. ThisSectionspecifiesadministrativeandproceduralrequirementsforprojectcloseout,includingbutnotlimitedto:

1. SubstantialCompletionprocedures.2. FinalAcceptanceProcedures.3. OperatingandMaintenanceInstructions.4. Finalcleaning.


1. Section017823“OperationandMaintenanceData”2. Section017839“ProjectRecordDocuments”3. Section017900“DemonstrationandTraining”

1.2 SUBSTANTIALCOMPLETION

A. PreliminaryProcedures:BeforerequestinginspectionforcertificationofSubstantialCompletion,eachPrimeContractorshallcompletethefollowing.Listexceptionintherequest.

1. IntheApplicationforPaymentthatcoincideswith,orfirstfollows,thedateSubstantialCompletionisclaimed,show100percentcompletionfortheportionoftheWorkclaimedassubstantiallycomplete.IncludesupportingdocumentationforcompletionasindicatedintheseContractDocumentsandastatementshowinganaccountingofchangestotheContractSum.

a. If100percentcompletioncannotbeshown,includealistofincompleteitems,thevalueofincompleteconstruction,andreasonstheWorkisnotcomplete.

2. AdviseOwnerofpendinginsurancechangeoverrequirements.3. Submitspecificwarranties,workmanshipbonds,maintenanceagreements,final

certificationsandsimilardocuments.4. ObtainandsubmitreleasesenablingtheOwnerunrestricteduseoftheWorkandaccess

toservicesandutilities;includeoccupancypermits,operatingcertificatesandsimilarreleases.

5. Delivertools,spareparts,extrastock,andsimilaritems.6. MakefinalchangeoverofpermanentlocksandtransmitkeystotheOwner.Advisethe

Owner'spersonnelofchangeoverinsecurityprovisions.7. Completestart-uptestingofsystems,andinstructionoftheOwner'soperatingand

maintenancepersonnel.Discontinueorchangeoverandremovetemporaryfacilitiesfromthesite,alongwithconstructiontools,mock-ups,andsimilarelements.


8. NotifyOwner’sRepresentativeandArchitectandGeneralConstructionContractorthatprojectisreadyforinspection.

B. InspectionProcedures:Onreceiptofarequestforinspection,theArchitectandOwner’sRepresentativewilleitherproceedwithinspectionoradvisetheContractorofunfilledrequirements.TheArchitectwillpreparetheCertificateofSubstantialCompletionfollowinginspection,oradvisetheContractorofconstructionthatmustbecompletedorcorrectedbeforethecertificatewillbeissued.

1. TheArchitectwillrepeatinspectionwhenrequestedandassuredthattheWorkhasbeensubstantiallycompleted.

a. TheContractorshallreimbursetheOwnerforallArchitectfeesforadditionalservicesnecessitatedbytheArchitectbeingrequiredtomakeSubstantialCompletioninspectionsbeyondtheinitialinspectionandonereinspection.

2. Resultsofthecompletedinspectionwillformthebasisofrequirementsforfinalacceptance.

1.3 FINALACCEPTANCE

A. PreliminaryProcedures:Beforerequestingfinalinspectionforcertificationoffinalacceptanceandfinalpayment,Contractorshallcompletethefollowing.Listexceptionsintherequest.

1. Submitthefinalpaymentrequestwithreleasesandsupportingdocumentationnotpreviouslysubmittedandaccepted.Includecertificatesofinsuranceforproductsandcompletedoperationswererequired.

2. Submitanupdatedfinalstatement,accountingforfinaladditionalchangestotheContractSum.

3. SubmitacertifiedcopyoftheArchitect'sfinalinspectionlistofitemstobecompletedorcorrected,statingthateachitemhasbeencompletedorotherwiseresolvedforacceptance,andthelisthasbeenendorsedanddatedbytheArchitect.

4. Submitfinalmeterreadingsfor;utilities,ameasuredrecordofstoredfuel,andsimilardataasofthedateofSubstantialCompletion,orwhentheOwnertookpossessionofandresponsibilityforcorrespondingelementsoftheWork.

5. Submitconsentofsuretytofinalpayment.6. Submitafinalliquidateddamagessettlementstatement.7. Submitevidenceoffinal,continuinginsurancecoveragecomplyingwithinsurance

requirements.

B. ReinspectionProcedure:TheArchitectwillreinspecttheWorkuponreceiptofnoticethattheWork,includinginspectionlistitemsfromearlierinspections,hasbeencompleted,exceptitemswhosecompletionhasbeendelayedbecauseofcircumstancesacceptabletotheArchitect.

1. Uponcompletionofreinspection,theArchitectwillprepareacertificateoffinalacceptance,oradvisethecontractorofWorkthatisincompleteorofobligationsthathavenotbeenfulfilledbutarerequiredforfinalacceptance.

2. Ifnecessary,reinspectionwillberepeated.


a. TheContractorshallreimbursetheOwnerforallArchitects’feesforadditionalservicesnecessitatedbytheArchitectarebeingrequiredtomakefinalacceptanceinspectionsbeyondonefinalreinspection.


PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 CLOSEOUTPROCEDURES

A. OperatingandMaintenanceInstructions:ArrangeforeachinstallerofequipmentthatrequiresregularmaintenancetomeetwiththeOwner'spersonneltoprovideinstructioninproperoperationandmaintenance.Ifinstallersarenotexperiencedinprocedures,provideinstructionbymanufacture'srepresentatives.Includeadetailedreviewofthefollowingitems:

1. Maintenancemanuals2. Recorddocuments3. Sparepartsandmaterials,4. Tools.5. Lubricants.6. Fuels.7. Identificationsystems.8. Controlsequences.9. Hazards.10. Cleaning.11. Warrantiesandbonds.12. Maintenanceagreementsandsimilarcontinuingcommitments.

B. Cleaning:Employexperiencedworkersorprofessionalcleanersforfinalcleaning.Cleaneachsurfaceorunittotheconditionexpectedinanormal,commercialbuildingcleaningandmaintenanceprogram.Complywithmanufacturer'sinstructions.

1. CompletethefollowingcleaningoperationsbeforerequestinginspectionforCertificationofSubstantialCompletion.

a. Removelabelsthatartnotpermanentlabels.b. Cleantransparentmaterials,includingmirrorsandglassesindoorsandwindows.

Removeglazingcompoundandothersubstancesthatarenoticeablevision-obscuringmaterials.Replacechippedorbrokenglassandotherdamagedtransparentmaterials.

c. Cleanexposedexteriorandinteriorhard-surfacedfinishestoadust-freecondition,freeofstains,filmsandsimilarforeignsubstances.Restorereflectivesurfacestotheiroriginalreflectivecondition.Leaveconcretefloorsbroomclean.Vacuumcarpetedsurfaces.

d. Wipesurfacesofmechanicalandelectricalequipment.Removeexcesslubricationandothersubstances.Cleanplumbingfixturestoasanitarycondition.Cleanlightfixturesandlamps.


e. Cleanthesite,includinglandscapedevelopmentareas,ofrubbish,litterandotherforeignsubstances.Sweeppavedareasbroomclean;removestains,spillsandotherforeigndeposits.Rakegroundsthatareneitherpavednorplanted,toasmootheven-texturedsurface.

C. PestControl:Engagesanexperiencedexterminatortomakeafinalinspection,andridtheProjectofrodents,insectsandotherpests.

D. RemovalofProtection:RemovetemporaryprotectionandfacilitiesinstalledforprotectionoftheWorkduringconstruction.

E. Compliance:Complywithregulationsofauthoritieshavingjurisdictionandsafetystandardsforcleaning.Donotburnwastematerials.DonotburydebrisorexcessmaterialsontheOwner'sproperty.Donotdischargevolatile,harmfulordangerousmaterialsintodrainagesystems.Removewastematerialsfromthesiteanddisposeofinalawfulmanner.

1. WhereextramaterialsofvalueremainingaftercompletionofassociatedWorkhavebecometheOwner'sproperty,arrangefordispositionofthesematerialsasdirected.

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC OPERATIONANDMAINTENANCEDATANewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 017823-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION017823OPERATIONANDMAINTENANCEDATA

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation andmaintenancemanuals,includingthefollowing:

1. Operationandmaintenancedocumentationdirectory.2. Emergencymanuals.3. Operationmanualsforsystems,subsystems,andequipment.4. Productmaintenancemanuals.5. Systemsandequipmentmaintenancemanuals.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regularinteraction.

B. Subsystem:Aportionofasystemwithcharacteristicssimilartoasystem.

1.3 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS

A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individualSpecification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewedmanualcontentformattedandorganizedasrequiredbythisSectiontoArchitect.

1. Architectwillcommentonwhethercontentofoperationsandmaintenancesubmittalsareacceptable.

2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond torevisionsandfieldconditions.

B. Format:Submitoperationsandmaintenancemanualsinthefollowingformat:

1. PDFelectronicfile.Assembleeachmanualintoacompositeelectronicallyindexedfile.SubmitondigitalmediaacceptabletoOwner.

a. Nameeach indexeddocument file incompositeelectronic indexwithapplicableitemname.Includeacompleteelectronicallylinkedoperationandmaintenancedirectory.

b. Enableinsertedreviewercommentsondraftsubmittals.

C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days beforecommencingdemonstrationandtraining. Architectwillcommentonwhethergeneralscopeandcontentofmanualareacceptable.


D. FinalManualSubmittal: Submiteachmanual in final formprior torequesting inspection forSubstantialCompletionandat least15daysbeforecommencingdemonstrationandtraining.Architectwillreturncopywithcomments.

1. CorrectorreviseeachmanualtocomplywithArchitect’scomments. Submitcopiesofeachcorrectedmanualwithin15daysof receiptofArchitect'scommentsandprior tocommencingdemonstrationandtraining.

PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 OPERATIONANDMAINTENANCEDOCUMENTATIONDIRECTORY

A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, andmaintenancedataandmaterials, listing itemsand their location to facilitate readyaccess todesiredinformation.Includeasectioninthedirectoryforeachofthefollowing:

1. Listofdocuments.2. Listofsystems.3. Listofequipment.4. Tableofcontents.

B. ListofSystemsandSubsystems:Listsystemsalphabetically.Includereferencestooperationandmaintenancemanualsthatcontaininformationabouteachsystem.

C. ListofEquipment: Listequipment foreachsystem,organizedalphabeticallybysystem. Forpiecesofequipmentnotpartofsystem,listalphabeticallyinseparatelist.

D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, andmaintenancemanual.

E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenancemanual,identifyeachsystem,subsystem,andpieceofequipmentwithsamedesignationusedin the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according toASHRAEGuideline4,"PreparationofOperatingandMaintenanceDocumentationforBuildingSystems."

F. CoordinatewithrequirementsofArchitect/Owner.

2.2 REQUIREMENTSFOREMERGENCY,OPERATION,ANDMAINTENANCEMANUALS

A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize eachmanual into a separate section foreachsystemandsubsystem,andaseparatesectionforeachpieceofequipmentnotpartofasystem.Eachmanualshallcontainthefollowingmaterials,intheorderlisted:

1. Titlepage.2. Tableofcontents.3. Manualcontents.

B. TitlePage:Includethefollowinginformation:


1. Subjectmatterincludedinmanual.2. NameandaddressofProject.3. NameandaddressofOwner.4. Dateofsubmittal.5. NameandcontactinformationforContractor.6. NameandcontactinformationforArchitect.7. NameandcontactinformationforCommissioningAuthority.8. NamesandcontactinformationformajorconsultantstotheArchitectthatdesignedthe

systemscontainedinthemanuals.9. Cross-referencetorelatedsystemsinotheroperationandmaintenancemanuals.

C. TableofContents:Listeachproductincludedinmanual,identifiedbyproductname,indexedtothecontentofthevolume,andcross-referencedtoSpecificationSectionnumberinProjectManual.

1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume toaccommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in eachvolumeoftheset.

D. ManualContents:Organizeintosetsofmanageablesize.Arrangecontentsalphabeticallybysystem, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems,equipment,andcomponentsofonesystemintoasinglebinder.

E. Manuals,ElectronicFiles: SubmitmanualsintheformofamultiplefilecompositeelectronicPDFfileforeachmanualtyperequired.

1. ElectronicFiles:Useelectronicfilespreparedbymanufacturerwhereavailable.Wherescanningofpaperdocumentsisrequired,configurescannedfileforminimumreadablefilesize.

2. FileNamesandBookmarks:Enablebookmarkingofindividualdocumentsbasedonfilenames. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipmentnames used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for eachsystem and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then createcomposite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, andequipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual todisplaybookmarkpanelonopeningfile.

F. CoordinatewithrequirementsofConstructionManager.

2.3 EMERGENCYMANUALS

A. Content:Organizemanualintoaseparatesectionforeachofthefollowing:

1. Typeofemergency.2. Emergencyinstructions.3. Emergencyprocedures.

B. Typeof Emergency: Whereapplicable foreach typeof emergency indicatedbelow, includeinstructionsandproceduresforeachsystem,subsystem,pieceofequipment,andcomponent:


1. Fire.2. Flood.3. Gasleak.4. Waterleak.5. Powerfailure.6. Wateroutage.7. System,subsystem,orequipmentfailure.8. Chemicalreleaseorspill.

C. Emergency Instructions: Describeandexplainwarnings, trouble indications,errormessages,and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel fornotificationofInstaller,supplier,andmanufacturertomaintainwarranties.

D. EmergencyProcedures:Includethefollowing,asapplicable:

1. Instructionsonstopping.2. Shutdowninstructionsforeachtypeofemergency.3. Operatinginstructionsforconditionsoutsidenormaloperatinglimits.4. Requiredsequencesforelectricorelectronicsystems.5. Specialoperatinginstructionsandprocedures.

E. CoordinatewithrequirementsofConstructionManager.

2.4 OPERATIONMANUALS

A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required inindividualSpecificationSectionsandthefollowinginformation:

1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems andequipmentindicatedonContractDocuments.

2. PerformanceanddesigncriteriaifContractorhasdelegateddesignresponsibility.3. Operatingstandards.4. Operatingprocedures.5. Operatinglogs.6. Wiringdiagrams.7. Controldiagrams.8. Pipedsystemdiagrams.9. Precautionsagainstimproperuse.10. Licenserequirementsincludinginspectionandrenewaldates.

B. Descriptions:Includethefollowing:

1. Productnameandmodelnumber.UsedesignationsforproductsindicatedonContractDocuments.

2. Manufacturer'sname.3. Equipmentidentificationwithserialnumberofeachcomponent.4. Equipmentfunction.5. Operatingcharacteristics.


6. Limitingconditions.7. Performancecurves.8. Engineeringdataandtests.9. Completenomenclatureandnumberofreplacementparts.

C. OperatingProcedures:Includethefollowing,asapplicable:

1. Startupprocedures.2. Equipmentorsystembreak-inprocedures.3. Routineandnormaloperatinginstructions.4. Regulationandcontrolprocedures.5. Instructionsonstopping.6. Normalshutdowninstructions.7. Seasonalandweekendoperatinginstructions.8. Requiredsequencesforelectricorelectronicsystems.9. Specialoperatinginstructionsandprocedures.

D. SystemsandEquipmentControls: Describethesequenceofoperation,anddiagramcontrolsasinstalled.

E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required foridentification.

F. CoordinatewithrequirementsofConstructionManager.

2.5 PRODUCTMAINTENANCEMANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish.Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materialsandsources,andwarrantiesandbonds,asdescribedbelow.

B. Source Information: List each product included inmanual, identified by product name andarranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, andtelephonenumberofInstallerorsupplierandmaintenanceserviceagent,andcross-referenceSpecificationSectionnumberandtitleinProjectManualanddrawingorscheduledesignationoridentifierwhereapplicable.

C. ProductInformation:Includethefollowing,asapplicable:

1. Productnameandmodelnumber.2. Manufacturer'sname.3. Color,pattern,andtexture.4. Materialandchemicalcomposition.5. Reorderinginformationforspeciallymanufacturedproducts.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and thefollowing:

1. Inspectionprocedures.


2. Typesofcleaningagentstobeusedandmethodsofcleaning.3. Listofcleaningagentsandmethodsofcleaningdetrimentaltoproduct.4. Scheduleforroutinecleaningandmaintenance.5. Repairinstructions.

E. RepairMaterials and Sources: Include lists ofmaterials and local sources ofmaterials andrelatedservices.

F. WarrantiesandBonds:Includecopiesofwarrantiesandbondsandlistsofcircumstancesandconditionsthatwouldaffectvalidityofwarrantiesorbonds.

1. Includeprocedurestofollowandrequirednotificationsforwarrantyclaims.

G. CoordinatewithrequirementsofConstructionManager.

2.6 SYSTEMSANDEQUIPMENTMAINTENANCEMANUALS

A. Content: Foreachsystem,subsystem,andpieceofequipmentnotpartofasystem, includesource information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures,maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenanceservicecontracts,andwarrantyandbondinformation,asdescribedbelow.

B. SourceInformation:Listeachsystem,subsystem,andpieceofequipmentincludedinmanual,identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For eachproduct, listname,address,and telephonenumberof Installeror supplierandmaintenanceservice agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in ProjectManualanddrawingorscheduledesignationoridentifierwhereapplicable.

C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentationincludingthefollowinginformationforeachcomponentpartorpieceofequipment:

1. Standardmaintenanceinstructionsandbulletins.2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required formaintenance, including disassembly

andcomponentremoval,replacement,andassembly.3. Identificationandnomenclatureofpartsandcomponents.4. Listofitemsrecommendedtobestockedasspareparts.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essentialmaintenanceprocedures:

1. Testandinspectioninstructions.2. Troubleshootingguide.3. Precautionsagainstimpropermaintenance.4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly

instructions.5. Aligning,adjusting,andcheckinginstructions.6. Demonstrationandtrainingvideorecording,ifavailable.


E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list ofrequired lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routinemaintenanceandservicewithstandardtimeallotment.

1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly,quarterly,semiannual,andannualfrequencies.

2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recordingmaintenance.

F. SpareParts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts,withpartsidentifiedandcross-referencedtomanufacturers'maintenancedocumentationandlocalsourcesofmaintenancematerialsandrelatedservices.

G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies ofmaintenance agreementswith name andtelephonenumberofserviceagent.

H. WarrantiesandBonds:Includecopiesofwarrantiesandbondsandlistsofcircumstancesandconditionsthatwouldaffectvalidityofwarrantiesorbonds.

1. Includeprocedurestofollowandrequirednotificationsforwarrantyclaims.

PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 MANUALPREPARATION

A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual thatprovidesanorganizedreferencetoemergency,operation,andmaintenancemanuals.

B. EmergencyManual:AssembleacompletesetofemergencyinformationindicatingproceduresforusebyemergencypersonnelandbyOwner'soperatingpersonnelfortypesofemergenciesindicated.

C. ProductMaintenanceManual: Assembleacompletesetofmaintenancedataindicatingcareandmaintenanceofeachproduct,material,andfinishincorporatedintotheWork.

D. OperationandMaintenanceManuals:Assembleacompletesetofoperationandmaintenancedata indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece ofequipmentnotpartofasystem.

1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepareinformationforeachsystem,subsystem,andpieceofequipmentnotpartofasystem.

2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of aninstructionalmanualforusebyOwner'soperatingpersonnel.

E. Manufacturers'Data: Wheremanualscontainmanufacturers'standardprinteddata, includeonly sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify eachproductorcomponent incorporated intotheWork. Ifdata includemorethanone item inatabularformat,identifyeachitemusingappropriatereferencesfromtheContractDocuments.IdentifydataapplicabletotheWorkanddeletereferencestoinformationnotapplicable.


1. Prepare supplementary text ifmanufacturers' standard printed data are not availableand where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance ofequipmentorsystems.

F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate therelationshipofcomponentpartsofequipmentandsystemsandtoillustratecontrolsequenceandflowdiagrams.CoordinatethesedrawingswithinformationcontainedinrecordDrawingstoensurecorrectillustrationofcompletedinstallation.

1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation andmaintenancemanuals.

2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Section01 78 39"ProjectRecordDocuments."

G. Comply with Section01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operationandmaintenancedocumentation.

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC PROJECTRECORDDOCUMENTSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 017839-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION017839PROJECTRECORDDOCUMENTS

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents,includingthefollowing:

1. RecordDrawings.

2. RecordSpecifications.

3. RecordProductData.

4. Miscellaneousrecordsubmittals.


1. Section017000"ExecutionRequirements"forfinalpropertysurvey.

2. Section017700"CloseoutProcedures"forgeneralcloseoutprocedures.

3. Section01 78 23 "Operation andMaintenance Data" for operation and maintenancemanualrequirements.


A. RecordDrawings:ComplywithParagraph2.1

B. RecordSpecifications:ComplywithParagraph2.2

C. RecordProductData:ComplywithParagraph2.3.

1. WhererecordProductDataarerequiredaspartofoperationandmaintenancemanuals,submitduplicatemarked-upProductDataasacomponentofmanual.

D. MiscellaneousRecordSubmittals: SeeotherSpecificationSections formiscellaneousrecord-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities.SubmitannotatedPDFelectronicfilesanddirectoriesofeachsubmittal.

1. ComplywithParagraph2.4

E. Reports: Submit written report weeklyindicating items incorporated into project recorddocuments concurrentwith progress of theWork, including revisions, concealed conditions,fieldchanges,productselections,andothernotationsincorporated.


PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 RECORDDRAWINGS

A. RecordPrints:Maintainonesetofmarked-uppapercopiesoftheContractDrawingsandShopDrawings,incorporatingnewandreviseddrawingsasmodificationsareissued.

1. Preparation:Markrecordprintstoshowtheactualinstallationwhereinstallationvariesfrom that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provideinformationforpreparationofcorrespondingmarked-uprecordprints.

a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would bedifficulttoidentifyormeasureandrecordlater.

b. Accuratelyrecordinformationinanacceptabledrawingtechnique.c. Recorddataassoonaspossibleafterobtainingit.d. Recordandcheckthemarkupbeforeenclosingconcealedinstallations.e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic

documentation.

2. Content:Typesofitemsrequiringmarkinginclude,butarenotlimitedto,thefollowing:

a. DimensionalchangestoDrawings.b. RevisionstodetailsshownonDrawings.c. Depthsoffoundationsbelowfirstfloor.d. Locationsanddepthsofundergroundutilities.e. Revisionstoroutingofpipingandconduits.f. Revisionstoelectricalcircuitry.g. Actualequipmentlocations.h. Ductsizeandrouting.i. Locationsofconcealedinternalutilities.j. ChangesmadebyChangeOrderorConstructionChangeDirective.k. ChangesmadefollowingArchitect'swrittenorders.l. DetailsnotontheoriginalContractDrawings.m. Fieldrecordsforvariableandconcealedconditions.n. RecordinformationontheWorkthatisshownonlyschematically.

3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Usepersonnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-uprecordprints.

4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguishbetweenchangesfordifferentcategoriesoftheWorkatsamelocation.

5. MarkimportantadditionalinformationthatwaseithershownschematicallyoromittedfromoriginalDrawings.


6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Ordernumbers,andsimilaridentification,whereapplicable.

B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of SubstantialCompletion,reviewmarked-uprecordprintswithArchitectandConstructionManager.Whenauthorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, asfollows:

1. Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as theoriginalContractDrawingsorasrequiredbyOwner.CoordinatewithArchitect/Owner.

2. Format:AnnotatedPDFelectronicfilewithcommentfunctionenabled.

3. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints.Delete,redraw,andadddetailsandnotationswhereapplicable.

4. ReferinstancesofuncertaintytoArchitectforresolution.

5. ArchitectwillfurnishContractoronesetofdigitaldatafilesoftheContractDrawingsforuseinrecordinginformation.

a. See Section01 33 01 "CADD Drawings" for requirements related to use ofArchitect'sdigitaldatafiles.

b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separatelayers.

C. Format: Identify and date each recordDrawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORDDRAWING"inaprominentlocation.

1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings intomanageablesets.Bindeachsetwithdurablepapercoversheets.Includeidentificationoncoversheets.

2. Format:AnnotatedPDFelectronicfilewithcommentfunctionenabled.

3. RecordDigitalDataFiles:OrganizedigitaldatainformationintoseparateelectronicfilesthatcorrespondtoeachsheetoftheContractDrawings.Nameeachfilewiththesheetidentification.Includeidentificationineachdigitaldatafile.

4. Identification:Asfollows:

a. Projectname.b. Date.c. Designation"PROJECTRECORDDRAWINGS."d. NameofArchitect.e. NameofContractor.


2.2 RECORDSPECIFICATIONS

A. Preparation:MarkSpecificationstoindicatetheactualproductinstallationwhereinstallationvariesfromthatindicatedinSpecifications,addenda,andcontractmodifications.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations thatcannotbereadilyidentifiedandrecordedlater.

2. Mark copywith the proprietary name andmodel number of products,materials, andequipmentfurnished,includingsubstitutionsandproductoptionsselected.

3. Recordthenameofmanufacturer,supplier, Installer,andother informationnecessarytoprovidearecordofselectionsmade.

4. Foreachprincipalproduct,indicatewhetherrecordProductDatahasbeensubmittedinoperationandmaintenancemanualsinsteadofsubmittedasrecordProductData.

5. Note related Change Orders,record Product Data, and record Drawings whereapplicable.

B. Format:SubmitrecordSpecificationsasannotatedPDFelectronicfile.

2.3 RECORDPRODUCTDATA

A. Preparation:MarkProductDatatoindicatetheactualproductinstallationwhereinstallationvariessubstantiallyfromthatindicatedinProductDatasubmittal.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations thatcannotbereadilyidentifiedandrecordedlater.

2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes inmanufacturer'swritteninstructionsforinstallation.

3. Note related Change Orders,record Specifications, and record Drawings whereapplicable.

B. Format:SubmitrecordProductDataasannotatedPDFelectronicfile.

1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number andtitle,electronicallylinkedtoeachitemofrecordProductData.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUSRECORDSUBMITTALS

A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneousrecordkeepingandsubmittalinconnectionwithactualperformanceoftheWork.Bindorfilemiscellaneousrecordsandidentifyeach,readyforcontinueduseandreference.

B. Format:SubmitmiscellaneousrecordsubmittalsasPDFelectronicfile.


1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Sectionnumberandtitle,electronicallylinkedtoeachitemofmiscellaneousrecordsubmittals.

PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 RECORDINGANDMAINTENANCE

A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for projectrecorddocumentpurposes. Postchangesandrevisionstoprojectrecorddocumentsastheyoccur;donotwaituntilendofProject.

B. MaintenanceofRecordDocumentsandSamples:StorerecorddocumentsandSamplesinthefield office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use projectrecorddocumentsforconstructionpurposes. Maintainrecorddocuments ingoodorderandin a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access toprojectrecorddocumentsforArchitect'sandConstructionManager’sreferenceduringnormalworkinghours.

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC DEMONSTRATIONANDTRAININGNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 017900-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION017900DEMONSTRATIONANDTRAINING

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner'spersonnel,includingthefollowing:

1. Demonstrationofoperationofsystems,subsystems,andequipment.2. Traininginoperationandmaintenanceofsystems,subsystems,andequipment.3. Demonstrationandtrainingvideorecordings.


A. InstructionProgram:Submitoutlineofinstructionalprogramfordemonstrationandtraining,including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length ofinstructiontime,andinstructors'namesforeachtrainingmodule. Includelearningobjectiveandoutlineforeachtrainingmodule.

1. Indicate proposed trainingmodules usingmanufacturer-produced demonstration andtraining video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of videorecordingofliveinstructionalmodule.

B. QualificationData:Forfacilitatorandinstructor.

C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length ofinstructiontime.

D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results anddocumentationofperformance-basedtest.


A. DemonstrationandTrainingVideoRecordings:Submittwocopieswithinsevendaysofendofeachtrainingmodule.

1. Identification:Oneachcopy,provideanappliedlabelwiththefollowinginformation:

a. NameofProject.b. Nameandaddressofvideographer.c. NameofArchitect.d. NameofContractor.e. Dateofvideorecording.

2. Transcript: Prepared inPDFelectronic format. Includeacover sheetwithsame labelinformationasthecorrespondingvideorecordingandatableofcontentswith linksto


corresponding training components. Include name of Project and date of videorecordingoneachpage.

3. At completionof training, submit complete trainingmanual(s) forOwner's use inPDFelectronicfileformatoncompactdisc.


A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educatingmaintenancepersonnel ina trainingprogramsimilar incontentandextent to that indicatedfor this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record ofsuccessfullearningperformance.

B. InstructorQualifications:Afactory-authorizedservicerepresentativeexperiencedinoperationandmaintenanceproceduresandtraining.

C. VideographerQualifications: Aprofessionalvideographerwho isexperiencedphotographingdemonstrationandtrainingeventssimilartothoserequired.

D. PreinstructionConference:ConductconferenceatProjectsitetocomplywithrequirementsofConstruction Manager. Review methods and procedures related to demonstration andtrainingincluding,butnotlimitedto,thefollowing:

1. Inspectanddiscusslocationsandotherfacilitiesrequiredforinstruction.2. Reviewandfinalizeinstructionscheduleandverifyavailabilityofeducationalmaterials,

instructors'personnel,audiovisualequipment,andfacilitiesneededtoavoiddelays.3. Reviewrequiredcontentofinstruction.4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather

conditionsandprocedurestofollowifconditionsareunfavorable.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required tominimizedisruptingOwner'soperationsandtoensureavailabilityofOwner'spersonnel.

B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instructiontime,andcoursecontent.

C. Coordinatecontentoftrainingmoduleswithcontentofapprovedemergency,operation,andmaintenancemanuals. Donot submit instructionprogramuntil operationandmaintenancedatahasbeenreviewedandapprovedbyArchitect.

PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 INSTRUCTIONPROGRAM

A. ProgramStructure:Developaninstructionprogramthatincludesindividualtrainingmodulesforeachsystemandforequipmentnotpartofasystem,asrequiredbyindividualSpecificationSections.


B. TrainingModules:Developalearningobjectiveandteachingoutlineforeachmodule.Includeadescriptionofspecificskillsandknowledgethatparticipantisexpectedtomaster.Foreachmodule, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, orcomponent:

1. BasisofSystemDesign,OperationalRequirements,andCriteria:Includethefollowing:

a. System,subsystem,andequipmentdescriptions.b. PerformanceanddesigncriteriaifContractorisdelegateddesignresponsibility.c. Operatingstandards.d. Regulatoryrequirements.e. Equipmentfunction.f. Operatingcharacteristics.g. Limitingconditions.h. Performancecurves.

2. Documentation:Reviewthefollowingitemsindetail:

a. Emergencymanuals.b. Operationsmanuals.c. Maintenancemanuals.d. Projectrecorddocuments.e. Identificationsystems.f. Warrantiesandbonds.g. Maintenanceserviceagreementsandsimilarcontinuingcommitments.

3. Emergencies:Includethefollowing,asapplicable:

a. Instructionsonmeaningofwarnings,troubleindications,anderrormessages.b. Instructionsonstopping.c. Shutdowninstructionsforeachtypeofemergency.d. Operatinginstructionsforconditionsoutsideofnormaloperatinglimits.e. Sequencesforelectricorelectronicsystems.f. Specialoperatinginstructionsandprocedures.

4. Operations:Includethefollowing,asapplicable:

a. Startupprocedures.b. Equipmentorsystembreak-inprocedures.c. Routineandnormaloperatinginstructions.d. Regulationandcontrolprocedures.e. Controlsequences.f. Safetyprocedures.g. Instructionsonstopping.h. Normalshutdowninstructions.i. Operatingproceduresforemergencies.j. Operatingproceduresforsystem,subsystem,orequipmentfailure.


k. Seasonalandweekendoperatinginstructions.l. Requiredsequencesforelectricorelectronicsystems.m. Specialoperatinginstructionsandprocedures.

5. Adjustments:Includethefollowing:

a. Alignments.b. Checkingadjustments.c. Noiseandvibrationadjustments.d. Economyandefficiencyadjustments.

6. Troubleshooting:Includethefollowing:

a. Diagnosticinstructions.b. Testandinspectionprocedures.

7. Maintenance:Includethefollowing:

a. Inspectionprocedures.b. Typesofcleaningagentstobeusedandmethodsofcleaning.c. Listofcleaningagentsandmethodsofcleaningdetrimentaltoproduct.d. Proceduresforroutinecleaninge. Proceduresforpreventivemaintenance.f. Proceduresforroutinemaintenance.g. Instructiononuseofspecialtools.

8. Repairs:Includethefollowing:

a. Diagnosisinstructions.b. Repairinstructions.c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly

instructions.d. Instructionsforidentifyingpartsandcomponents.e. Reviewofsparepartsneededforoperationandmaintenance.

PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation andtrainingmodule.AssembletrainingmodulesintoatrainingmanualorganizedincoordinationwithrequirementsinSection017823"OperationandMaintenanceData."

B. Setupinstructionalequipmentatinstructionlocation.


3.2 INSTRUCTION

A. Facilitator:Engageaqualifiedfacilitatortoprepareinstructionprogramandtrainingmodules,to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor andOwner for number ofparticipants,instructiontimes,andlocation.

B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, andmaintainsystems,subsystems,andequipmentnotpartofasystem.

1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operationalrequirements,criteria,andregulatoryrequirements.

2. OwnerwillfurnishaninstructortodescribeOwner'soperationalphilosophy.3. OwnerwillfurnishContractorwithnamesandpositionsofparticipants.

C. Scheduling: Provide instruction atmutually agreed on times. For equipment that requiresseasonaloperation,providesimilarinstructionatstartofeachseason.

1. ScheduletrainingwithOwnerwithatleastsevendays'advancenotice.

D. TrainingLocationandReferenceMaterial:Conducttrainingon-siteinthecompletedandfullyoperationalfacilityusingtheactualequipmentin-place.Conducttrainingusingfinaloperationandmaintenancedatasubmittals.

E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each trainingmodule, assess and document each participant'smasteryofmodulebyuseofanoralperformance-basedtest.

F. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Removeinstructionalequipment. Restore systemsandequipment toconditionexistingbefore initialtraininguse.

3.3 DEMONSTRATIONANDTRAININGVIDEORECORDINGS

A. General: Engageaqualified commercial videographer to recorddemonstrationand trainingvideorecordings.Recordeachtrainingmoduleseparately.Includeclassroominstructionsanddemonstrations,boarddiagrams,andothervisualaids,butnotstudentpractice.

1. Atbeginningof each trainingmodule, record each chart containing learningobjectiveandlessonoutline.

B. Video: Provideminimum640 x 480 video resolution converted to .mp4 format file type orformatfiletypeacceptabletoOwner,onelectronicmedia.

1. Electronic Media: Read-only format compact disc acceptable to Owner, withcommercial-gradegraphiclabel.

2. FileHierarchy:Organizefolderstructureandfilelocationsaccordingtoprojectmanualtableofcontents.Providecompletescreen-basedmenu.

3. FileNames: Utilize filenamesbaseduponnameof equipment generallydescribed invideosegment,asidentifiedinProjectspecifications.


4. Contractor and Installer Contact File: Using appropriate software, create a file forinclusion on the Equipment Demonstration and Training DVD that describes thefollowing for each Contractor involved on the Project, arranged according to Projecttableofcontents:

a. NameofContractor/Installer.b. Businessaddress.c. Businessphonenumber.d. Pointofcontact.e. E-mailaddress.

C. Recording:Mountcameraontripodbeforestartingrecording,unlessotherwisenecessarytoadequatelycoverareaofdemonstrationandtraining.Displaycontinuousrunningtime.

1. Filmtrainingsession(s)insegmentsnottoexceed15minutes.

a. Producesegmentstopresentasinglesignificantpieceofequipmentpersegment.b. Organizesegmentswithmultiplepiecesofequipmentto followorderofProject

Manualtableofcontents.c. Whereatrainingsessiononaparticularpieceofequipmentexceeds15minutes,

stop filming and pause training session. Begin training session again uponcommencementofnewfilmingsegment.

D. LightLevels: Verify light levelsareadequate toproperly lightequipment. Verifyequipmentmarkingsareclearlyvisiblepriortorecording.

1. Furnishadditionalportablelightingasrequired.

E. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording by audio narration bymicrophone while ordubbingaudionarrationoff-siteaftervideorecordingisrecorded.Includedescriptionofitemsbeingviewed.

F. Transcript: Providea transcriptof thenarration. Display imagesandrunning timecapturedfromvideotapeoppositethecorrespondingnarrationsegment.

G. Pre-produced Video Recordings: Provide video recordings used as a component of trainingmodulesinsameformatasrecordingsoflivetraining.

END OF SECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC SELECTIVEDEMOLITIONNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 024119-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION024119SELECTIVEDEMOLITION

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. SectionIncludes:

1. Demolitionandremovalofselectedportionsofbuildingorstructure.2. Demolitionandremovalofselectedsiteelements.


1. CoordinatewithGeneralContractorforrestrictionsontheuseofthepremises,Owner-occupancyrequirements,andphasingrequirements.

2. Section017300"ExecutionRequirements"forcuttingandpatchingprocedures.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Detach itemsfromexistingconstructionand legallydisposeofthemoff-siteunlessindicatedtoberemovedandsalvagedorremovedandreinstalled.

B. Existing toRemain: Existing itemsof construction that arenot to bepermanently removedandthatarenototherwiseindicatedtoberemoved,removedandsalvaged,orremovedandreinstalled.

1.3 MATERIALSOWNERSHIP

A. Unlessotherwiseindicated,demolitionwastebecomespropertyofContractor.

1.4 PREINSTALLATIONMEETINGS

A. PredemolitionConference:ConductconferenceatProjectsite.

1. Inspectanddiscussconditionofconstructiontobeselectivelydemolished.2. Reviewstructuralloadlimitationsofexistingstructure.3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials,

demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoiddelays.

4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substratesexposedbyselectivedemolitionoperations.

5. Reviewareaswhereexistingconstructionistoremainandrequiresprotection.


A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including drawings, that indicates themeasuresproposedforprotectingindividualsandproperty,forenvironmentalprotection,fordustcontroland,fornoisecontrol.Indicateproposedlocationsandconstructionofbarriers.


B. ScheduleofSelectiveDemolitionActivities:Indicatethefollowing:

1. Detailedsequenceofselectivedemolitionandremovalwork,withstartingandendingdatesforeachactivity.EnsureOwner'son-siteoperationsareuninterrupted.

2. Interruptionofutilityservices.Indicatehowlongutilityserviceswillbeinterrupted.3. Coordinationforshutoff,capping,andcontinuationofutilityservices.4. Useofelevatorandstairs.5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of

Owner'spartialoccupancyofcompletedWork.

C. Inventory: Submita listof itemstoberemovedandsalvagedanddeliver toOwnerprior tostartofdemolition.

D. PredemolitionPhotographs:SubmitbeforeWorkbegins.


A. Inventory:Submitalistofitemsthathavebeenremovedandsalvaged.

B. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facilitylicensedtoaccepthazardouswastes.

1.7 FIELDCONDITIONS

A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.ConductselectivedemolitionsoOwner'soperationswillnotbedisrupted.

B. Conditionsexistingattimeof inspectionforbiddingpurposewillbemaintainedbyOwnerasfaraspractical.

C. NotifyArchitectofdiscrepanciesbetweenexistingconditionsandDrawingsbeforeproceedingwithselectivedemolition.

D. HazardousMaterials: It isnotexpectedthathazardousmaterialswillbeencountered in theWork.1. If suspectedhazardousmaterials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify

ArchitectandOwner.HazardousmaterialswillberemovedbyOwnerunderaseparatecontract.

E. Storageorsaleofremoveditemsormaterialson-siteisnotpermitted.

F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect themagainstdamageduringselectivedemolitionoperations.

1. Maintainfire-protectionfacilitiesinserviceduringselectivedemolitionoperations.


PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 PEFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations beforebeginning selective demolition. Complywith hauling and disposal regulations of authoritieshavingjurisdiction.

B. Standards:ComplywithANSI/ASSEA10.6andNFPA241.

PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities havebeendisconnected and cappedbefore starting selectivedemolitionoperations.

B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does notguaranteethatexistingconditionsaresameasthoseindicatedinrecorddocuments.

C. Surveyexistingconditionsandcorrelatewith requirements indicated todetermineextentofselectivedemolitionrequired.

D. Whenunanticipatedmechanical,electrical,orstructuralelementsthatconflictwithintendedfunctionordesignareencountered,investigateandmeasurethenatureandextentofconflict.PromptlysubmitawrittenreporttoArchitect.

E. Engageaprofessionalengineer toperformanengineering surveyof conditionofbuilding todeterminewhetherremovinganyelementmightresult instructuraldeficiencyorunplannedcollapseofanyportionofstructureoradjacentstructuresduringselectivebuildingdemolitionoperations.

1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selectivedemolitionactivities.

F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings,preconstructionphotographs,andtemplates.

1. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide

photographs of conditions thatmight bemisconstrued as damage caused by salvageoperations.

3.2 UTILITYSERVICESANDMECHANICAL/ELECTRICALSYSTEMS

A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain andprotectthemagainstdamage.

1. Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified inSection011000"SummaryofWork."


B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify,disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systemsservingareastobeselectivelydemolished.

1. Arrangetoshutoffindicatedutilitieswithutilitycompanies.2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide

temporaryservices/systemsthatbypassareaofselectivedemolitionandthatmaintaincontinuityofservices/systemstootherpartsofbuilding.

3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVACsystems,equipment,andcomponentsindicatedtoberemoved.

a. Piping toBeRemoved: Removeportionofpiping indicated tobe removedandcaporplugremainingpipingwithsameorcompatiblepipingmaterial.

b. PipingtoBeAbandonedinPlace:Drainpipingandcaporplugpipingwithsameorcompatiblepipingmaterial.

c. EquipmenttoBeRemoved:Disconnectandcapservicesandremoveequipment.d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and

remove,clean,andstoreequipment;whenappropriate,reinstall,reconnect,andmakeequipmentoperational.

e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services andremoveequipmentanddelivertoOwner.

f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed andplugremainingductswithsameorcompatibleductworkmaterial.

g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatibleductworkmaterial.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removaloperations to ensureminimum interferencewith roads, streets,walks,walkways, andotheradjacentoccupiedandusedfacilities.

1. ComplywithrequirementsfromGeneralContractorforaccessandprotection.

B. TemporaryFacilities:Providetemporarybarricadesandotherprotectionrequiredtopreventinjurytopeopleanddamagetoadjacentbuildingsandfacilitiestoremain.

1. Provideprotection toensure safepassageofpeoplearound selectivedemolitionareaandtoandfromoccupiedportionsofbuilding.

2. Providetemporaryweatherprotection,duringintervalbetweenselectivedemolitionofexisting construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent waterleakageanddamagetostructureandinteriorareas.

3. Protectwalls,ceilings, floors,andotherexisting finishworkthatare toremainor thatareexposedduringselectivedemolitionoperations.

4. Coverandprotectfurniture,furnishings,andequipmentthathavenotbeenremoved.5. Comply with requirements from General Contractor for temporary enclosures, dust

control,heating,andcooling.


C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports asrequiredtopreservestabilityandpreventmovement,settlement,orcollapseofconstructionandfinishestoremain,andtopreventunexpectedoruncontrolledmovementorcollapseofconstructionbeingdemolished.

1. Strengthenoraddnewsupportswhenrequiredduringprogressofselectivedemolition.

3.4 SELECTIVEDEMOLITION,GENERAL

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by newconstructionandasindicated.UsemethodsrequiredtocompletetheWorkwithinlimitationsofgoverningregulationsandasfollows:

1. Proceedwithselectivedemolitionsystematically,fromhighertolowerlevel.Completeselective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supportingmembersonthenextlowerlevel.

2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Usecuttingmethodsleastlikelytodamageconstructiontoremainoradjoiningconstruction.Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammeringand chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily coveropeningstoremain.

3. Cutordrill fromtheexposedorfinishedside intoconcealedsurfacestoavoidmarringexistingfinishedsurfaces.

4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. Atconcealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents ofhidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintainfire watch andportablefire-suppressiondevicesduringflame-cuttingoperations.

5. Maintainadequateventilationwhenusingcuttingtorches.6. Removedecayed,vermin-infested,orotherwisedangerousorunsuitablematerialsand

promptlydisposeofoff-site.7. Removestructuralframingmembersandlowertogroundbymethodsuitabletoavoid

freefallandtopreventgroundimpactordustgeneration.8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris andmaterials so as not to

imposeexcessiveloadsonsupportingwalls,floors,orframing.9. Disposeofdemolisheditemsandmaterialspromptly.

B. ExistingItemstoRemain:Protectconstructionindicatedtoremainagainstdamageandsoilingduring selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to asuitable,protectedstoragelocationduringselectivedemolitionandcleanedandreinstalledintheiroriginallocationsafterselectivedemolitionoperationsarecomplete.

3.5 SELECTIVEDEMOLITIONPROCEDURESFORSPECIFICMATERIALS

A. Concrete:Demolishinsmallsections.Usingpower-drivensaw,cutconcretetoadepthofatleast3/4inchatjunctureswithconstructiontoremain.Dislodgeconcretefromreinforcementat perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder ofconcrete.Neatlytrimopeningstodimensionsindicated.


B. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction toremainandatregular intervalsusingpower-drivensaw,thenremoveconcretebetweensawcuts.

C. Masonry:Demolishinsmallsections.Cutmasonryatjunctureswithconstructiontoremain,usingpower-drivensaw,thenremovemasonrybetweensawcuts.

D. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up andremove.

E. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according torecommendationsinRFCI's"RecommendedWorkPracticesfortheRemovalofResilientFloorCoverings."Donotusemethodsrequiringsolvent-basedadhesivestrippers.

F. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by newroofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. See Division 07roofingsectionsfornewroofingrequirements.

1. Removeexistingroofmembrane,flashings,copings,androofaccessories.2. Removeexistingroofingsystemdowntosubstrate.

3.6 DISPOSALOFDEMOLISHEDMATERIALS

A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, orotherwise indicated to remainOwner'sproperty, removedemolishedmaterials fromProjectsiteandlegallydisposeoftheminanEPA-approvedlandfill.

1. Donotallowdemolishedmaterialstoaccumulateon-site.2. Removeandtransportdebrisinamannerthatwillpreventspillageonadjacentsurfaces

andareas.3. Removedebrisfromelevatedportionsofbuildingbychute,hoist,orotherdevicethat

willconveydebristogradelevelinacontrolleddescent.4. ComplywithrequirementsfromGeneralContractor.

B. Burning:Donotburndemolishedmaterials.

C. Disposal:TransportdemolishedmaterialsoffOwner'spropertyandlegallydisposeofthem.

3.7 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selectivedemolitionoperations.Returnadjacentareastoconditionexistingbeforeselectivedemolitionoperationsbegan.

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC PENETRATIONFIRESTOPPINGNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 078413-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION078413PENETRATIONFIRESTOPPING

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. ThisSectionincludesthrough-penetrationfirestopsystemsforpenetrationsthroughthefollowingfire-resistance-ratedassemblies,includingbothemptyopeningsandopeningscontainingpenetratingitems:

1. Floors.2. Roofs.3. Wallsandpartitions.

B. RelatedSections:

1. Section033000"Cast-in-PlaceConcrete"forconstructionofopeningsinconcreteslabsandwalls.

2. Division22and23Sectionsspecifyingductandpipingpenetrations.3. Division26Sectionsspecifyingcableandconduitpenetrations.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. ProductData:Foreachtypeofthrough-penetrationfirestopsystemproductindicated.

B. ProductSchedule:Foreachpenetrationfirestoppingsystem.Includelocation,illustrationoffirestoppingsystem,anddesigndesignationofqualifiedtestingandinspectingagency.

1. EngineeringJudgments:WhereProjectconditionsrequiremodificationtoaqualifiedtestingandinspectingagency'sillustrationforaparticularpenetrationfirestoppingsystem,submitillustration,withmodificationsmarked,approvedbypenetrationfirestoppingsystemmanufacturer'sfire-protectionengineerasanengineeringjudgmentorequivalentfire-resistance-ratedassembly.Obtainapprovalofauthoritieshavingjurisdictionpriortosubmittal.

2. ShopDrawings:Foreachthrough-penetrationfirestopsystem,showeachkindofconstructionconditionpenetrated,relationshipstoadjoiningconstruction,andkindofpenetratingitem.Includefirestopdesigndesignationoftestingandinspectingagencyacceptabletoauthoritieshavingjurisdictionthatevidencescompliancewithrequirementsforeachconditionindicated.

C. QualificationData:Forfirmsandpersonsspecifiedin"QualityAssurance"Articletodemonstratetheircapabilitiesandexperience.Includelistsofcompletedprojectswithprojectnamesandaddresses,namesandaddressesofarchitectsandowners,andotherinformationspecified.

D. ProductCertificates:Signedbymanufacturersofthrough-penetrationfirestopsystemproductscertifyingthatproductsfurnishedcomplywithrequirements.


E. ProductTestReports:Fromaqualifiedtestingagencyindicatingthrough-penetrationfirestopsystemcomplieswithrequirements,basedoncomprehensivetestingofcurrentproducts.


A. InstallerQualifications:Anexperiencedinstallerwhohascompletedthrough-penetrationfirestopsystemssimilarinmaterial,design,andextenttothatindicatedforthisProjectandwhoseworkhasresultedinconstructionwitharecordofsuccessfulin-serviceperformance.

B. SourceLimitations:Obtainthrough-penetrationfirestopsystems,foreachkindofpenetrationandconstructionconditionindicated,fromasinglemanufacturer.

C. PreinstallationConference:ConductconferenceatProjectsite.

1.4 PROJECTCONDITIONS

A. EnvironmentalLimitations:Donotinstallpenetrationfirestoppingsystemwhenambientorsubstratetemperaturesareoutsidelimitspermittedbypenetrationfirestoppingsystemmanufacturersorwhensubstratesarewetbecauseofrain,frost,condensation,orothercauses.

B. Installandcurepenetrationfirestoppingmaterialspermanufacturer'swritteninstructionsusingnaturalmeansofventilationsor,wherethisisinadequate,forced-aircirculation.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinateconstructionofopeningsandpenetratingitemstoensurethatpenetrationfirestoppingsystemscanbeinstalledaccordingtospecifiedfirestoppingsystemdesign.

B. Coordinatesizingofsleeves,openings,core-drilledholes,orcutopeningstoaccommodatepenetrationfirestoppingsystems.

PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Test-ResponseCharacteristics:

1. Performpenetrationfirestoppingsystemtestsbyaqualifiedtestingagencyacceptabletoauthoritieshavingjurisdiction.

2. Testpertestingstandardsreferencedin"PenetrationFirestoppingSystems"Article.Provideratedsystemscomplyingwiththefollowingrequirements:

a. Penetrationfirestoppingsystemsshallbearclassificationmarkingofaqualifiedtestingagency.


1) ULinits"FireResistanceDirectory."

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers:Subjecttocompliancewithrequirements,provideproductsbyoneofthefollowing:

1. 3MFireProtectionProducts.2. A/DFireProtectionSystemsInc.3. Hilti,Inc.4. NUCOInc.5. PassiveFireProtectionPartners.6. RectorSeal.7. SpecifiedTechnologies,Inc.8. Tremco,Inc.

2.3 PENETRATIONFIRESTOPPING

A. Providepenetrationfirestoppingthatisproducedandinstalledtoresistspreadoffireaccordingtorequirementsindicated,resistpassageofsmokeandothergases,andmaintainoriginalfire-resistanceratingofconstructionpenetrated.Penetrationfirestoppingsystemsshallbecompatiblewithoneanother,withthesubstratesformingopenings,andwithpenetratingitemsifany.

B. PenetrationsinFire-Resistance-RatedWalls:ProvidepenetrationfirestoppingwithratingsdeterminedperASTME814orUL1479,basedontestingatapositivepressuredifferentialof0.01-inchwg.

1. Fire-resistance-ratedwallsincludefirewalls,fire-barrierwalls,smoke-barrierwalls,andfirepartitions.

2. F-Rating:Notlessthanthefire-resistanceratingofconstructionspenetrated.

C. PenetrationsinHorizontalAssemblies:ProvidepenetrationfirestoppingwithratingsdeterminedperASTME814orUL1479,basedontestingatapositivepressuredifferentialof0.01-inchwg.

1. Horizontalassembliesincludefloors,floor/ceilingassemblies,andceilingmembranesofroof/ceilingassemblies.

2. F-Rating:Atleast1hour,butnotlessthanthefire-resistanceratingofconstructionspenetrated.

3. T-Rating:Atleast1hour,butnotlessthanthefire-resistanceratingofconstructionspenetratedexceptforfloorpenetrationswithinthecavityofawall.

4. W-Rating:ProvidepenetrationfirestoppingsystemsshowingnoevidenceofwaterleakagewhentestedaccordingtoUL1479.

D. PenetrationsinSmokeBarriers:ProvidepenetrationfirestoppingwithratingsdeterminedperUL1479.


1. L-Rating:Notexceeding5.0cfm/sq.ft.ofpenetrationopeningat0.30-inchwg,atbothambientandelevatedtemperatures.

E. W-Rating:ProvidepenetrationfirestoppingshowingnoevidenceofwaterleakagewhentestedaccordingtoUL1479.

F. ExposedPenetrationFirestopping:Provideproductswithflame-spreadandsmoke-developedindexesoflessthan25and450,respectively,asdeterminedperASTME84.

G. Accessories:Providecomponentsforeachpenetrationfirestoppingsystemthatareneededtoinstallfillmaterialsandtomaintainratingsrequired.Useonlythosecomponentsspecifiedbypenetrationfirestoppingmanufacturerandapprovedbyqualifiedtestingandinspectingagencyforfirestoppingindicated.

1. Permanentforming/damming/backingmaterials,includingthefollowing:

a. Slag-wool-fiberorrock-wool-fiberinsulation.

b. Sealantsusedincombinationwithotherforming/damming/backingmaterialstopreventleakageoffillmaterialsinliquidstate.

c. Fire-ratedformboard.

d. Fillersforsealants.2. Temporaryformingmaterials.3. Substrateprimers.4. Collars.5. Steelsleeves.

2.4 FILLMATERIALS

A. General:Providethrough-penetrationfirestopsystemscontainingthetypesoffillmaterialsindicatedintheThrough-PenetrationFirestopSystemScheduleattheendofPart3byreferencetothetypesofmaterialsdescribedinthisArticle.Fillmaterialsarethosereferredtoindirectoriesofthereferencedtestingandinspectingagenciesasfill,void,orcavitymaterials.

B. Cast-in-PlaceFirestopDevices:Factory-assembleddevicesforuseincast-in-placeconcretefloorsandconsistingofanoutermetallicsleevelinedwithanintumescentstrip,aradialextendedflangeattachedtooneendofthesleeveforfasteningtoconcreteformwork,andaneoprenegasket.

C. LatexSealants:Single-componentlatexformulationsthatdonotre-emulsifyaftercureduringexposuretomoisture.

D. FirestopDevices:Factory-assembledcollarsformedfromgalvanizedsteelandlinedwithintumescentmaterialsizedtofitspecificdiameterofpenetrant.


E. IntumescentCompositeSheets:Rigidpanelsconsistingofaluminum-foil-facedelastomericsheetbondedtogalvanized-steelsheet.

F. IntumescentPutties:Nonhardeningdielectric,water-resistantputtiescontainingnosolvents,inorganicfibers,orsiliconecompounds.

G. IntumescentWrapStrips:Single-componentintumescentelastomericsheetswithaluminumfoilononeside.

H. Mortars:Prepackageddrymixesconsistingofablendofinorganicbinders,hydrauliccement,fillers,andlightweightaggregateformulatedformixingwithwateratProjectsitetoformanonshrinking,homogeneousmortar.

I. Pillows/Bags:Reusableheat-expandingpillows/bagsconsistingofglass-fiberclothcasesfilledwithacombinationofmineral-fiber,water-insolubleexpansionagents,andfire-retardantadditives.Whereexposed,coveropeningswithsteel-reinforcingwiremeshtoprotectpillows/bagsfrombeingeasilyremoved.

J. SiliconeFoams:Multicomponent,silicone-basedliquidelastomersthat,whenmixed,expandandcureinplacetoproduceaflexible,nonshrinkingfoam.

K. SiliconeSealants:Single-component,silicone-based,neutral-curingelastomericsealantsofgradeindicatedbelow:

1. Grade:Pourable(self-leveling)formulationforopeningsinfloorsandotherhorizontalsurfaces,andnonsagformulationforopeningsinverticalandslopedsurfaces,unlessindicatedfirestoppinglimitsuseofnonsaggradeforbothopeningconditions.

L. OutletBoxProtection:WallopeningprotectivematerialsforusewithU.L.listedmetallicandspecifiednonmetallicoutletboxes,thefollowingproductsareacceptable:

1. HiltiConstructionsChemicals,Inc.;FSSeriesPads.2. InternationalProtectiveCoatingsCorp.;Type1077SeriesPuttyPads3. Minnesota,Mining&Mfg.Co.;TypeMPP-4S+SeriesMoldablePuttyPads.4. NelsonFirestopProducts;TypeFSPSeriesPuttyPads.5. RectorsealCorp.;MetacaulkandBiostopSeriesFire-RatedPuttyPads.

2.5 MIXING

A. Forthoseproductsrequiringmixingbeforeapplication,complywiththrough-penetrationfirestopsystemmanufacturer'swritteninstructionsforaccurateproportioningofmaterials,water(ifrequired),typeofmixingequipment,selectionofmixerspeeds,mixingcontainers,mixingtime,andotheritemsorproceduresneededtoproduceproductsofuniformqualitywithoptimumperformancecharacteristicsforapplicationindicated.


PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examinesubstratesandconditions,withInstallerpresent,forcompliancewithrequirementsforopeningconfigurations,penetratingitems,substrates,andotherconditionsaffectingperformance.

B. Proceedwithinstallationonlyafterunsatisfactoryconditionshavebeencorrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. SurfaceCleaning:Cleanoutopeningsimmediatelybeforeinstallingthrough-penetrationfirestopsystemstocomplywithwrittenrecommendationsoffirestopsystemmanufacturerandthefollowingrequirements:

1. Removefromsurfacesofopeningsubstratesandfrompenetratingitemsforeignmaterialsthatcouldinterferewithadhesionofthrough-penetrationfirestopsystems.

2. Cleanopeningsubstratesandpenetratingitemstoproduceclean,soundsurfacescapableofdevelopingoptimumbondwiththrough-penetrationfirestopsystems.Removelooseparticlesremainingfromcleaningoperation.

3. Removelaitanceandform-releaseagentsfromconcrete.

B. Priming:Primesubstrateswhererecommendedinwritingbythrough-penetrationfirestopsystemmanufacturerusingthatmanufacturer'srecommendedproductsandmethods.Confineprimerstoareasofbond;donotallowspillageandmigrationontoexposedsurfaces.

C. MaskingTape:Usemaskingtapetopreventthrough-penetrationfirestopsystemsfromcontactingadjoiningsurfacesthatwillremainexposedoncompletionofWorkandthatwouldotherwisebepermanentlystainedordamagedbysuchcontactorbycleaningmethodsusedtoremovesmearsfromfirestopsystemmaterials.Removetapeassoonaspossiblewithoutdisturbingfirestopsystem'ssealwithsubstrates.

3.3 THROUGH-PENETRATIONFIRESTOPSYSTEMINSTALLATION

A. General:Installthrough-penetrationfirestopsystemstocomplywith"PerformanceRequirements"Articleandfirestopsystemmanufacturer'swritteninstallationinstructionsandpublisheddrawingsforproductsandapplicationsindicated.

B. Installforming/damming/backingmaterialsandotheraccessoriesoftypesrequiredtosupportfillmaterialsduringtheirapplicationandinthepositionneededtoproducecross-sectionalshapesanddepthsrequiredtoachievefireratingsindicated.

1. Afterinstallingfillmaterials,removecombustibleformingmaterialsandotheraccessoriesnotindicatedaspermanentcomponentsoffirestopsystems.


C. Installfillmaterialsforfirestopsystemsbyproventechniquestoproducethefollowingresults:

1. Fillvoidsandcavitiesformedbyopenings,formingmaterials,accessories,andpenetratingitemsasrequiredtoachievefire-resistanceratingsindicated.

2. Applymaterialssotheycontactandadheretosubstratesformedbyopeningsandpenetratingitems.

3. ForfillmaterialsthatwillremainexposedaftercompletingWork,finishtoproducesmooth,uniformsurfacesthatareflushwithadjoiningfinishes.

D. OutletBoxProtection:Installoutletboxprotectivefirestoppadsforoutletboxesinfireratedassemblies.

3.4 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identifythrough-penetrationfirestopsystemswithpreprintedmetalorplasticlabels.Attachlabelspermanentlytosurfacesadjacenttoandwithin6inches(150mm)ofedgeofthefirestopsystemssothatlabelswillbevisibletoanyoneseekingtoremovepenetratingitemsorfirestopsystems.Usemechanicalfastenersformetallabels.Forplasticlabels,useself-adheringtypewithadhesivescapableofpermanentlybondinglabelstosurfacesonwhichlabelsareplacedand,incombinationwithlabelmaterial,willresultinpartialdestructionoflabelifremovalisattempted.Includethefollowinginformationonlabels:

1. Thewords"Warning-Through-PenetrationFirestopSystem-DoNotDisturb.NotifyBuildingManagementofAnyDamage."

2. Contractor'sname,address,andphonenumber.3. Through-penetrationfirestopsystemdesignationofapplicabletestingandinspecting

agency.4. Dateofinstallation.5. Through-penetrationfirestopsystemmanufacturer'sname.6. Installer'sname.

3.5 FIELDQUALITYCONTROL

A. InspectingAgency:Ownerwillengageaqualified,independentinspectingagencytoinspectthrough-penetrationfirestops.IndependentinspectingagencyshallcomplywithASTME2174requirementsincludingthoserelatedtoqualifications,conductinginspections,andpreparingtestreports.

B. Wheredeficienciesarefound,repairorreplacethrough-penetrationfirestopsystemssotheycomplywithrequirements.

C. Proceedwithenclosingthrough-penetrationfirestopsystemswithotherconstructiononlyafterinspectionreportsareissuedandfirestopinstallationscomplywithrequirements.


3.6 CLEANINGANDPROTECTION

A. CleanoffexcessfillmaterialsadjacenttoopeningsasWorkprogressesbymethodsandwithcleaningmaterialsthatareapprovedinwritingbythrough-penetrationfirestopsystemmanufacturersandthatdonotdamagematerialsinwhichopeningsoccur.

B. Providefinalprotectionandmaintainconditionsduringandafterinstallationthatensurethrough-penetrationfirestopsystemsarewithoutdamageordeteriorationattimeofSubstantialCompletion.If,despitesuchprotection,damageordeteriorationoccurs,cutoutandremovedamagedordeterioratedthrough-penetrationfirestopsystemsimmediatelyandinstallnewmaterialstoproducethrough-penetrationfirestopsystemscomplyingwithspecifiedrequirements.

3.7 FIRESTOPSCHEDULE

A. WhereUL-classifiedsystemsareindicated,theyrefertothealpha-alpha-numericdesignationslistedinUL's"FireResistanceDirectory"underproductCategoryXHEZ.

B. WhereOPL-classifiedsystemsareindicated,theyrefertoalpha-numericdesignnumbersinOPL's"DirectoryofListedBuildingProducts,Materials,&Assemblies."

PENETRATIONDESCRIPTION

ULCLASSIFIEDSYSTEM

OPLCLASSIFIEDSYSTEM

FILLMATERIAL

NoPenetratingItems

C-AJ-0001-0999C-BJ-0001-0999F-A-0001-0999W-J-0001-0999W-L-0001-0999

LatexsealantSiliconesealantMortarIntumescentputty

MetallicPipes,Conduit,orTubing

C-AJ-1001-1999C-BJ-1001-1999C-B-K1001-1999F-A-1001-1999F-B-1001-1999F-C-1001-1999W-J-1001-1999W-K-1001-1999W-L-1001-1999

LatexsealantSiliconesealantMortarIntumescentputty

NonmetallicPipe,Conduit,orTubing

C-AJ-2001-2999C-BJ-2001-2999F-A-2001-2999F-B-2001-2999F-C-2001-2999W-J-2001-2999W-L-2001-2999

LatexsealantSiliconesealantIntumescentputtyIntumescentwrapstripsFirestopdevice


FirestopSystemsforElectricalCables

C-AJ-3001-3999C-BJ-3001-3999F-A-3001-3999F-B-3001-3999F-C-3001-3999W-J-3001-3999W-L-3001-3999

LatexsealantSiliconesealantIntumescentputtySiliconefoam

FirestopSystemsforCableTrays

C-AJ-4001-4999C-BJ-4001-4999F-A-4001-4999F-B-4001-4999F-C-4001-4999W-J-4001-4999W-K-4001-4999W-L-4001-4999

LatexsealantIntumescentputtySiliconefoamPillows/bags

FirestopSystemsforInsulatedPipes

C-AJ-5001-5999C-BJ-5001-5999F-A-5001-5999F-C-5001-5999W-J-5001-5999W-L-5001-5999

LatexsealantIntumescentputtyIntumescentwrapstripsSiliconefoam

MiscellaneousElectricalPenetrants

C-AJ-6001-6999F-A-6001-6999W-L-6001-6999

LatexsealantIntumescentputtyMortar

MiscellaneousMechanicalPenetrations

C-AJ-7001-7999F-C-7001-7999W-J-7001-7999W-L-7001-7999

LatexsealantMortar

GroupingsofPenetrations

C-AJ-8001-8999C-BJ-8001-8999F-A-8001-8999F-C-8001-8999W-J-8001-8999W-L-8001-8999

LatexsealantMortarIntumescentwrapstripsFirestopdeviceIntumescentcompositesheet.

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC JOINTSEALANTSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 079200-1Issued–1/21/2020

SECTION079200JOINTSEALANTS

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. SectionIncludes:

1. Siliconejointsealants.

2. Urethanejointsealants.

3. Latexjointsealants.

4. Silyl-terminatedpolyetherjointsealants.

5. Solvent-release-curingjointsealants.

6. Acousticaljointsealants.

B. RelatedSections:

7. Section042000"UnitMasonry"formasonrycontrolandexpansionjointfillersandgaskets.

8. Section088000"Glazing"forglazingsealants.


A. PreinstallationConference:ConductconferenceatProjectsite

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. ProductData:Foreachjoint-sealantproductindicated.

B. SamplesforInitialSelection:Manufacturer'scolorchartsconsistingofstripsofcuredsealantsshowingthefullrangeofcolorsavailableforeachproductexposedtoview.

C. Samples forVerification: Foreachkindandcolorof joint sealant required,provideSampleswithjointsealantsin1/2-inch-widejointsformedbetweentwo6-inch-longstripsofmaterialmatchingtheappearanceofexposedsurfacesadjacenttojointsealants.

D. Joint-SealantSchedule:Includethefollowinginformation:

1. Joint-sealantapplication,jointlocation,anddesignation.

2. Joint-sealantmanufacturerandproductname.

3. Joint-sealantformulation.

4. Joint-sealantcolor.


E. QualificationData:ForqualifiedInstallerandtestingagency.

F. Product Certificates: For each kind of joint sealant and accessory, frommanufacturer andwitnessedbyaqualifiedtestingagency.

G. ProductTestReports: Basedonevaluationofcomprehensivetestsperformedbyaqualifiedtestingagency,indicatingthatsealantscomplywithrequirements.

H. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer,indicatingthefollowing:

5. Materialsformingjointsubstratesandjoint-sealantbackingshavebeentestedforcompatibilityandadhesionwithjointsealants.

6. Interpretationoftestresultsandwrittenrecommendationsforprimersandsubstratepreparationneededforadhesion.

I. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Test Reports: Indicatewhich sealants and joint preparationmethods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in"PreconstructionTesting"Article.

J. Field-AdhesionTestReports:Foreachsealantapplicationtested.

K. Warranties:Sampleofspecialwarranties.


A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved bymanufacturer.

B. ProductTesting:Testjointsealantsusingaqualifiedtestingagency.

a. TestingAgencyQualifications:QualifiedaccordingtoASTMC1021toconductthetestingindicated.

C. Mockups: Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that areindicated to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installationmethodsspecifiedinthisSection.

1.5 PRECONSTRUCTIONTESTING

A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testingindicatedbelow,samplesofmaterialsthatwillcontactoraffectjointsealants.

1. AdhesionTesting:UseASTMC794todeterminewhetherprimingandotherspecificjointpreparationtechniquesarerequiredtoobtainrapid,optimumadhesionofjointsealantstojointsubstrates.

2. CompatibilityTesting:UseASTMC1087todeterminesealantcompatibilitywhenincontactwithglazingandgasketmaterials.


3. StainTesting:UseASTMC1248todeterminestainpotentialofsealantwhenincontactwith[stone][masonry]<Insertsubstrate>substrates.

4. Submitmanufacturer'srecommendednumberofpiecesofeachtypeofmaterial,includingjointsubstrates,joint-sealantbackings,andmiscellaneousmaterials.

5. SchedulesufficienttimefortestingandanalyzingresultstopreventdelayingtheWork.

6. Formaterialsfailingtests,obtainjoint-sealantmanufacturer'swritteninstructionsforcorrectivemeasures,includinguseofspeciallyformulatedprimers.

7. Testingwillnotberequiredifjoint-sealantmanufacturerssubmitdatathatarebasedonprevioustesting,notolderthan24months,ofsealantproductsforadhesionto,stainingof,andcompatibilitywithjointsubstratesandothermaterialsmatchingthosesubmitted.

B. Preconstruction Compatibility and Field Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint-sealantmanufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affectjointsealants.Beforeinstallingsealants,fieldtesttheiradhesiontoProjectjointsubstratesasfollows:

1. LocatetestjointswhereindicatedonProjector,ifnotindicated,asdirectedbyArchitect.

2. Conductfieldtestsforeachkindofsealantandjointsubstrate.

3. NotifyArchitectsevendaysinadvanceofdatesandtimeswhentestjointswillbeerected.

4. Arrangeforteststotakeplacewithjoint-sealantmanufacturer'stechnicalrepresentativepresent.

a. TestMethod:TestjointsealantsaccordingtoMethodA,Field-AppliedSealantJointHandPullTab,inAppendixX1.1inASTMC1193orMethodA,TailProcedure,inASTMC1521.1) Forjointswithdissimilarsubstrates,verifyadhesiontoeachsubstrate

separately;extendcutalongoneside,verifyingadhesiontooppositeside.Repeatprocedureforoppositeside.

5. Reportwhethersealantfailedtoadheretojointsubstratesortorecohesively.Includedataonpulldistanceusedtotesteachkindofproductandjointsubstrate.Forsealantsthatfailadhesively,retestuntilsatisfactoryadhesionisobtained.

6. EvaluationofPreconstructionField-Adhesion-TestResults:Sealantsnotevidencingadhesivefailurefromtesting,inabsenceofotherindicationsofnoncompliancewithrequirements,willbeconsideredsatisfactory.Donotusesealantsthatfailtoadheretojointsubstratesduringtesting.UseASTMC1087todeterminewhetherprimingandotherspecificjointpreparationtechniquesarerequiredtoobtainrapid,optimumadhesionofjointsealantstojointsubstrates.

7. Submitnotfewerthaneightpiecesofeachkindofmaterial,includingjointsubstrates,shims,joint-sealantbackings,secondaryseals,andmiscellaneousmaterials.

8. SchedulesufficienttimefortestingandanalyzingresultstopreventdelayingtheWork.


9. Formaterialsfailingtests,obtainjoint-sealantmanufacturer'swritteninstructionsforcorrectivemeasuresincludinguseofspeciallyformulatedprimers.

10. Testingwillnotberequiredifjoint-sealantmanufacturerssubmitjointpreparationdatathatarebasedonprevioustesting,notolderthan24months,ofsealantproductsforadhesionto,andcompatibilitywith,jointsubstratesandothermaterialsmatchingthosesubmitted.

C. PreconstructionField-AdhesionTesting:Beforeinstallingsealants,fieldtesttheiradhesiontoProjectjointsubstratesasfollows:

11. LocatetestjointswhereindicatedonProjector,ifnotindicated,asdirectedbyArchitect.

12. Conductfieldtestsforeachkindofsealantandjointsubstrate.

13. NotifyArchitectsevendaysinadvanceofdatesandtimeswhentestjointswillbeerected.

14. Arrangeforteststotakeplacewithjoint-sealantmanufacturer'stechnicalrepresentativepresent.

15. Reportwhethersealantfailedtoadheretojointsubstratesortorecohesively.Includedataonpulldistanceusedtotesteachkindofproductandjointsubstrate.Forsealantsthatfailadhesively,retestuntilsatisfactoryadhesionisobtained.

16. EvaluationofPreconstructionField-Adhesion-TestResults:Sealantsnotevidencingadhesivefailurefromtesting,inabsenceofotherindicationsofnoncompliancewithrequirements,willbeconsideredsatisfactory.Donotusesealantsthatfailtoadheretojointsubstratesduringtesting.

1.6 PROJECTCONDITIONS

A. Donotproceedwithinstallationofjointsealantsunderthefollowingconditions:

1. Whenambientandsubstratetemperatureconditionsareoutsidelimitspermittedbyjoint-sealantmanufacturerorarebelow40degF.

2. Whenjointsubstratesarewet.

3. Wherejointwidthsarelessthanthoseallowedbyjoint-sealantmanufacturerforapplicationsindicated.

4. Wherecontaminantscapableofinterferingwithadhesionhavenotyetbeenremovedfromjointsubstrates.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. SpecialInstaller'sWarranty:Manufacturer'sstandardforminwhichInstalleragreestorepairor replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirementsspecifiedinthisSectionwithinspecifiedwarrantyperiod.

1. WarrantyPeriod:TwoyearsfromdateofSubstantialCompletion.


B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealantmanufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not complywithperformanceandother requirementsspecified in thisSectionwithinspecifiedwarrantyperiod.

2. WarrantyPeriod:10yearsfromdateofSubstantialCompletion.

C. Specialwarrantiesspecifiedinthisarticleexcludedeteriorationorfailureofjointsealantsfromthefollowing:

3. Movementofthestructurecausedbystructuralsettlementorerrorsattributabletodesignorconstructionresultinginstressesonthesealantexceedingsealantmanufacturer'swrittenspecificationsforsealantelongationandcompression.

4. Disintegrationofjointsubstratesfromnaturalcausesexceedingdesignspecifications.

5. Mechanicaldamagecausedbyindividuals,tools,orotheroutsideagents.

6. Changesinsealantappearancecausedbyaccumulationofdirtorotheratmosphericcontaminants.

PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS,GENERAL

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that arecompatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service andapplication, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and fieldexperience.

B. Liquid-AppliedJointSealants:ComplywithASTMC920andotherrequirementsindicatedforeach liquid-applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTMC920classificationsfortype,grade,class,andusesrelatedtoexposureandjointsubstrates.

C. Stain-Test-ResponseCharacteristics:Wheresealantsarespecifiedtobenonstainingtoporoussubstrates,provideproductsthathaveundergonetestingaccordingtoASTMC1248andhavenotstainedporousjointsubstratesindicatedforProject.

D. Suitability for Contactwith Food: Where sealants are indicated for joints thatwill come inrepeatedcontactwithfood,provideproductsthatcomplywith21CFR177.2600.

E. ColorsofExposedJointSealants:MatchArchitect'ssamples.

2.2 SILICONEJOINTSEALANTS

A. Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTMC920, TypeS,GradeNS,Class100/50,forUseNT.

1. Products:Subjecttocompliancewithrequirements,provideoneofthefollowing:


a. DowCorningCorporation;790.

b. GEAdvancedMaterials-Silicones;SilPrufLMSCS2700.

c. MayNationalAssociates,Inc.;BondaflexSil290.

d. PecoraCorporation;890.

e. SikaCorporation,USAConstructionProductsDivision;SikaSil-C990.

f. TremcoIncorporated;Spectrem1.

B. Mildew-Resistant,Single-Component,Acid-CuringSiliconeJointSealant: ASTMC920,TypeS,GradeNS,Class25,forUseNT.


a. BASFBuildingSystems;Omniplus.

b. DowCorningCorporation;786MildewResistant.

c. GEAdvancedMaterials-Silicones;SanitarySCS1700.

d. MayNationalAssociates,Inc.;BondaflexSil100WF.

e. TremcoIncorporated;Tremsil200Sanitary.

C. Sealants forTrafficCoatings: Coordinateand sequence the installationof joint sealantsandtraffic coatings for sealing joints where sealant bonds to traffic coating. Comply with jointsealantmanufacturer’sinstructions. Atcontractor’soptionprovidethefollowingsealantforsealingjointsinbondwithtrafficcoatings:

3. STPeJointSealant:Solvent-freeformulationbasedonsilyl-terminatedpolyetherpolymer(STPe),ASTMC920,TypeS,GradeNS,Class100/50,UseNT,M,A,G,andO.

a. Products:Subjecttocompliancewithrequirements,provideoneofthefollowing:

1) BASFBuildingSystems;Sonolastic150VLM.2) SOUDALInc.;SoudalSeal150LM.

2.3 URETHANEJOINTSEALANTS

A. Single-Component,Nonsag,UrethaneJointSealant: ASTMC920,TypeS,GradeNS,Class25,forUseNT.


a. BASFBuildingSystems;SonolasticNP1.

b. MayNationalAssociates,Inc.;BondaflexPUR25.


c. SikaCorporation,ConstructionProductsDivision;Sikaflex-1a.

d. TremcoIncorporated;Dymonic.

B. Multicomponent,Nonsag,Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTMC920, TypeM,GradeNS, Class25,forUseNT.


a. BASFBuildingSystems;SonolasticNP2.

b. MayNationalAssociates,Inc.;BondaflexPUR2NS.

c. SikaCorporation,ConstructionProductsDivision;Sikaflex-2cNS.

d. TremcoIncorporated;Vulkem227.

2.4 LATEXJOINTSEALANTS

A. LatexJointSealant:Acryliclatexorsiliconizedacryliclatex,ASTMC834,TypeOP,GradeNF.


a. BASFBuildingSystems;Sonolac.

b. MayNationalAssociates,Inc.;Bondaflex600.PecoraCorporation;AC-20+.

c. Schnee-Morehead,Inc.;SM8200.

d. TremcoIncorporated;Tremflex834.

2.5 SOLVENT-RELEASE-CURINGJOINTSEALANTS

A. Butyl-Rubber-BasedJointSealant:ASTMC1311.


a. Bostik,Inc.;Chem-Calk300.

b. PecoraCorporation;BC-158.

c. TremcoIncorporated;TremcoButylSealant.

2.6 ACOUSTICALJOINTSEALANTS

A. AcousticalJointSealant:Manufacturer'sstandardnonsag,paintable,nonstaininglatexsealantcomplyingwithASTMC834.Producteffectivelyreducesairbornesoundtransmissionthroughperimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testingrepresentativeassembliesaccordingtoASTME90.


1. Manufacturers:Subjecttocompliancewithrequirements,provideproductsbyoneofthefollowing:

a. AccumetricLLC.

b. GEConstructionSealants;MomentivePerformanceMaterialsInc.

c. Hilti,Inc.

d. PecoraCorporation.

e. USGCorporation.

2. ColorsofExposedAcousticalJointSealants:AsselectedbyArchitectfrommanufacturer'sfullrangeofcolors.

2.7 JOINTSEALANTBACKING

A. General:Providesealantbackingsofmaterialthatarenonstaining;arecompatiblewithjointsubstrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applicationsindicatedbysealantmanufacturerbasedonfieldexperienceandlaboratorytesting.

B. CylindricalSealantBackings:ASTMC1330,TypeB(bicellularmaterialwithasurfaceskin),andofsizeanddensitytocontrolsealantdepthandotherwisecontributetoproducingoptimumsealantperformance.

C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealantmanufacturer forpreventing sealant fromadhering to rigid, inflexible joint-fillermaterialsorjointsurfacesatbackofjoint.Provideself-adhesivetapewhereapplicable.

2.8 MISCELLANEOUSMATERIALS

A. Primer:Materialrecommendedbyjoint-sealantmanufacturerwhererequiredforadhesionofsealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substratetestsandfieldtests.

B. CleanersforNonporousSurfaces:Chemicalcleanersacceptabletomanufacturersofsealantsandsealantbackingmaterials,freeofoilyresiduesorothersubstancescapableofstainingorharming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated topromoteoptimumadhesionofsealantstojointsubstrates.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants andsurfacesadjacenttojoints.


PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine joints indicatedtoreceive jointsealants,with Installerpresent, forcompliancewithrequirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affectingjoint-sealantperformance.

B. Proceedwithinstallationonlyafterunsatisfactoryconditionshavebeencorrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants tocomplywithjoint-sealantmanufacturer'swritteninstructionsandthefollowingrequirements:

1. Removeallforeignmaterialfromjointsubstratesthatcouldinterferewithadhesionofjointsealant,includingdust,paints(exceptforpermanent,protectivecoatingstestedandapprovedforsealantadhesionandcompatibilitybysealantmanufacturer),oldjointsealants,oil,grease,waterproofing,waterrepellents,water,surfacedirt,andfrost.

2. Cleanporousjointsubstratesurfacesbybrushing,grinding,mechanicalabrading,oracombinationofthesemethodstoproduceaclean,soundsubstratecapableofdevelopingoptimumbondwithjointsealants.Removelooseparticlesremainingaftercleaningoperationsabovebyvacuumingorblowingoutjointswithoil-freecompressedair.Porousjointsubstratesincludethefollowing:

a. Concrete.

b. Masonry.

c. Unglazedsurfacesofceramictile.

3. Removelaitanceandform-releaseagentsfromconcrete.

4. Cleannonporousjointsubstratesurfaceswithchemicalcleanersorothermeansthatdonotstain,harmsubstrates,orleaveresiduescapableofinterferingwithadhesionofjointsealants.Nonporousjointsubstratesincludethefollowing:

a. Metal.

b. Glass.

c. Porcelainenamel.

d. Glazedsurfacesofceramictile.

B. JointPriming:Primejointsubstrateswhererecommendedbyjoint-sealantmanufacturerorasindicatedbypreconstructionjoint-sealant-substratetestsorpriorexperience.Applyprimerto


comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas ofjoint-sealantbond;donotallowspillageormigrationontoadjoiningsurfaces.

C. MaskingTape:Usemaskingtapewhererequiredtopreventcontactofsealantorprimerwithadjoiningsurfacesthatotherwisewouldbepermanentlystainedordamagedbysuchcontactorbycleaningmethodsrequiredtoremovesealantsmears. Removetape immediatelyaftertoolingwithoutdisturbingjointseal.

3.3 INSTALLATIONOFJOINTSEALANTS

A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions forproductsandapplicationsindicated,unlessmorestringentrequirementsapply.

B. SealantInstallationStandard:ComplywithrecommendationsinASTMC1193foruseofjointsealantsasapplicabletomaterials,applications,andconditionsindicated.

C. Installsealantbackingsofkindindicatedtosupportsealantsduringapplicationandatpositionrequired to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to jointwidthsthatallowoptimumsealantmovementcapability.

1. Donotleavegapsbetweenendsofsealantbackings.

2. Donotstretch,twist,puncture,ortearsealantbackings.

3. Removeabsorbentsealantbackingsthathavebecomewetbeforesealantapplicationandreplacethemwithdrymaterials.

D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used betweensealantsandbacksofjoints.

E. Installsealantsusingproventechniquesthatcomplywiththefollowingandatthesametimebackingsareinstalled:

4. Placesealantssotheydirectlycontactandfullywetjointsubstrates.

5. Completelyfillrecessesineachjointconfiguration.

6. Produceuniform,cross-sectionalshapesanddepthsrelativetojointwidthsthatallowoptimumsealantmovementcapability.

F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning orcuring begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below toformsmooth,uniformbeadsofconfigurationindicated;toeliminateairpockets;andtoensurecontactandadhesionofsealantwithsidesofjoint.

7. Removeexcesssealantfromsurfacesadjacenttojoints.

8. Usetoolingagentsthatareapprovedinwritingbysealantmanufacturerandthatdonotdiscolorsealantsoradjacentsurfaces.

9. ProvideconcavejointprofileperFigure8AinASTMC1193,unlessotherwiseindicated.

10. ProvideflushjointprofilewhereindicatedperFigure8BinASTMC1193.


11. ProviderecessedjointconfigurationofrecessdepthandatlocationsindicatedperFigure8CinASTMC1193.

a. Usemaskingtapetoprotectsurfacesadjacenttorecessedtooledjoints.

G. Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound-rated assemblies and elsewhere as indicated, sealconstruction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with acontinuousbeadofacousticalsealant. Installacousticalsealantatbothfacesofpartitionsatperimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTMC919 and with manufacturer'swrittenrecommendations.


A. Field-AdhesionTesting:Fieldtestjoint-sealantadhesiontojointsubstratesasfollows:

1. ExtentofTesting:Testcompletedandcuredsealantjointsasfollows:

a. Perform10testsforthefirst1000feetofjointlengthforeachkindofsealantandjointsubstrate.

b. Perform1testforeach1000feetofjointlengththereafteror1testpereachfloorperelevation.

2. TestMethod:TestjointsealantsaccordingtoMethodA,Field-AppliedSealantJointHandPullTab,inAppendixX1inASTMC1193orMethodA,TailProcedure,inASTMC1521.

a. Forjointswithdissimilarsubstrates,verifyadhesiontoeachsubstrateseparately;extendcutalongoneside,verifyingadhesiontooppositeside.Repeatprocedureforoppositeside.

3. Inspecttestedjointsandreportonthefollowing:

a. Whethersealantsfilledjointcavitiesandarefreeofvoids.

b. Whethersealantdimensionsandconfigurationscomplywithspecifiedrequirements.

c. Whethersealantsinjointsconnectedtopulled-outportionfailedtoadheretojointsubstratesortorecohesively.Includedataonpulldistanceusedtotesteachkindofproductandjointsubstrate.Comparetheseresultstodetermineifadhesionpassessealantmanufacturer'sfield-adhesionhand-pulltestcriteria.

4. Recordtestresultsinafield-adhesion-testlog.Includedateswhensealantswereinstalled,namesofpersonswhoinstalledsealants,testdates,testlocations,whetherjointswereprimed,adhesionresultsandpercentelongations,sealantfill,sealantconfiguration,andsealantdimensions.

5. Repairsealantspulledfromtestareabyapplyingnewsealantsfollowingsameproceduresusedoriginallytosealjoints.Ensurethatoriginalsealantsurfacesarecleanandthatnewsealantcontactsoriginalsealant.


B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure fromtesting or noncompliancewith other indicated requirementswill be considered satisfactory.Removesealantsthatfailtoadheretojointsubstratesduringtestingortocomplywithotherrequirements.Retestfailedapplicationsuntiltestresultsprovesealantscomplywithindicatedrequirements.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses bymethodsandwith cleaningmaterials approved inwritingbymanufacturersof joint sealantsandofproductsinwhichjointsoccur.

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminatingsubstances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes sosealants arewithoutdeteriorationordamageat timeof Substantial Completion. If, despitesuch protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged ordeteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas areindistinguishablefromoriginalwork.

3.7 JOINT-SEALANTSCHEDULE

TYPE POLYMER EXPOSURE/TRAFFIC COLOR USES/APPLICATIONSElastomeric Silicone:

Lowmod-ulus;Me-diumModulus

Exteriorjointsinverticalsurfacesandnon-traffichorizon-talsurfaces

SelectedbyArchitectfrommanufactur-er'sfullrange

• Controlandexpansionjointsincast-in-placeconcrete.

• Controlandexpansionjointsinunitmasonry.

• Jointsindimensionstonecladding.

• Jointsinmetalpanels.• Windowsandbetweenwin-

dowsandothermaterials.• Storefrontandentrancesand

betweenstorefrontanden-trancesandothermaterials.

• Jointsbetweenmaterialslistedaboveandframesofdoorsandwindows.

• Controlandexpansionjointsinsoffitandoverheadsurfaces.

• Otherjointsasindicated.Elastomeric STPeJoint

SealantContractor’sOption:Exteriorperimeterjointswhereindi-cated.


• Perimeterjointsbetweendoorsandotherframeswherejointcontactstrafficcoatings.


TYPE POLYMER EXPOSURE/TRAFFIC COLOR USES/APPLICATIONSElastomeric Multi-part

UrethaneorSingle-partUre-thane

Exteriorjointsinhorizontaltrafficsurfaces


• Control,expansion,andisola-tionjointsincast-in-placecon-creteslabs.

• Controlandexpansionjointsinpaving.

• Jointsbetweenmaterialslistedabove.

• Otherjointsasindicated.Elastomeric Silicone:

Lowmod-ulus;Me-diumModulusorOne-partUrethane

Interiormovingjointsinverticalsur-facesandhorizontalnontrafficsurfaces


• Controlandexpansionjointsonexposedinteriorsurfacesofexteriorwalls.

• Perimeterjointsofexterioropeningswhereindicated.

• Jointsbetweentopsofnon-load-bearing,non-firerat-edunitmasonrywallsandun-dersideofstructureabove.

• Tilecontroljoints(Innon-wetareas).

• Verticalcontroljointsonex-posedsurfacesofinteriorunitmasonryandconcretewallsandpartitions.

• Perimeterjointsbetweeninte-riorwallsurfacesandframesofinteriordoors,windows,andelevatorentrances.

Elastomeric Mildew-ResistantSilicone

Interiorwetareas White • Perimeterofplumbingfixturesandtilesurfacing.

• Betweentilebackingboardandplumbingfixturesandshowers.

Elastomeric Two-PartUrethane

Interiorhorizontaltrafficjoints


• Pavingandflooringcontrolandexpansionjoints

• Isolationjointsincastinplaceconcreteslabs.

• Jointsinstoneflooring.• Jointsintileflooring,exceptin

interiorwetareas.SolventRe-leaseSeal-ants

ButylSealant

InteriororExteriorconcealedjoints

Manufactur-er’sstandard

• Concealedsheetmetalseal-ants

• Sealingthresholds.Latex Acrylic

LatexSealants

Interior Manufactur-er’sstandardpaintable

• Interiornon-movingexposedsealantsingypsumdrywallconstruction


TYPE POLYMER EXPOSURE/TRAFFIC COLOR USES/APPLICATIONSAcoustical Interior Manufactur-

er’sstandardpaintable

• Interiorsealantsinacousticallyratedconstruction

ENDOFSECTION

STRPARTNERSLLC ACOUSTICALPANELCEILINGSNewGeneratorsatRiverValleyandOakwoodElementarySchools 095113-1Issued–1/20/2020

SECTION095113ACOUSTICALPANELCEILINGS

PART1-GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Sectionincludesacousticalpanelsandexposedsuspensionsystemsforceilings.

B. RelatedSections:

1. Section079200“JointSealants”foracousticalsealants.

C. Productsfurnished,butnotinstalledunderthisSection,includeanchors,clips,andotherceilingattachmentdevicestobecastinconcrete.


A. PreinstallationConference:ConductconferenceatProjectsite.


A. ProductData:Foreachtypeofproduct.

B. Samples:Foreachexposedproductandforeachcolorandtexturespecified,6inchesinsize.

C. SamplesforVerification:Foreachcomponentindicatedandforeachexposedfinishrequired,preparedonSamplesofsizeindicatedbelow.

1. AcousticalPanel:Setoffull-sizeSamplesofeachtype,color,pattern,andtexture.2. ExposedSuspension-SystemMembers,Moldings,andTrim:Setof6-inch-longSamples

ofeachtype,finish,andcolor.


A. CoordinationDrawings:Reflectedceilingplans,drawntoscale,onwhichthefollowingitemsareshownandcoordinatedwitheachother,usinginputfrominstallersoftheitemsinvolved:

1. Suspendedceilingcomponents.2. Structuralmemberstowhichsuspensionsystemswillbeattached.3. Methodofattachinghangerstobuildingstructure.


4. Carryingchannelsorothersupplementalsupportforhanger-wireattachmentwhereconditionsdonotpermitinstallationofhangerwiresatrequiredspacing.

5. Sizeandlocationofinitialaccessmodulesforacousticalpanels.6. Itemspenetratingfinishedceilingincludingthefollowing:

a. Lightingfixtures.b. Diffusers.c. Grilles.d. Speakers.e. Sprinklers.f. Accesspanels.g. Perimetermoldings.

B. QualificationData:Fortestingagency.

C. ProductTestReports:Foreachacousticalpanelceiling,fortestsperformedbyaqualifiedtestingagency.

D. EvaluationReports:Foreachacousticalpanelceilingsuspensionsystemandanchorandfastenertype,fromICC-ES.

E. Fieldquality-controlreports.


A. MaintenanceData:Forfinishestoincludeinmaintenancemanuals.

1.6 MAINTENANCEMATERIALSUBMITTALS

A. Furnishextramaterialsthatmatchproductsinstalledandthatarepackagedwithprotectivecoveringforstorageandidentifiedwithlabelsdescribingcontents.

1. AcousticalCeilingPanels:Full-sizepanelsequalto2percentofquantityinstalled.2. Suspension-SystemComponents:Quantityofeachexposedcomponentequalto2

percentofquantityinstalled.


A. TestingAgencyQualifications:QualifiedaccordingtoNVLAPfortestingindicated.

1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE,ANDHANDLING

A. Deliveracousticalpanels,suspension-systemcomponents,andaccessoriestoProjectsiteinoriginal,unopenedpackagesandstoretheminafullyenclosed,conditionedspacewherethey


willbeprotectedagainstdamagefrommoisture,humidity,temperatureextremes,directsunlight,surfacecontamination,andothercauses.

B. Beforeinstallingacousticalpanels,permitthemtoreachroomtemperatureandastabilizedmoisturecontent.

C. Handleacousticalpanelscarefullytoavoidchippingedgesordamagingunitsinanyway.

1.9 FIELDCONDITIONS

A. EnvironmentalLimitations:Donotinstallacousticalpanelceilingsuntilspacesareenclosedandweatherproof,wetworkinspacesiscompleteanddry,workaboveceilingsiscomplete,andambienttemperatureandhumidityconditionsaremaintainedatthelevelsindicatedforProjectwhenoccupiedforitsintendeduse.

1. PressurizedPlenums:Operateventilationsystemfornotlessthan48hoursbeforebeginningacousticalpanelceilinginstallation.

PART2-PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS

A. Surface-BurningCharacteristics:ComplywithASTME84;testingbyaqualifiedtestingagency.Identifyproductswithappropriatemarkingsofapplicabletestingagency.

1. Flame-SpreadIndex:ComplywithASTME1264forClassAmaterials.2. Smoke-DevelopedIndex:50orless.

2.2 ACOUSTICALPANELS,GENERAL

A. SourceLimitations:Obtaineachtypeofacousticalceilingpanelandsupportingsuspensionsystemfromsinglesourcefromsinglemanufacturer.

B. Glass-Fiber-BasedPanels:Madewithbindercontainingnoureaformaldehyde.

C. AcousticalPanelStandard:Providemanufacturer'sstandardpanelsofconfigurationindicatedthatcomplywithASTME1264classificationsasdesignatedbytypes,patterns,acousticalratings,andlightreflectancesunlessotherwiseindicated.

1. MountingMethodforMeasuringNRC:TypeE-400;plenummountinginwhichfaceoftestspecimenis15-3/4inchesawayfromtestsurfaceaccordingtoASTME795.


D. AcousticalPanelColorsandPatterns:Matchappearancecharacteristicsindicatedforeachproducttype.

1. WhereappearancecharacteristicsofacousticalpanelsareindicatedbyreferencingpatterndesignationsinASTME1264andnotmanufacturers'proprietaryproductdesignations,provideproductsselectedbyArchitectfromeachmanufacturer'sfullrangethatcomplywithrequirementsindicatedfortype,pattern,color,lightreflectance,acousticalperformance,edgedetail,andsize.

2.3 ACOUSTICALPANELS

A. MineralFiberAcousticalCeilingPanels:

1. Acousticalceilingsatnewceilingtile,patchedandinfillareas:a. Basis-of-DesignProduct:Lay-inpanelsshallbeUSGRadar-2210Squarelay-in24”x

24”x5/8”,USGRadar-2410lay-in24”x48”x5/8”,orasindicatedondrawingsinordertomatchexistingceilingtiles.

2.4 METALSUSPENSIONSYSTEMS,GENERAL

A. MetalSuspension-System:Providemanufacturer'sstandard15/16inchdirect-hungmetalgridsuspensionsystemsoftypes,structuralclassifications,andfinishesindicatedthatcomplywithapplicablerequirementsinASTMC635/C635M.

1. High-HumidityFinish:ComplywithASTMC635/C635Mrequirementsfor"CoatingClassificationforSevereEnvironmentPerformance"wherehigh-humidityfinishesareindicated.

B. AttachmentDevices:SizeforfivetimesthedesignloadindicatedinASTMC635/C635M,Table1,"DirectHung,"unlessotherwiseindicated.Complywithseismicdesignrequirements.

1. AnchorsinConcrete:Anchorsoftypeandmaterialindicatedbelow,withholesorloopsforattachinghangersoftypeindicatedandwithcapabilitytosustain,withoutfailure,aloadequaltofivetimesthatimposedbyceilingconstruction,asdeterminedbytestingaccordingtoASTME488orASTME1512asapplicable,conductedbyaqualifiedtestingandinspectingagency.

a. Type:Cast-in-place,postinstalledexpansion,andpostinstalledbondedanchors.b. CorrosionProtection:Carbon-steelcomponentszincplatedtocomplywith

ASTMB633,ClassFe/Zn5(0.005mm)forClassSC1servicecondition.

2. Power-ActuatedFastenersinConcrete:Fastenersystemoftypesuitableforapplicationindicated,fabricatedfromcorrosion-resistantmaterials,withclipsorotheraccessorydevicesforattachinghangersoftypeindicatedandwithcapabilitytosustain,withoutfailure,aloadequalto10timesthatimposedbyceilingconstruction,asdeterminedbytestingaccordingtoASTME1190,conductedbyaqualifiedtestingandinspectingagency.


C. WireHangers,Braces,andTies:Providewirescomplyingwiththefollowingrequirements:

1. Zinc-Coated,Carbon-SteelWire:ASTMA641/A641M,Class1zinccoating,softtemper.2. Size:Selectwirediametersoitsstressatthreetimeshangerdesignload

(ASTMC635/C635M,Table1,"DirectHung")willbelessthanyieldstressofwire,butprovidenotlessthan0.106-inch-diameterwire.

2.5 METALSUSPENSIONSYSTEM

A. Manufacturers:Subjecttocompliancewithrequirements,provideproductsbyoneofthefollowing:

1. ArmstrongWorldIndustries,Inc.;Prelude.2. CertainTeedCorp.3. ChicagoMetallicCorporation,200System.4. USGInteriors,Inc.;SubsidiaryofUSGCorporation;DonnDX.

B. Wide-Face,Capped,Double-Web,SteelSuspensionSystem:Mainandcrossrunnersrollformedfromcold-rolledsteelsheet;prepainted,electrolyticallyzinccoated,orhot-dipgalvanizedaccordingtoASTMA653/A653M,notlessthanG30coatingdesignation;withprefinished15/16-inch-widemetalcapsonflanges.

1. Basis-of-Design:Subjecttocompliancewithrequirements,provide:

a. PreludeLay-InStyle

2. StructuralClassification:Heavy-dutysystem.3. EndConditionofCrossRunners:Override(stepped)orbutt-edgetype.4. FaceDesign:Flat,flush.5. CapMaterial:Steeloraluminumcold-rolledsheet.6. CapFinish:Paintedwhite.

2.6 METALEDGEMOLDINGSANDPERIMETERSUSPENSIONTRIM

A. Basis-of-Design:Subjecttocompliancewithrequirements,providenamedproductsbyArmstrongWorldIndustries,Inc.,orcomparableasapprovedbytheArchitectbyoneofthefollowing:

1. CertainTeedCorp.2. ChicagoMetallicCorporation.3. FryRegletCorporation.4. USGInteriors,Inc.;SubsidiaryofUSGCorporation.

B. Roll-Formed,Sheet-MetalEdgeMoldingsandTrim:Typeandprofileindicatedor,ifnotindicated,manufacturer'sstandardmoldingsforedgesandpenetrationsthatcomplywith


seismicdesignrequirements;formedfromsheetmetalofsamematerial,finish,andcolorasthatusedforexposedflangesofsuspension-systemrunners.

1. Providemanufacturer'sstandardedgemoldingsthatfitacousticalpaneledgedetailsandsuspensionsystemsindicatedandthatmatchwidthandconfigurationofexposedrunnersunlessotherwiseindicated.

2. Forlay-inpanelswithrevealedgedetails,providesteppededgemoldingthatformsrevealofsamedepthandwidthasthatformedbetweenedgeofpanelandflangeatexposedsuspensionmember.

3. Forcircularpenetrationsofceiling,provideedgemoldingsfabricatedtodiameterrequiredtofitpenetrationexactly.

4. Basis-of-Design:Subjecttocompliancewithrequirements,providethefollowing:

a. Accessory1:atLincolnElementaryprovidePerimeterTrim,4-inch–refertodrawings.

1) Colortomatchceilingpanels.

PART3-EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examinesubstrates,areas,andconditions,includingstructuralframingtowhichacousticalpanelceilingsattachorabut,withInstallerpresent,forcompliancewithrequirementsspecifiedinthisandotherSectionsthataffectceilinginstallationandanchorageandwithrequirementsforinstallationtolerancesandotherconditionsaffectingperformanceofacousticalpanelceilings.

B. Examineacousticalpanelsbeforeinstallation.Rejectacousticalpanelsthatarewet,moisturedamaged,ormolddamaged.

C. Proceedwithinstallationonlyafterunsatisfactoryconditionshavebeencorrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Measureeachceilingareaandestablishlayoutofacousticalpanelstobalanceborderwidthsatoppositeedgesofeachceiling.Avoidusingless-than-half-widthpanelsatborders,andcomplywithlayoutshownonreflectedceilingplans.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General:InstallacousticalpanelceilingstocomplywithASTMC636/C636Mandseismicdesignrequirementsindicated,accordingtomanufacturer'swritteninstructionsandCISCA's"CeilingSystemsHandbook."


B. Suspendceilinghangersfrombuilding'sstructuralmembersandasfollows:

1. Installhangersplumbandfreefromcontactwithinsulationorotherobjectswithinceilingplenumthatarenotpartofsupportingstructureorofceilingsuspensionsystem.

2. Splayhangersonlywhererequiredtomissobstructions;offsetresultinghorizontalforcesbybracing,countersplaying,orotherequallyeffectivemeans.

3. Wherewidthofductsandotherconstructionwithinceilingplenumproduceshangerspacingsthatinterferewithlocationofhangersatspacingsrequiredtosupportstandardsuspension-systemmembers,installsupplementalsuspensionmembersandhangersinformoftrapezesorequivalentdevices.

4. Securewirehangerstoceiling-suspensionmembersandtosupportsabovewithaminimumofthreetightturns.Connecthangersdirectlyeithertostructuresortoinserts,eyescrews,orotherdevicesthataresecureandappropriateforsubstrateandthatwillnotdeteriorateorotherwisefailduetoage,corrosion,orelevatedtemperatures.

5. Donotsupportceilingsdirectlyfrompermanentmetalformsorfloordeck.Fastenhangerstocast-in-placehangerinserts,postinstalledmechanicaloradhesiveanchors,orpower-actuatedfastenersthatextendthroughformsintoconcrete.

6. Whensteelframingdoesnotpermitinstallationofhangerwiresatspacingrequired,installcarryingchannelsorothersupplementalsupportforattachmentofhangerwires.

7. Donotattachhangerstosteeldecktabs.8. Donotattachhangerstosteelroofdeck.Attachhangerstostructuralmembers.9. Spacehangersnotmorethan48incheso.c.alongeachmembersupporteddirectlyfrom

hangersunlessotherwiseindicated;providehangersnotmorethan8inchesfromendsofeachmember.

10. Sizesupplementalsuspensionmembersandhangerstosupportceilingloadswithinperformancelimitsestablishedbyreferencedstandardsandpublications.

C. Securebracingwirestoceilingsuspensionmembersandtosupportswithaminimumoffourtightturns.Suspendbracingfrombuilding'sstructuralmembersasrequiredforhangers,withoutattachingtopermanentmetalforms,steeldeck,orsteeldecktabs.Fastenbracingwiresintoconcretewithcast-in-placeorpostinstalledanchors.

D. Installedgemoldingsandtrimoftypeindicatedatperimeterofacousticalceilingareaandwherenecessarytoconcealedgesofacousticalpanels.

1. Applyacousticalsealantinacontinuousribbonconcealedonbackofverticallegsofmoldingsbeforetheyareinstalled.

2. Screwattachmoldingstosubstrateatintervalsnotmorethan16incheso.c.andnotmorethan3inchesfromends,levelingwithceilingsuspensionsystemtoatoleranceof1/8inchin12feet.Mitercornersaccuratelyandconnectsecurely.

3. Donotuseexposedfasteners,includingpoprivets,onmoldingsandtrim.

E. Installsuspension-systemrunnerssotheyaresquareandsecurelyinterlockedwithoneanother.Removeandreplacedented,bent,orkinkedmembers.

F. Installacousticalpanelswithundamagededgesandfitaccuratelyintosuspension-systemrunnersandedgemoldings.Scribeandcutpanelsatbordersandpenetrationstoprovideaneat,precisefit.


1. Arrangedirectionallypatternedacousticalpanelsasfollows:

a. Installpanelswithpatternrunninginonedirectionparalleltolongaxisofspace.

2. Forsquare-edgedpanels,installpanelswithedgesfullyhiddenfromviewbyflangesofsuspension-systemrunnersandmoldings.

3. Paintcutedgesofpanelremainingexposedafterinstallation;matchcolorofexposedpanelsurfacesusingcoatingrecommendedinwritingforthispurposebyacousticalpanelmanufacturer.


A. SpecialInspections:Ownerwillengageaqualifiedspecialinspectortoperformthefollowingspecialinspections:

B. TestingAgency:Engageaqualifiedtestingagencytoperformtestsandinspectionsandpreparetestreports.

C. Performthefollowingtestsandinspectionsofcompletedinstallationsofacousticalpanelceilinghangersandanchorsandfastenersinsuccessivestages.Donotproceedwithinstallationsofacousticalpanelceilinghangersforthenextareauntiltestresultsforpreviouslycompletedinstallationsshowcompliancewithrequirements.

1. ExtentofEachTestArea:Wheninstallationofceilingsuspensionsystemsoneachfloorhasreached20percentcompletionbutnopanelshavebeeninstalled.

a. Withineachtestarea,testingagencywillselectoneofevery10power-actuatedfastenersandpostinstalledanchorsusedtoattachhangerstoconcreteandwilltestthemfor200lbfoftension;itwillalsoselectoneofeverytwopostinstalledanchorsusedtoattachbracingwirestoconcreteandwilltestthemfor440lbfoftension.

b. Whentestingdiscoversfastenersandanchorsthatdonotcomplywithrequirements,testingagencywilltestthoseanchorsnotpreviouslytesteduntil20passconsecutivelyandthenwillresumeinitialtestingfrequency.

D. Acousticalpanelceilinghangersandanchorsandfastenerswillbeconsidereddefectiveiftheydonotpasstestsandinspections.

E. Preparetestandinspectionreports.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Cleanexposedsurfacesofacousticalpanelceilings,includingtrim,edgemoldings,andsuspension-systemmembers.Complywithmanufacturer'swritteninstructionsforcleaningandtouchupofminorfinishdamage.Removeandreplaceceilingcomponentsthatcannotbesuccessfullycleanedandrepairedtopermanentlyeliminateevidenceofdamage.


ENDOFSECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC FIRE PUMPS New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 21 30 00 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 21 30 00 FIRE PUMPS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes fire pump package, fire pump, electric jockey pump, and controllers.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 26 05 03 ‐ Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for pumps specified by this section.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. FM Global:

1. FM ‐ Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation.

B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:

1. NEMA 250 ‐ Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA MG 1 ‐ Motors and Generators.

C. National Fire Protection Association:

1. NFPA 13 ‐ Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 2. NFPA 20 ‐ Standard for the Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps.

D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 448 ‐ Pumps for Fire Protection Service. 2. UL 778 ‐ Motor Operated Water Pumps. 3. UL 1247 ‐ Diesel Engines for Driving Centrifugal Fire Pumps. 4. UL 1478 ‐ Fire Pump Relief Valves. 5. UL ‐ Fire Protection Equipment Directory.

1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to NFPA 20.

1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to NFPA 20.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 ‐ Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.


B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, general assembly, components, dimensions, weights, clearances, and methods of assembly.

C. Product Data: Submit manufacturers literature including general assembly, controls, wiring diagrams, and service connections.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and accessories.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturers literature, cleaning procedures, replacement parts lists, and repair data for controllers.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory and NFPA standard.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.08 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Perform work in accordance with NFPA 20 and NFPA 13.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum 5 years’ experience.

C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum 5 years’ experience.

1.09 PRE‐INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Section 01 30 00 ‐ Administrative Requirements: Pre‐installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Accept fire pump controller and components on site in factory packing. Inspect for damage. Comply with manufacturers rigging and installation instructions.

C. Protect fire pump controller and components from physical damage including effects of weather, water, and construction debris.

1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.


1.12 WARRANTY

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

1.13 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Maintenance service.

B. Furnish service and maintenance of fire pump controller for five year from Date of Substantial Completion.

1.14 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER

A. Manufacturer:

1. Metron MPT700‐25‐480C‐MTS. 2. Eaton.

B. Electric fire pump controller to be solid state soft start/stop type with integrally mounted and wired automatic transfer switch for genset source.

1. Starting Method:

a. The controller shall be of the combined manual and automatic type designed for Solid State Soft Starting of the existing fire pump motor (25 horsepower, 480 volts, 3 phase). The controller components shall be housed in a NEMA Type 3R floor mounted enclosure.

2. Withstand Ratings (Short Circuit Current Ratings):

a. All controller components shall be front mounted, wired and front accessible for maintenance. The minimum withstand rating of the controllers shall not be less than 100,000 Amps RMS Symmetrical at 600 Volts.

b. Isolation Switch and Circuit Breaker c. The controller shall include a motor rated combination isolating disconnect

switch/circuit breaker, mechanically interlocked and operated with a single, externally mounted handle. When moving the handle from OFF to ON, the interlocking mechanism shall sequence the isolating disconnect switch ON first, and then the circuit breaker. When the handle is moved from ON to OFF, the interlocking mechanism shall sequence the circuit breaker OFF first, and then the isolating disconnect switch.


d. The isolating disconnect switch/circuit breaker shall be mechanically interlocked so that the enclosure door cannot be opened with the handle in the ON position except by a hidden tool operated defeater mechanism. The isolating disconnect switch/circuit breaker shall be capable of being padlocked in the OFF position for installation and maintenance safety, and shall also be capable of being locked in the ON position without affecting the tripping characteristics of the circuit breaker. The controller door shall have a locking type handle and three‐point cam and roller vault type hardware. The circuit breaker trip curve adjustment shall be factory set, tested and sealed for the full load amps of the connected motor. The circuit breaker shall be capable of being field tested to verify actual pick up, locked rotor, and instantaneous trip points after field installation without disturbing incoming line and load conductors.

3. Operator Interface:

a. The fire pump controller shall feature an operator interface with user keypad. The interface shall monitor and display motor operating conditions, including all alarms, events, and pressure conditions. All alarms, events, and pressure conditions shall be displayed with a time and date stamp. The display shall be a 2‐line, 20‐character, vacuum fluorescent, dot matrix type designed to allow easy viewing from all angles and in all light conditions. The display and interface shall be NEMA rated for Type 2, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 protection and shall be fully accessible without opening the controller door. The display and user interface shall utilize multiple levels of password protection for system security. A minimum of 3 password levels shall be provided. The display shall be capable of being programmed for any language.

b. Ammeter/Voltmeter:

1) The fire pump controller operator interface shall be capable of displaying true RMS digital motor voltage and current measurements for all three phases simultaneously. Displays requiring push‐button and selector switches to toggle between phases or current and voltage shall not be accepted.

2) Voltage and current shall be measured by True RMS technology to provide the most accurate measurement for all sine waves, including non‐sinusoidal waveforms. Average responding meters will not be accepted.

4. Digital Status/Alarm Messages:

a. The digital display shall indicate text messages for the status and alarm conditions of:

● Motor On ● Sequen al Start Time ● Minimum Run Time ● Local Start / Off Delay Time ● Remote Start ● Fail to Start ● System Ba ery Low ● Under Voltage ● Over Voltage


● Locked Rotor Trip ● Low Suc on Pressure ● Over Frequency ● Emergency Start ● Motor Over 320 ● Drive Not Installed ● Motor Overload ● Disk Error ● Printer Error ● Disk Near Full ● Pressure Error

b. The Sequential Start Timer and Minimum Run Timer/ Off Delay Timer shall be displayed as numeric values reflecting the value of the remaining time.

LED Visual Indicators LED indicators, visible with the door closed, shall indicate: ● Power On ● Emerg. Isola ng Switch Open ● Pump Running ● Low System Pressure ● Alarm ● Transfer Switch Normal ● Deluge Open ● Transfer Switch Emergency ● Phase Failure ● Phase Reversal ● Interlock On

c. In addition to the standard alarm contacts required by NFPA20, the digital display module shall have N.O. and N.C. contacts for remote indications of any digitally displayed alarm and N.O. and N.C. contacts for remote indication up to EIGHT, specified, programmable alarm.

5. Data Logging:

a. The digital display shall monitor the system and log the following data:

● Motor Calls/Starts ● Elapsed Motor Run Time ● Last Trip Currents ● Elapsed Power On Time ● Last Breaker Trip ● Maximum Run Currents ● Minimum Voltages ● Minimum Run Currents ● Maximum Voltages ● Last Motor Run Time ● Last Phase Failure ● Last Start Currents ● Last Phase Reversal ● Min/Max Frequency ● Min/Max Pressure

6. Event Recording:

a. Memory ‐ The controller shall record all operational and alarm events to system memory. All events shall be time and date stamped and include an index number‐ The system memory shall have the capability of storing 3000 events and allow the user access to the event log via the user interface. The user shall have the ability to scroll through the stored messages in groups of 1, 10, or 100.

b. USB Port ‐ The controller shall include a USB port to save all operational and alarm events. The USB Port shall have the ability to store up to 1 year's worth of data (under normal operating conditions) in individual monthly files. Each event shall be time and date stamped. The controller shall also have the capability to


save settings and values to disk through the user interface. c. Communications ‐ The controller shall feature two independent

communications ports to allow connectivity to computers, modems, or building management systems.

d. An Ethernet Adapter Communications Module Shall Be Included in the fire pump controller for remote monitoring of alarm conditions.

7. Solid State Pressure Transducer:

a. The controller shall be supplied with a solid state pressure transducer with a range of 0‐300 psi (0‐20.7 bar) ±1 psi. The solid state pressure switch shall be used for both display of the system pressure and control of the fire pump controller. Systems using analog pressure devices or mercury switches for operational control will not be accepted.

b. The START, STOP and SYSTEM PRESSURE shall be digitally displayed and adjustable through the user interface. The pressure transducer shall be mounted inside the controller to prevent accidental damage. The pressure transducer shall be directly pipe mounted to a bulkhead pipe coupling without any other supporting members. Field connections shall be made externally at the controller coupling to pre‐vent distortion of the pressure switch element and mechanism.

c. Operation:

1) A digitally set On Delay (Sequential Start) timer shall be provided as standard. Upon a call to start, the user interface shall display a message indicating the remaining time value of the On Delay timer.

2) The controller shall be field programmable for manual stop automatic stop. If set for automatic stop‐ping, the controller shall allow the user to select either a Minimum Run Timer or an Off Delay Timer. Both timers shall be programmable through the user interface.

3) The controller shall be fully programmable to allow up to 8 custom alarm messages to be displayed on the user interface.

4) A nonadjustable restart delay timer shall be provided to allow the residual voltage of the motor to decay prior to restarting the motor. At least 2 seconds, but no more than 3 seconds, shall elapse between stopping and restarting the pump motor.

5) A weekly test timer shall be provided as standard. The controller shall have the ability to program the time, date, and frequency of the weekly test. In addition, the controller shall have the capability to display a preventative maintenance message for a service inspection. The message text and frequency of occurrence shall be programmable through the user interface.

6) A Lamp Test feature shall be included. The user interface shall also have the ability to display the status of the system inputs and outputs.


7) The controller shall not start the fire pump motor under a single‐phase condition. If the motor is already running when a phase loss occurs, the controller shall continue to run the motor, but still display a Phase Failure alarm.

8. Power Transfer Switch for Generator Emergency Power Source:

a. The power transfer switch shall be housed within the fire pump controller enclosure. The fire pump controller/power transfer switch shall be factory assembled, wired and tested as a unit prior to shipment.

b. The power transfer switch shall include a motor rated combination isolating disconnect switch/circuit breaker, mechanically interlocked and operated with a single, externally mounted handle. When moving the handle from OFF to ON, the interlocking mechanism shall sequence the isolating disconnect switch closed first, and then the circuit breaker. When the handle is moved from ON to OFF, the interlocking mechanism shall sequence the circuit breaker open first, and then the isolating disconnect switch.

c. The isolating disconnect switch/circuit breaker shall be mechanically interlocked so that the enclosure door cannot be opened with the handle in the ON position except by a hidden tool operated defeater mechanism. The isolating disconnect switch/circuit breaker shall be capable of being padlocked in the OFF position for installation and maintenance safety, and shall also be capable of being locked in the ON position without affecting the tripping characteristics of the circuit breaker. The enclosure door shall have a locking type handle and three‐point cam and roller type vault hardware.

d. The circuit breaker trip curve adjustment shall be factory set, tested and sealed for the connected full load amps of the motor.

e. The fire pump controller/power transfer switch shall have data logging capability for historical operation recording and to aid in annual test, service and trouble shooting. The data logging shall be accessible by front mounted interface panel and also by saving the information to supplied thru the USB port via through a USB drive. The USB file shall be in text

f. (.txt) format and easily readable by most common text editing or word processing software. The circuit breaker shall be capable of being field tested to verify actual pick up, locked rotor, and instantaneous trip points after field installation without disturbing incoming line and load conductors.

g. The transfer switch circuitry shall be capable of sensing both the normal power source and the emergency power source. The normal power source pickup shall be set at 95 nominal voltage. The emergency power source shall be set to pick up at 90 nominal voltage and 95 nominal frequency All voltage sensing, frequency sensing, and time delays shall be field adjustable to accommodate individual installation requirements. The transfer signal shall be delayed for one second, delaying the transfer signal so as to compensate for momentary, normal power outages. An automatic delay of three seconds shall be provided upon transfer to or from the emergency power source to allow the motor to slow sufficiently, preventing line disturbances that could trip either the transfer switch or fire pump circuit breakers.


h. The controller shall have TRANSFER SWITCH NORMAL, TRANSFER SWITCH EMERGENCY and EMERGENCY ISOLATING SWITCH OFF LED's, TEST and TRANSFER BYPASS switches, an audible alarm device and SILENCEALARM pushbutton mounted on the flange of the enclosure. To aid servicing, no indicating lights or switch devices shall be mounted on the enclosure door. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided and wired to terminals to indicate the transfer switch position. The transfer switch shall be electrically operated and mechanically held, and shall be capable of being operated by a manual transfer mechanism located on the switch.

i. The transfer switch shall be a MPT700B for normal utility power and second utility emergency generator power.

C. Electrical Characteristics:

1. 25 hp. 2. 480 volts, three phase, 60 Hz.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install fire pump controller in accordance with NFPA 20.

B. Install fire pump controller with space for service access; no less than minimum recommended by manufacturer.

C. Connect to electrical service. Refer to Section 26 05 03.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Section 01 40 00 ‐ Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Perform flow test on entire system in accordance with NFPA 20.

C. Schedule test to be witnessed by authority having jurisdiction.

3.03 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

A. Demonstrate automatic operation of system including verification of pressure switch set points.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 23 05 29 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Pipe hangers and supports. 2. Hanger rods. 3. Inserts. 4. Flashing. 5. Equipment curbs. 6. Manufactured pipe curbs. 7. Sleeves. 8. Mechanical sleeve seals. 9. Formed steel channel. 10. Firestopping relating to HVAC work. 11. Firestopping accessories. 12. Equipment bases and supports.


1. Section 23 11 23 ‐ Facility Natural‐Gas Piping: Execution requirements for placement of hangers and supports specified by this section.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. ASME B31.1 ‐ Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.5 ‐ Refrigeration Piping. 3. ASME B31.9 ‐ Building Services Piping.

B. ASTM International:

1. ASTM E84 ‐ Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E119 ‐ Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 ‐ Test Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops. 4. ASTM F708 ‐ Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. 5. ASTM E1966 ‐ Standard Test Method for Fire‐Resistive Joint Systems.

C. American Welding Society:

1. AWS D1.1 ‐ Structural Welding Code ‐ Steel.


D. FM Global:


E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry:

1. MSS SP 58 ‐ Pipe Hangers and Supports ‐ Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 69 ‐ Pipe Hangers and Supports ‐ Selection and Application. 3. MSS SP 89 ‐ Pipe Hangers and Supports ‐ Fabrication and Installation Practices.

F. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 263 ‐ Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 ‐ Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 ‐ Fire Tests of Through‐Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 ‐ Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL ‐ Fire Resistance Directory.

G. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):

1. WH ‐ Certification Listings.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Firestopping (Through‐Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119, ASTM E814, UL 263 or UL 1479 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent construction, but not less than 1 hour fire rating.

B. Surface Burning: ASTM E84 or UL 723 with maximum flame spread / smoke developed rating of 25/450.

C. Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components.


A. Firestopping: Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics.

B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used.

1.06 SUBMITTALS



B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location including critical dimensions, sizes, and pipe hanger and support locations and detail of trapeze hangers.

C. Product Data:

1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation

criteria.

D. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly.

E. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. Indicate calculations used to determine load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers.

F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions:

1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions.

G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

H. Engineering Judgments: For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs, submit judgments by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements.


A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: UL 1479 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire F‐Ratings and temperature T‐Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1‐hour.

1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F‐Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1‐hour. 2. Floor Penetrations: Fire F‐Ratings and temperature T‐Ratings as indicated on Drawings,

but not less than 1‐hour.

a. Floor Penetrations within Wall Cavities: T‐Rating is not required.

B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non‐Fire Rated Floor Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion.

1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories.

2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories.

C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed.


D. Fire Resistant Joints between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM E119 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for floor assembly.

E. Surface Burning Characteristics: 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.

F. Perform Work in accordance with AWS D1.1 for welding hanger and support attachments to building structure.

1.08 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.


A. Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.

B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification.

C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original packaging.

1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements Environmental conditions affecting products on site.

B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F.

C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials.



1.12 WARRANTY

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for pipe hangers and supports.


1.13 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to Health/Life Safety Code for Public Schools.

B. Conform to (IMC) International Mechanical Code. (2015)

C. Conform to (IBC) International Building Code. (2015)

D. Conform to (IFC) International Fire Code, excluding Chapter 4. (2015)

E. Conform to State of Illinois Plumbing Code. (2014)

F. Conform to Illinois Accessibility Code. (71 IL Adm. Code 400)

G. Conform to (IECC) International Energy Conservation Code. (2015)

H. Conform to (IFGC) International Fuel Gas Code. (2015)

I. Conform to (IPMC) International Property Maintenance Code. (2015)

J. Conform to Illinois State Fire Marshal's Boiler and Pressure Vessel Safety. (41 IL Adm. Code 120)

K. Conform to (ICC) International Code Council Reference Standards. (2015)

L. Conform to (NFPA) National Fire Protection Association 70 National Electrical Code. (2014)

M. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Unistrut. 2. Grinnell. 3. B‐Line. 4. Superior Valve Co.

B. Hydronic Piping:

1. Conform to ASME B31.9. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1‐1/2 inch malleable iron or Carbon steel, adjustable

swivel, split ring. 3. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 inches Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 5. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll,

double hanger. 6. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.


7. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods, cast iron roll.

8. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hooks. 9. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel

clamp. 10. Wall Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought

steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. 11. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 12. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor

flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 13. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Smaller: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle,

lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 14. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand,

steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. 15. Copper Pipe Support: Copper‐plated, carbon steel ring.

C. Refrigerant Piping:

1. Conform to ASME B31.5. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1‐1/2 inch: Malleable iron or Carbon steel, adjustable

swivel, split ring. 3. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 5. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook. 6. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel

clamp. 7. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 8. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and

concrete pier or steel support. 9. Copper Pipe Support: Copper‐plated carbon‐steel ring.

2.02 HANGER RODS

A. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded on one end, or continuous threaded.

2.03 INSERTS

A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods.

2.04 FLASHING

A. Metal Flashing: 26 gage thick galvanized steel.

B. Metal Counterflashing: 22 gage thick galvanized steel.

C. Lead Flashing:

1. Waterproofing: 5 lb./sq. ft sheet lead.


2. Soundproofing: 1 lb./sq. ft sheet lead.

D. Flexible Flashing: 47 mil thick sheet butyl; compatible with roofing.

E. Caps: Steel, 22 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements.

2.05 EQUIPMENT CURBS

A. Fabrication: Welded 18 gage galvanized steel shell and base, designed to support the weight of the equipment, mitered 3 inch cant, 1‐1/2 inch thick insulation, factory installed wood nailer. Curbs shall be minimum of 18” high above roof surface.

B. Curbs shall match the pitch of the roof.

2.06 MANUFACTURED PIPE CURBS

A. Manufactured Pipe Curbs: Factory‐assembled hollow sheet metal construction with fully mitered and welded corners, integral counterflashing, internal reinforcing, and top side and edges formed to shed water.

1. Sheet Metal: Hot‐dip zinc coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, SS Grade 33 (230); G90 (Z275) coating designation; 18 gage, 0.048 inch.

2. Manufacture curb bottom and mounting flanges for installation directly on roof deck, not on insulation; match slope and configuration of roof deck.

B. Pipe portal curbs:

1. Curb and portal box for AC condenser connections:

a. Medium Sigrist Pipe Chase Housing, Model AL201412 with a minimum 14‐inch high base/curb sized to match number of penetrations, by Alta Products, LLC. Local Representation by All Weather Products, Inc. (630) 655‐3555.

1) Provide optional power outlet box cut‐out; and 2) Optional hose bibb cut‐out.

2. Sigrist PVC Exit Seals:

a. Injection molded weather tight PVC seal for vertical surface penetrations with integral EDPM rubber gasket.

1) Verify all mechanical and electrical pipe penetration sizes with M/E contractor(s).

C. Refer to drawings for pipe support details.

D. Mechanical contractor to provide roof pipe supports. Installation by roofing subcontractor.

E. Coordinate locations with installing contractor.


2.07 SLEEVES

A. Sleeves for Pipes through Non‐fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

B. Sleeves for Pipes through Non‐fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

C. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Galvanized steel.

D. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Galvanized steel.

2.08 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Thunderline Link‐Seal, Inc. 2. NMP Corporation.

B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.

2.09 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL

A. Manufacturers:

1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. B‐Line Systems. 3. Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division. 4. Unistrut Corp.

B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage thick steel minimum with holes 1‐1/2 inches on center.

2.10 FIRESTOPPING

A. Manufacturers:

1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. Fire Trak Corp. 3. Hilti Corp. 4. International Protective Coating Corp. 5. 3M fire Protection Products. 6. Specified Technology, Inc.

B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application.

1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single or Multiple component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant.


2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Single or Multiple component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound

mixed with incombustible non‐asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral fiber stuffing insulation

with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible

fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops.

6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain.

7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows.

C. Color: As selected from manufacturer’s full range of colors.

2.11 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES

A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings.

B. Dam Material: Permanent:

1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting. 3. Sheet metal.

C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place.

D. General:

1. Furnish UL listed products. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated.

E. Non‐Rated Surfaces:

1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where piping is exposed.

2. For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish mechanical sealing device to continuously fill annular space between piping and cored opening or water‐stop type wall sleeve.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 ‐ Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.

B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves.


C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material.

B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond.

C. Install backing or damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage.

D. Obtain permission from Architect before using powder‐actuated anchors.

E. Do not drill or cut structural members.

F. Obtain permission from Architect and Structural Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members.

3.03 INSTALLATION ‐ INSERTS

A. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms.

B. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams.

C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger.

D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.

E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through‐bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab.

3.04 INSTALLATION ‐ PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Install in accordance with ASME B31.1.

B. Support horizontal piping as scheduled.

C. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.

D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.

E. Use hangers with 1‐1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment.

F. Support vertical piping at every floor.

G. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or trapeze hangers.

H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.

I. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.


J. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.

K. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.

L. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. Refer to Section 23 07 00.

3.05 INSTALLATION ‐ EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS

A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 3‐1/2 inches thick and extending 6 inches beyond supported equipment. Refer to Section 03 30 00.

B. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment.

C. Construct supports of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure.

D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed.

3.06 INSTALLATION ‐ FLASHING

A. Provide flexible flashing and metal Counterflashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs.

B. Provide acoustical lead flashing around ducts and pipes penetrating equipment rooms for sound control.

C. Provide curbs for roof installations 18 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Flash and counter‐flash with sheet metal; seal watertight. Attach Counterflashing to equipment and lap base flashing on roof curbs. Flatten and solder joints.

D. Adjust storm collars tight to pipe with bolts; caulk around top edge. Use storm collars above roof jacks. Screw vertical flange section to face of curb.

E. Fill void area of curb between the roof deck and equipment with sound batt insulation.

3.07 INSTALLATION ‐ SLEEVES

A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals.

B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.

C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.

D. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves.

E. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with firestopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration.


F. Install chrome plated steel or stainless steel escutcheons at finished surfaces.

3.08 INSTALLATION ‐ FIRESTOPPING

A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, and other items, requiring firestopping.

B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings.

C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating to uniform density and texture.

D. Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size.

E. Place intumescent coating in sufficient coats to achieve rating required.

F. Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured.

G. Fire Rated Surface:

1. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, and ceiling as follows:

a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element.

b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element.

c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire

rating of structure penetrated.

H. Non‐Rated Surfaces:

1. Seal opening through non‐fire rated wall, partition floor, and ceiling roof opening as follows:



c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer.

2. Install escutcheons, floor plates or ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non‐fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling.

3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical sealing device to size of piping and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

4. Interior partitions: Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit.



A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule.

3.10 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.

B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.

3.11 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work.

B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.

3.12 SCHEDULES

A. Copper and Steel Pipe Hanger Spacing:

Pipe Size Inches

Copper Tubing Maximum Hanger Spacing Feet

Steel Pipe Maximum Hanger pacing Feet

Copper Tubing Hanger Rod Diameter Inches

Steel Pipe Hanger Rod Diameter Inches

1/2 5 7 3/8 3/8 3/4 5 7 3/8 3/8 1 6 7 3/8 3/8 1‐1/4 7 7 3/8 3/8 1‐1/2 8 9 3/8 3/8 2 8 10 3/8 3/8 2‐1/2 9 11 1/2 1/2 3 10 12 1/2 1/2 4 12 14 1/2 5/8 5 13 16 1/2 5/8 6 14 17 5/8 3/4 8 16 19 3/4 3/4 10 18 22 3/4 7/8 12 19 23 3/4 7/8 14 22 25 7/8 1 16 23 27 7/8 1 18 25 28 1 1 20 27 30 1 1‐1/4 24 28 32 1‐1/4 1‐1/4


B. Plastic Pipe Hanger Spacing:

Pipe Material

Maximum Hanger Spacing Feet

Hanger Rod Diameter Inches

PVC (All Sizes) 4 3/8 END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 23 05 53 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Nameplates. 2. Tags. 3. Pipe markers. 4. Labels.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. ASME A13.1 ‐ Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.

1.03 SUBMITTALS


B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.



B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves; include valve tag numbers.


A. Conform to ASME A13.1 for color scheme for identification of piping systems and accessories.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.06 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.



















PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 NAMEPLATES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Craftmark Identification Systems. 2. Safety Sign Co. 3. Seton Identification Products.

B. Product Description: Laminated three‐layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color.


2.02 TAGS

A. Plastic Tags:

1. Laminated three‐layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1‐1/2 inches diameter.

B. Metal Tags:

1. Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1‐1/2 inches diameter with finished edges.

C. Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list of applied tags and location in anodized aluminum frame or plastic laminated.

2.03 PIPE MARKERS

A. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1.

B. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers:

1. Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings.

2.04 LABELS

A. Description: Aluminum Laminated Mylar, size 1.9 x 0.75 inches, adhesive backed with printed identification.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting.

B. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive‐resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive.

C. Install labels with sufficient adhesive for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. For unfinished canvas covering, apply paint primer before applying labels.

D. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location.

E. Identify rooftop units, gas shut‐off valves, etc. with plastic nameplates.

F. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates.

G. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags.


H. Tag automatic controls, instruments, and relays. Key to control schematic.

I. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 50 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.

3.03 VALVE CHART AND SCHEDULE

A. Provide valve chart and schedule in aluminum frame with clear plastic shield. Install at location directed by owner.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC TESTING OF PIPING New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 23 05 90 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 23 05 90 TESTING OF PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Natural Gas Piping.


1. Section 23 11 23 ‐ Facility Natural‐Gas Piping: Execution requirements for placement of hangers and supports specified by this section.















N. ARI

O. ASME

P. NFPA


PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Before final acceptance of all piping system, all systems must be tested in accordance with the schedule and prove to be free of leaks.

1. Perform tests under observation of Architect/Engineer. 2. Remove, replace or satisfactorily repair defective work revealed by tests. 3. Make piping repairs with new materials; caulking of screwed joints or pin holes is not

permitted. 4. Furnish all test equipment and materials for testing. 5. Owner to furnish water for testing and flushing.

3.02 TESTING MATERIAL

A. Testing Medium:

1. Hydrostatic Testing Medium: Clean Water. 2. Pneumatic Testing Medium: Clean compressed air.

B. Pressure Testing Gauges: ANSI B40.1, Grade AA; minimum 6 inch diameter dial with scale divisions equal or less than maximum allowable pressure drop.

3.03 TESTING SYSTEMS

A. Hydrostatic and Pneumatic Testing Requirements:

1. Hydrostatic and pneumatic tests apply to piping indicated as scheduled in Paragraph B. 2. Pressure to be raised gradually to given value; then block off tight at source. 3. Allowable Pressure Drop: Maximum amount scheduled during corresponding minimum

time interval.

a. Visually examine all joints during test.

4. Upon successful completion and test approval, relieve piping of pressure, drain, put into normal operation.

B. Hydrostatic and Pneumatic Testing Schedule:

Maximum Normal Hydrostatic Pneumatic Allowable Minimum Work Test Test Pressure Test Pressure Pressure Pressure Drop Time

Service psig psig psig psig Hours 1. Fuel:

Natural Gas To 25 ‐‐‐ 100 0 8


3.04 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING

A. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean all parts of the piping installation at completion of work.

1. Remove grease, metal cutting and sludge form all equipment, pipes, valves all fittings. 2. Repair all stoppages, discoloration or other damage to finish, furnishings or parts of

building that are due to Contractor’s failure to properly clean piping system.

B. Adjusting:

1. Adjust control devices for proper operation. 2. Demonstrate to Architect/Engineer satisfactory operation following adjustment. 3. Readjust or replace all items not functioning properly.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 23 11 23 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 23 11 23 FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Natural gas piping above grade. 2. Unions and flanges. 3. Valves. 4. Pipe hangers and supports.


1. Section 23 05 53 ‐ Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for valve and pipe identification for placement by this section.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American National Standards Institute:

1. ANSI Z21.15 ‐ Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves and Hose End Valves.

B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. ASME B16.3 ‐ Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 2. ASME B16.26 ‐ Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 3. ASME B16.33 ‐ Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems Up

to 125 psig (sizes 1/2 ‐ 2). 4. ASME B31.9 ‐ Building Services Piping. 5. ASME Section IX ‐ Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code ‐ Welding and Brazing Qualifications.

C. ASTM International:

1. ASTM A53/A53M ‐ Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot‐Dipped, Zinc‐Coated, Welded and Seamless.

2. ASTM A234/A234M ‐ Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service.

3. ASTM B88 ‐ Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 4. ASTM B280 ‐ Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and

Refrigeration Field Service. 5. ASTM B749 ‐ Standard Specification for Lead and Lead Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate

Products. 6. ASTM F708 ‐ Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers.


D. American Welding Society:

1. AWS D1.1 ‐ Structural Welding Code ‐ Steel.

E. American Water Works Association:

1. AWWA C105 ‐ American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile‐Iron Pipe Systems.

F. National Fire Protection Association:

1. NFPA 54 ‐ National Fuel Gas Code.

G. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 842 ‐ Valves for Flammable Fluids.


A. Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide compatible system components and joints. Use non‐conducting dielectric connections when joining dissimilar metals in systems.

B. Provide flanges, unions, or couplings at locations requiring servicing. Use unions, flanges, or couplings downstream of valves and at equipment connections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves, equipment.

C. Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9.

D. Use natural gas rated ball valves for shut‐off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.

1.04 SUBMITTALS


B. Product Data:

1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information.

2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service.

3. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity.

4. Piping Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information including capacity, rough‐in requirements, and service sizes for the following:

a. Strainers. b. Natural gas pressure regulators. c. Natural gas pressure relief valves.


C. Design Data: Indicate pipe size. Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers.



B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves, piping system, and system components.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit for valves and gas pressure regulators installation instructions, spare parts lists, and exploded assembly views.


A. Perform natural gas Work in accordance with NFPA 54.

B. Perform work in accordance with applicable code and local gas company requirements.

C. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.9 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures.

D. Perform Work in accordance with authority having jurisdiction and AWS D1.1 for welding hanger and support attachments to building structure.

E. Furnish shutoff valves complying with ASME B16.33 or ANSI Z21.15.

1.07 QUALIFICATIONS




A. Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.

C. Protect piping and fittings from soil and debris with temporary end caps and closures. Maintain in place until installation. Furnish temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.


A. Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.




1.11 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 ‐ Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination.

B. Coordinate trenching, excavating, bedding, and backfilling of buried piping systems.

1.12 WARRANTY

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for valves excluding packing.



B. Furnish two packing kits for each type and size valve.
















PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE

A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black.

1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: Threaded for pipe 2 inches and smaller (unless routed through the building

outside of mechanical rooms); welded for pipe 2‐1/2 inches and larger.

2.02 UNIONS AND FLANGES

A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller:

1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, malleable iron, threaded. 2. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper

solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.

B. Flanges for Pipe 2‐1/2 inches and Larger:

1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, forged steel, slip‐on flanges. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip‐on bronze flanges. 3. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets.

2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Conform to NFPA 54 and ASME 31.9.

B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1‐1/2 inch: Malleable iron or Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring.

C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

D. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.

E. Wall Support for Pipe 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook.

F. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.

G. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

H. Roof supports, see detail on drawings.

I. Sheet Lead: ASTM B749, 2.5 lb/sq ft inch thick.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. 01300 ‐ Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.


B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over‐excavated.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.

B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.

C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

3.03 INSTALLATION ‐ INSERTS

A. Provide inserts for placement in concrete forms.

B. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams.

C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger.

D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.

E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through‐bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab.

3.04 INSTALLATION ‐ PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Install hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9.

B. Support horizontal piping hangers as scheduled.

C. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.

D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.

E. Install hangers to allow 1‐1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.

F. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.

G. Where installing several pipes in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe hangers or trapeze hangers.

H. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports in accordance with Section 09 90 00.

I. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings.


3.05 INSTALLATION ‐ ABOVE GROUND PIPING SYSTEMS

A. Install natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54.

B. Provide non‐conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.

C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient.

D. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space.

E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.

G. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 23 05 29.

H. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping.

I. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings.

J. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed.

K. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, weld, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer.

L. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility company.

M. Install vent piping from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in weatherproof hood.

N. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories not pre‐finished, ready for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

O. Install identification on piping systems. Refer to Section 23 05 53.

P. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.

Q. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.

R. Install gas pressure regulator with tee fitting between regulator and upstream shutoff valve. Cap or plug one opening of tee fitting.

S. Install gas pressure regulator with tee fitting not less than 10 pipe diameters downstream of regulator. Cap or plug one opening of tee fitting.

T. Install gas pressure regulator with independent vent full size opening on regulator and terminate outdoors.


U. Provide new gas service complete with gas meter and regulators. Provide regulators on each line serving gravity type appliances, sized in accordance with equipment.

V. All exterior gas pipe and gas vent piping shall be brushed clean, primed and painted with two coats of rust inhibiting paint (yellow).

W. Elevation of roof supported gas pipe shall be coordinated with the architect.


A. Pressure test natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54.

B. Inspect, test and purge gas piping in accordance with applicable code.

C. When pressure tests do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 05 03 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 05 03 EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Electrical Connections to Equipment.


1. Section 260519 ‐ Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 2. Section 260533 ‐ Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems

1.02 REFERENCES

A. NEMA WD 1 (National Electrical Protection Association) ‐ General Purpose Wiring Devices.

B. NEMA WD 6 (National Electrical Protection Association) ‐ Wiring Devices ‐ Dimensional Requirements.


A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations, sizes, and configurations of equipment connections.

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 04 10 ‐ Project coordination and project conditions.

B. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer’s wiring diagrams, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections.

C. Determine connection locations and requirements.

D. Sequence rough‐in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation of equipment.

E. Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start‐up of equipment.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 CORD AND PLUGS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Hubbell. 2. Leviton. 3. Pass & Seymour. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

STR PARTNERS LLC EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 05 03 ‐ 2 Issued – 1/21/2020

B. Attachment Plug Construction: Conform to NEMA WD 1.

C. Configuration: NEMA WD 6; match receptacle configuration at outlet furnished for equipment.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 04 10 ‐ Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify equipment is ready for electrical connection, for wiring, and to be energized.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Make electrical connections.

B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations.

C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered.

D. Install receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug.

E. Install cord and cap for field‐supplied attachment plug.

F. Install suitable strain‐relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes.

G. Locate and install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete equipment wiring requirements. Locations shall accommodate code and manufacturer required clearances for operation and maintenance.

H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements.

I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements.

J. Coordinate and provide conductor sizes and number of sets as required to match equipment lug sizes and connection points.

3.03 ADJUSTING

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Cooperate with utilization equipment installers and field service personnel during checkout and starting of equipment to allow testing and balancing and other startup operations. Provide personnel to operate electrical system and checkout wiring connection components and configurations.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC LOW‐VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 05 19 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 05 19 LOW‐VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Building Wire and Cable. 2. Wiring Connectors and Connections.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. NECA Standard of Installation (National Electrical Contractors Association).

B. NETA ATS ‐ Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing Association).

C. NFPA 70 ‐ National Electrical Code.

1.03 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT

A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits.

1.04 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum ten years experience.
















1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.

B. Conductor sizes are based on 75 degree copper.

C. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. Include wire and cable lengths within 10 ft. of length shown.

1.07 COORDINATION

A. Where wire and cable destination are indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing and lengths required.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 BUILDING WIRE

A. Manufacturers:

1. Anaconda. 2. General Cable. 3. Southwire.

B. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.

C. Conductor: Copper.

D. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.

E. Insulation: NFPA 70, Type THHN/THWN or XHHW for feeders and branch circuits.

2.02 WIRING CONNECTORS

A. Provide connectors specifically designed for the conductor sizes utilized.

B. When splicing or connecting dissimilar metal conductors (copper to aluminum) use only UL approved materials and methods.

C. All terminals and splicing shall be in accordance with NEC Section 110‐14.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify existing conditions before starting work.

B. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.

C. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.

D. Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Route wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions.

B. Install cable in accordance with the NECA "Standard of Installation."

C. Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller.

D. Use stranded conductors for control circuits.

E. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.

F. Use conductor not smaller than 18 AWG for control circuits.

G. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet.

H. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.

I. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger.

J. Protect exposed cable from damage.

K. Support cables above accessible ceiling, using bridal rings. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels.

L. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors.

M. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.

N. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors.

O. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise.

P. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor.


Q. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller.

R. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller.

S. Identify and color code wire and cable. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated.


A. Inspect and test prior to starting system.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 05 26 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Active electrodes. 2. Wire. 3. Mechanical connectors. 4. Exothermic connections.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers:

1. IEEE 142 ‐ Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.

2. IEEE 1100 ‐ Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment.

B. International Electrical Testing Association:

1. NETA ATS ‐ Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems.


1. NFPA 70 ‐ National Electrical Code. 2. NFPA 99 ‐ Standard for Health Care Facilities.


A. Grounding systems use the following elements as grounding electrodes:

1. Metal building frame. 2. Plate electrode.


A. Grounding System Resistance: 25 ohms maximum.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 30 00 ‐ Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Product Data: Submit data on grounding electrodes and connections.

C. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground and resistance of each electrode.


D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit for active electrodes.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.


A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes.


A. Provide grounding materials conforming to requirements of NEC, IEEE 142, and UL labeled.

1.08 QUALIFICATIONS


B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section.




C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging.

D. Do not deliver items to project before time of installation. Limit shipment of bulk and multiple‐use materials to quantities needed for immediate installation.

1.10 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 04 10 ‐ Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination.

B. Complete grounding and bonding of building reinforcing steel prior concrete placement.
















PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 ACTIVE ELECTRODES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Apache Grounding/Erico Inc. 2. Copperweld, Inc. 3. Erico, Inc. 4. O‐Z Gedney Co. 5. Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Product Description:

1. Material: Metallic‐salt‐filled copper‐tube electrode. 2. Shape: Straight. 3. Length: 8 feet 4. Connector: Connector for exothermic welded connection.

2.02 WIRE

A. Material: Stranded copper.

B. Foundation Electrodes: 4 AWG.

C. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Copper conductor bare.

D. Bonding Conductor: Copper conductor bare.


2.03 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Apache Grounding/Erico Inc. 2. Copperweld, Inc. 3. Erico, Inc. 4. ILSCO Corporation. 5. O‐Z Gedney Co. 6. Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Description: Bronze connectors, suitable for grounding and bonding applications, in configurations required for particular installation.

2.04 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Apache Grounding/Erico Inc. 2. Cadweld, Erico, Inc. 3. Copperweld, Inc. 4. ILSCO Corporation. 5. O‐Z Gedney Co. 6. Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements. 8. Product Description: Exothermic materials, accessories, and tools for preparing and

making permanent field connections between grounding system components.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verification of existing conditions before starting work.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Remove paint, rust, mill oils, surface contaminants at connection points.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with IEEE.

B. Install grounding and bonding conductors concealed from view.

C. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground.

D. Install isolated grounding conductor for circuits supplying network equipment and in accordance with IEEE 1100.


E. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Install separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing.

F. Permanently ground entire light and power system in accordance with NEC, including service equipment, distribution panels, lighting panelboards, switch and starter enclosures, motor frames, grounding type receptacles, and other exposed non‐current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment.

G. Install branch circuits feeding isolated ground receptacles with separate insulated grounding conductor, connected only at isolated ground receptacle, ground terminals, and at ground bus of serving panel.

H. Accomplish grounding of electrical system by using insulated grounding conductor installed with feeders and branch circuit conductors in conduits. Size grounding conductors in accordance with NEC. Install from grounding bus of serving panel to ground bus of served panel, grounding screw of receptacles, lighting fixture housing, light switch outlet boxes or metal enclosures of service equipment. Ground conduits by means of grounding bushings on terminations at panelboards with installed number 12 conductor to grounding bus.

I. Grounding electrical system using continuous metal raceway system enclosing circuit conductors in accordance with NEC.

J. Permanently attach equipment and grounding conductors prior to energizing equipment.



B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.

C. Grounding and Bonding: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13.

D. Perform ground resistance testing in accordance with IEEE 142.

E. Perform leakage current tests in accordance with NFPA 99.

F. Perform continuity testing in accordance with IEEE 142.

G. When improper grounding is found on receptacles, check receptacles in entire project and correct. Perform retest.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 05 29 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Conduit supports. 2. Formed steel channel. 3. Spring steel clips. 4. Sleeves. 5. Mechanical sleeve seals. 6. Firestopping relating to electrical work. 7. Firestopping accessories. 8. Equipment bases and supports.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International:

1. ASTM E84 ‐ Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

2. ASTM E119 ‐ Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.

3. ASTM E814 ‐ Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through‐Penetration Fire Stops. 4. ASTM E1966 ‐ Standard Test Method for Fire‐Resistive Joint Systems.

B. FM Global:



1. NFPA 70 ‐ National Electrical Code.

D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 263 ‐ Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 ‐ Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 ‐ Fire Tests of Through‐Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 ‐ Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL ‐ Fire Resistance Directory.

E. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):

1. WH ‐ Certification Listings.


1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Firestopping (Through‐Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction.


A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119, ASTM E814, UL 263, and UL 1479 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent construction, but not less than 1‐hour fire rating.

1. Ratings may be 3‐hours for firestopping in through‐penetrations of 4‐hour fire rated assemblies unless otherwise required by applicable codes.

B. Surface Burning: ASTM E84 and UL 723 with maximum flame spread / smoke developed rating of 25/450.

C. Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components.


A. Firestopping: Conform to applicable code and UL for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics.

B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used.

1.06 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 ‐ Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location and detail of trapeze hangers, where required.

C. Product Data:

1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation

criteria.

D. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly.

E. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze hangers and hangers and supports.

F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions:

1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions.

G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.


H. Engineering Judgments: For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs, submit judgments by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements.


A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: ASTM E814 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire F‐Ratings and temperature T‐Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1‐hour.

1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F‐Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1‐hour. 2. Floor and Roof Penetrations: Fire F‐Ratings and temperature T‐Ratings as indicated on

Drawings, but not less than 1‐hour.

a. Floor Penetrations within Wall Cavities: T‐Rating is not required.

B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non‐Fire Rated Floor and Roof Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion.

1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories.

2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories.

C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed.

D. Fire Resistant Joints between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM E119 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for floor assembly.

E. Surface Burning Characteristics: 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.

F. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.08 QUALIFICATIONS


B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.





C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging.


A. Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.

B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F.

C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials.

D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials.















PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 CONDUIT SUPPORTS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp.


2. Electroline Manufacturing Company. 3. O‐Z Gedney Co. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Hanger Rods: Threaded high tensile strength galvanized carbon steel with free running threads.

C. Beam Clamps: Malleable Iron, with tapered hole in base and back to accept either bolt or hanger rod. Set screw: hardened steel.

D. Conduit clamps for trapeze hangers: Galvanized steel, notched to fit trapeze with single bolt to tighten.

E. Conduit clamps ‐ general purpose: One hole malleable iron for surface mounted conduits.

F. Cable Ties: High strength nylon temperature rated to 185 degrees F. self‐locking.

2.02 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL

A. Manufacturers:

1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. B‐Line Systems. 3. Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division. 4. Unistrut Corp. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage thick steel. With holes 1‐1/2 inches on center.

2.03 SPRING STEEL CLIPS

A. Manufacturers:

1. B‐Line Systems. 2. Erico, Inc. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Mounting hole and screw closure.

2.04 SLEEVES

A. Sleeves for cabling Through Non‐fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

B. Sleeves for cabling Through Non‐fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

C. Sleeves for conduits or cabling Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fire Proofing: Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals, UL listed.

D. Stuffing Type Fire‐stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non‐combustible.


2.05 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Thunderline Link‐Seal, Inc. 2. NMP Corporation. 3. Wiremold. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.

2.06 FIRESTOPPING

A. Manufacturers:

1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. Fire Trak Corp. 3. Hilti Corp. 4. International Protective Coating Corp. 5. 3M fire Protection Products. 6. Specified Technology, Inc. 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application.

1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant.

2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound

mixed with incombustible non‐asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral or ceramic fiber stuffing

insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible

fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops.

6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain.

7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows.

C. Color: Where fire proofing will be visible after construction, provide products as selected by the architect products from manufacturer’s full range of colors.


2.07 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES

A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings.

B. Dam Material: Permanent:

1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting. 3. Sheet metal. 4. Alumina silicate fire board.

C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place.

D. General:

1. Furnish UL listed products. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated.

E. Non‐Rated Surfaces:

1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where conduit is exposed.

2. For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between conduit and cored opening or water‐stop type wall sleeve.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verification of existing conditions before starting work.

B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves.

C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material.

B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond.

C. Install backing and/or damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage.

D. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder‐actuated anchors.


E. Obtain permission from Architect or Structural Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members.

3.03 INSTALLATION ‐ HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Anchors and Fasteners:

1. Concrete Structural Elements: Provide precast inserts, expansion anchors, powder actuated anchors and preset inserts.

2. Steel Structural Elements: Provide beam clamps, steel ramset fasteners, and welded fasteners.

3. Concrete Surfaces: Provide self‐drilling anchors and expansion anchors. 4. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Provide toggle bolts and hollow

wall fasteners. 5. Solid Masonry Walls: Provide expansion anchors and preset inserts. 6. Sheet Metal: Provide sheet metal screws. 7. Wood Elements: Provide wood screws.

B. Inserts:

1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of

reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4

inches. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through‐

bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above recessed into and grouted flush with slab.

C. Install conduit and raceway support and spacing in accordance with NEC.

D. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.

E. Install multiple conduit runs on common hangers.

F. Supports:

1. Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel channel. Install hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Install spring lock washers under nuts.

2. Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. 3. In wet and damp locations install steel channel supports to stand cabinets and

panelboards 1 inch off wall. 4. Support vertical conduit at every floor.

3.04 INSTALLATION ‐ FIRESTOPPING

A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping.


B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings.

C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating, to uniform density and texture.

D. Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size.

E. Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and spaces. Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials.

F. Place intumescent coating in sufficient coats to achieve rating required.

G. Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured.

H. Fire Rated Surface:

1. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, ceiling, and roof as follows:



c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire

rating of structure penetrated.

2. Where cable tray, conduit, wireway, trough, and cabling penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

I. Non‐Rated Surfaces:

1. Seal opening through non‐fire rated wall, partition floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows:



c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer.

2. Install escutcheons, floor plates, or ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non‐fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling.

3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to size of conduit and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

4. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at clean rooms, laboratories, hospital spaces, computer rooms, telecommunication rooms and data rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit.


3.05 INSTALLATION ‐ EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS

A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 4 inches above finish floor and extending 6 inches beyond supported equipment.

B. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment.

C. Construct supports of steel members or formed steel channel. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure.

3.06 INSTALLATION ‐ SLEEVES

A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with adjustable interlocking rubber links.

B. Conduit penetrations not required to be watertight: Sleeve and fill with silicon foam.

C. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.

D. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.

E. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves.

F. Where conduit or raceway penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between conduit or raceway and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration.

G. Install escutcheons at finished surfaces to match surrounding surfaces.



B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule.

3.08 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.

B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.

3.09 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work.

B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 05 33 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Conduit and Tubing. 2. Surface Raceways. 3. Wireways. 4. Outlet Boxes. 5. Pull and Junction Boxes.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. ANSI C80.1 ‐ Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated.

B. ANSI C80.3 ‐ Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated.

C. ANSI C80.5 ‐ Rigid Aluminum Conduit.

D. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) ‐ "Standard of Installation"

E. NEMA FB 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) ‐ Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.

F. NEMA OS 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) ‐ Sheet‐steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports.

G. NEMA 250 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) ‐ Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).


A. Raceway and boxes located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Raceway and boxes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Provide raceway to complete wiring system.

B. In or Under Slab on Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit, plastic coated conduit or where approved by all bodies having jurisdiction; provide thinwall nonmetallic conduit with steel elbows. Provide cast boxes.

C. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Provide rigid steel and aluminum conduit. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet, pull, and junction boxes.

D. Wet and Damp Locations: Provide rigid steel and aluminum conduit. Provide cast metal, junction, and pull boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas.


E. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel and aluminum conduit, intermediate metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing. Provide sheet‐metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pullboxes.

F. Exposed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel and aluminum conduit or intermediate metal conduit where subject to damage, otherwise provide electrical metallic tubing. Provide sheet‐metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pullboxes.
















A. Minimum raceway size in or below slab on grade: 1 inch.

1.06 SUBMITTALS


B. Product Data: Submit for surface raceway system.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product.



A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents:

1. Record actual routing of conduits larger than 2 inch trade size. 2. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes.


A. Section 01 60 00 ‐ Materials and Equipment: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering.

C. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight.

1.09 COORDINATION


B. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 260503.

C. Coordinate mounting heights, orientation and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 METAL CONDUIT

A. Manufacturers:

1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corp. 2. Triangle Wire and Cable Inc. 3. Wheatland Tube Company. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.

C. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: ANSI C80.5.

D. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel.

E. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit.


2.02 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT

A. Manufacturers:

1. Alflex. 2. Anamet Electrical. 3. Electri‐Flex Co. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Interlocked steel aluminum construction.

C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1.

2.03 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT

A. Manufacturers:

1. Alflex. 2. Anamet Electrical. 3. Electri‐Flex Co. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Interlocked steel or aluminum construction with PVC jacket.

C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1.

2.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)

A. Manufacturers:

1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corp. 2. Triangle Wire and Cable Inc. 3. Wheatland Tube Company. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing.

C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel or malleable iron, compression type.

2.05 NON‐METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

A. Manufacturers:

1. Wiremold, 5500 Series.

B. Finish: Ivory finish.

C. Fittings, Device Brackets and Faceplates: Furnish with manufacturer’s standard accessories.


2.06 METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

A. Manufacturers:

1. Wiremold, 4000 Series.

B. Finish: Ivory finish.

C. Fittings, Device Brackets and Faceplates: Furnish with manufacturer’s standard accessories.

2.07 WIREWAY

A. Manufacturers:

1. Circle AW. 2. Hoffman. 3. Square D Company. 4. Substitutions: Industry Standard Equivalent.

B. Product Description: General purpose Oiltight and dusttight Raintight type wireway.

C. Knockouts: Manufacturer's standard None Bottom only.

D. Size: 4 x 4 inch unless indicated larger on drawings. Provide length as required.

E. Cover: Hinged Screw cover with full gasketing.

F. Finish: Rust inhibiting primer coating with gray enamel finish.

2.08 OUTLET BOXES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Appleton Electric. 2. OZ Gedney. 3. Raco. 4. Red Dot. 5. Thomas & Betts. 6. Substitutions: Industry Standard Equivalent.

B. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.

1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; furnish 3/4 inch male fixture studs where required.

2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type.

C. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum cast feralloy. Furnish gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Furnish threaded hubs.

D. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 26 27 26.

E. Wall Plates for Unfinished Areas: Furnish gasketed cover.


2.09 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Appleton Electric. 2. Hoffman. 3. OZ Gedney. 4. Raco. 5. Thomas & Betts. 6. Substitutions: Industry Standard Equivalent.

B. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.

C. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4 4X 6; flat‐flanged, surface mounted junction box:

1. Material: Galvanized cast iron Cast aluminum. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION


B. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to rough‐in.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install raceway and boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."

B. Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 26.

C. Fasten raceway and box supports to structure and finishes in accordance with Section 26 05 26.

D. Identify raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 53.

E. Arrange raceway and boxes to maintain headroom and present neat appearance.

3.03 INSTALLATION ‐ RACEWAY

A. Raceway routing is shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route to complete wiring system.

B. Arrange raceway supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.

C. Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay‐in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers.

D. Group related raceway; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel specified in Section 26 05 26; provide space on each for 25 percent additional raceways.


E. Do not support raceway with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports

F. Do not attach raceway to ceiling support wires or other piping systems.

G. Construct wireway supports from steel channel specified in Section 26 05 29.

H. Route exposed raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls.

I. Route raceway installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls.

J. Route conduit in and under slab as permitted from point‐to‐point.

K. Maintain clearance between raceway and piping for maintenance purposes.

L. Maintain 12 inch clearance between raceway and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F.

M. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de‐burr cut ends.

N. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.

O. Install conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes.

P. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Install conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Install hydraulic one‐shot bender to fabricate factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size.

Q. Avoid moisture traps; install junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system.

R. Install fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where raceway crosses seismic, control and expansion joints.

S. Install suitable pull string or cord in each empty raceway except sleeves and nipples.

T. Install suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.

U. Surface Raceway: Install flat‐head screws, clips, and straps to fasten raceway channel to surfaces; mount plumb and level. Install insulating bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and corner fittings.

V. Close ends and unused openings in wireway.

3.04 INSTALLATION ‐ BOXES

A. Install wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights as indicated on Drawings.

B. Adjust box location up to 10 feet prior to rough‐in to accommodate intended purpose.

C. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 16140.


D. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only.

E. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire.

F. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening.

G. Do not install flush mounting box back‐to‐back in walls; install with minimum 6 inches separation. Install with minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls.

H. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness.

I. Install stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.

J. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness.

K. Install adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box.

L. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires or other piping systems.

M. Support boxes independently of conduit.

N. Install gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box.

O. Install gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.

3.05 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS

A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using approved materials and methods.

B. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation.

C. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as indicated on Drawings reflected ceiling plan.

D. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices.

3.06 ADJUSTING

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Adjust flush‐mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material.

C. Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes.


3.07 CLEANING

A. Section 01 71 00 ‐ Final cleaning.

B. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.

C. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 05 53 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Nameplates. 2. Labels. 3. Wire markers. 4. Conduit markers. 5. Stencils. 6. Lockout Devices.

1.02 SUBMITTALS


B. Product Data:

1. Submit manufacturer’s catalog literature for each product required. 2. Submit electrical identification schedule including list of wording, symbols, letter size,

color coding, tag number, location, and function.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation.


A. Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.

B. Install labels and nameplates only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions for adhesive are within range recommended by manufacturer.
















PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 NAMEPLATES

A. Furnish materials in accordance with industry standards.

B. Product Description: Laminated three‐layer plastic with engraved black letters on white contrasting background color.

C. Letter Size:

1. 1/8 inch high letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 2. 1/4 inch high letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads.

D. Minimum nameplate thickness: 3/32 inch.

2.02 LABELS


B. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch white letters on black background.

2.03 WIRE MARKERS


B. Description: Cloth tape, split sleeve, or tubing type wire markers.

C. Legend:

1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Actual branch circuit or feeder number. 2. Control Circuits: Control wire number as indicated on schematic and interconnection

diagrams.

2.04 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY MARKERS



B. Description: Labels fastened with adhesive or stencils.

C. Color:

1. 480 Volt System: Black lettering on white background. 2. 208 Volt System: Black lettering on white background.

D. Legend:

1. Medium Voltage System: HIGH VOLTAGE. 2. 480 Volt System: 480 VOLTS. HIGH VOLTAGE. 3. 208 Volt System: 208 VOLTS.

2.05 STENCILS


B. Stencils: With clean cut symbols and letters of following size:

1. Up to 2 inches Outside Diameter of Raceway: 1/2 inch high letters. 2. 2‐1/2 to 6 inches Outside Diameter of Raceway: 1 inch high letters.

C. Stencil Paint: As specified in Section 09900, semi‐gloss enamel, colors conforming to the following:

1. Black lettering on white background. 2. White lettering on gray background. 3. Red lettering on white background. 4. Blue lettering on white background.

2.06 LOCKOUT DEVICES

A. Lockout Hasps: Anodized aluminum or reinforced nylon hasp with erasable label surface; size minimum 7‐1/4” x 3”.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.

B. Prepare surfaces for stencil painting.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install identifying devices after completion of painting.

B. Nameplate Installation:

1. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines.


2. Install nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure with corrosive‐resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive.

3. Install nameplates for each control panel and major control components located outside panel with corrosive‐resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive.

4. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws, rivets, or adhesive. 5. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on recessed panelboard in finished

locations. 6. Install nameplates for the following:

a. Switchboards. b. Panelboards. c. Transformers. d. Service Disconnects. e. Motor Starters.

C. Label Installation:

1. Install label parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install label for identification of individual control device stations. 3. Install labels for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer.

D. Wire Marker Installation:

1. Install wire marker for each conductor at panelboard gutters; pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and each load connection.

2. Mark data cabling at each end. Install additional marking at accessible locations along the cable run.

3. Install labels at data outlets identifying patch panel and port designation as indicated on Drawings.

E. Conduit Marker Installation:

1. Install conduit marker for each conduit 1 1/2” and larger longer than 20 feet. 2. Conduit Marker Spacing: 20 feet on center. 3. Raceway Painting: Identify conduit using field painting.

a. Paint colored band on each conduit longer than 20 feet. b. Paint bands 20 feet on center. c. Color: Utilize the owners standard color coding. If no standard exists provide;

1) 480 Volt System: Orange. 2) 208 Volt System: Blue. 3) Fire Alarm: Red.

F. Stencil Installation:

1. Apply stencil painting in accordance with construction documents.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC PANELBOARDS New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 24 16 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Distribution Panelboards. 2. Branch Circuit Panelboards.


1. Section 26 05 26 ‐ Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 2. Section 26 05 53 ‐ Identification for Electrical Systems

1.02 REFERENCES

A. NECA Standard of Installation (published by the National Electrical Contractors Association).

B. NEMA AB1 ‐ Molded Case Circuit Breakers.

C. NEMA ICS 2 ‐ Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies.

D. NEMA KS1 ‐ Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum).

E. NEMA PB 1 ‐ Panelboards.

F. NEMA PB 1.1 ‐ Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less.

G. NETA ATS ‐ Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment (published by the International Electrical Testing Association).

H. NFPA 70 ‐ National Electrical Code.

1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW

A. Section 01 33 00 ‐ Submittals: Procedures for submittals.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes.

1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT

A. Record actual locations of panelboards and record actual circuiting arrangements in project record documents.

B. Maintenance Data: Include spare parts listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals.


1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.















1.07 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. Furnish two of each panelboard key.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS

A. Manufacturers:

1. General Electric, to match existing.

B. Description: NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard.

C. Panelboard Bus: Copper, ratings as indicated. Provide copper equipment ground and neutral in each panelboard. Provide additional copper isolated ground bus where indicated.


D. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 240 volt panelboards unless otherwise indicated larger on the drawings.

E. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt‐on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles, listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits, Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits, Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled. Do not use tandem circuit breakers.

F. Current Limiting Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole, coordinated with automatically resetting current limiting elements in each pole. Interrupting rating 100,000 symmetrical amperes, let‐through current and energy level less than permitted for same size Class RK‐5 fuse.

G. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1.

H. Cabinet Box: 6 inches deep, 20 inches wide panelboards.

I. Cabinet Front: Flush cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock all keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel.

J. Nameplate: Provide identification nameplate indicating panelboard designation.

2.02 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS ‐ EXISTING

A. Circuits to existing lighting panelboards shall be connected to existing circuit breakers or plug fuses when available. Verify circuit numbers shown, provide new circuit breakers and/or rearrange existing circuit breakers as required.

B. Where new circuit breakers are added to existing panelboards, rearrange or remove existing breakers as required to accommodate the new circuit breakers. Deliver unused/removed circuit breakers to Owner.

C. All new circuit breakers installed in existing panelboards shall be of the same manufacturer, type, and interrupting capacity as the original equipment.

D. Provide revised typewritten circuit directories upon completion of all wiring.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and the NECA "Standard of Installation".

B. Install panelboards plumb. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes.

C. Height: 6 feet to top of panelboard; install panelboards taller than 6 feet with bottom no more than 4 inches above floor.

D. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards.


E. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads.

F. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 16050.

G. Provide spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to an accessible location above ceiling or below floor. Minimum spare conduits: 5 empty 1 inch. Identify each as SPARE.

H. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 16050.


A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.

B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.4 for switches, Section 7.5 for circuit breakers.

3.03 ADJUSTING

A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Contract Closeout ‐ Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: Adjusting installed work.

B. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi‐wire branch circuits.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC WIRING DEVICES New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 27 26 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Wall Switches. 2. Receptacles. 3. Device Plates.


1. Section 26 05 33 ‐ Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems

1.02 REFERENCES

A. NECA ‐ Standard of Installation.

B. NEMA WD 1 ‐ General Requirements for Wiring Devices.

C. NEMA WD 6 ‐ Wiring Device ‐ Dimensional Requirements.

D. NFPA 70 ‐ National Electrical Code.

1.03 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.
















PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 WALL SWITCHES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Hubbell, Model HBL1221. 2. Leviton. 3. Pass & Seymour.

B. Description: NEMA WD 1, specification grade, AC only general‐use snap switch.

C. Body and Handle: Ivory plastic with toggle handle.

D. Ratings:

1. Voltage: 120‐277 volts, AC. 2. Current: 20 amperes.

E. Provide similar three way, four way and lighted handle switches where indicated on drawings.

F. Key type switches shall utilize a flat head key only, fork or “h” type keys are not acceptable. Key switches shall be Bryant Tech‐Spec catalog number 4901L or equal.

2.02 RECEPTACLES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Hubbell, Model HBL5352. 2. Leviton. 3. Pass & Seymour.

B. Description: NEMA WD 1, specification grade general use receptacle.

C. Device Body: Flush, nylon face, back and side wired, ivory in color.

D. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as specified and indicated.

E. Convenience Receptacle: Type 5‐20.


2.03 GROUND FAULT

A. Manufacturers:

1. Hubbell, Model GF5352I. 2. Leviton. 3. Pass & Seymour.

B. Description: NEMA WD 1, commercial specification grade GFCI duplex receptacle.

C. Device Body: Flush, polycarbonate face, back and side wired, ivory in color.

D. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as specified and indicated.

E. Convenience Receptacle: Type 5‐20.

2.04 WALL PLATES

A. Decorative Cover Plate: In finished areas for switches and receptacles brushed stainless steel. Provide oversized “jumbo plates” for devices on masonry walls were permitted by the Architect.

B. Surface raceway system plate: Utilize plate specifically designed for raceway system and device.

C. Cover plate: In unfinished areas provide cadmium plated steel.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height.

B. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates.

C. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.

B. Clean debris from outlet boxes.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."

B. Install devices plumb and level.

C. Install switches with OFF position down.

D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom.


E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.

F. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas.

G. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal.

H. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls.

I. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets.

3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS

A. Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor.

B. Install convenience receptacle 16 inches above finished floor.

C. Install convenience receptacle 6 inches above counter or back splash of counter.


A. Inspect each wiring device for defects.

B. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation.

C. Verify that each receptacle device is energized.

D. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity.

E. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation.

3.06 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.

3.07 CLEANING

A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC FUSES New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 28 13 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 28 13 FUSES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Fuses.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:

1. NEMA FU 1 ‐ Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses.


A. Select fuses to provide appropriate levels of short circuit and overcurrent protection for the following components: wire, cable, bus structures, and other equipment. Design system to maintain component damage within acceptable levels during faults.

B. Select fuses to coordinate with time current characteristics of other overcurrent protective elements, including other fuses, circuit breakers, and protective relays. Design system to maintain operation of device closest to fault operates.

1.04 FUSE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Main Service Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L time delay.

B. Main Service Switches: Class RK1 time delay.

C. Power Load Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L time delay.

D. Power Load Feeder Switches: Class RK1 time delay.

E. Motor Load Feeder Switches: Class RK1 time delay.

F. Lighting Load Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L time delay.

G. Lighting Load Feeder Switches: Class RK1 time delay.

H. Other Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L time delay.

I. Other Feeder Switches: Class RK1 time delay.

J. General Purpose Branch Circuits: Class RK1 time delay.

K. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1 time delay.


L. Lighting Branch Circuits: Class G.

1.05 SUBMITTALS


B. Product Data: Submit data sheets showing electrical characteristics, including time‐current curves.



B. Project Record Documents: Record actual sizes, ratings, and locations of fuses.

1.07 QUALIFICATIONS


1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS


B. Furnish two fuse pullers.


A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for extra materials.

B. Furnish three spare fuses of each Class, size, and rating installed.
















PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 FUSES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Bussman. 2. Littlefuse. 3. Ferraz Shawmut. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 ‐ Product Requirements.

B. Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1, Class as specified or as indicated on Drawings.

C. Voltage: Rating suitable for circuit phase‐to‐phase voltage.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install fuse with label oriented so manufacturer, type, and size are easily read.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC ENCLOSED SWITCHES New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 28 19 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 28 19 ENCLOSED SWITCHES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Fusible Switches. 2. Nonfusible Switches.


1. Section 26 28 13 – Fuses.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. NECA ‐ Standard of Installation (published by the National Electrical Contractors Association).

B. NEMA FU1 ‐ Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses.

C. NEMA KS1 ‐ Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum).

D. NETA ATS ‐ Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (published by the International Electrical Testing Association).

E. NFPA 70 ‐ National Electrical Code.

1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW

A. Section 01 30 00 ‐ Submittals: Procedures for submittals.

B. Product Data: Provide switch ratings and enclosure dimensions.

1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT

A. Record actual locations of enclosed switches in project record documents.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum ten years experience.
















PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Square D Company.

B. Cutler‐Hammer.

C. Siemens.

D. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 60 00.

2.02 FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES

A. Description: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, heavy duty, enclosed load interrupter knife switch. Handle lockable in OFF position.

B. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate NEMA FU1, Class R fuses.

2.03 NONFUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES

A. Description: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, heavy duty, enclosed load interrupter knife switch. Handle lockable in OFF position.

2.04 ENCLOSURES

A. Fabrication: NEMA KS 1.

1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."

B. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches.

C. Apply adhesive tag on inside door of each fused switch indicating NEMA fuse class and size installed.


A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.

B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC ENCLOSED TRANSFER SWITCHES New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 28 26 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 28 26 ENCLOSED TRANSFER SWITCHES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Automatic transfer switch. 2. Related Accessories as specified.

B. Related Requirements:

1. It is the intent of this specification to secure an automatic transfer switch that has been prototype tested, factory built, production‐tested, and site‐tested together with all accessories necessary for a complete installation as shown on the plans and drawings and specified herein.

2. Any exceptions to the published specifications shall be subject to the approval of the engineer and submitted minimum 10 days prior to the closing of the bid with a line by line summary description of all the items of compliance, any items that have been are omitted or have been taken exception to, and a complete description of all deviations.

3. It is the intent of this specification to secure an automatic transfer switch that has been tested during design verification, in production, and at the final job site. The automatic transfer switch will be a commercial design and will be complete with all of the necessary accessories for complete installation as shown on the plans, drawings, and specifications herein. The equipment supplied shall meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code and applicable local codes and regulations.

4. All equipment shall be new and of current production by an international, power system manufacturer of generators, transfer switches, and paralleling switchgear. The manufacturer shall be a supplier of a complete and coordinated system. There will be single‐source responsibility for warranty, parts, and service through a factory‐authorized representative with factory‐trained technicians.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:

1. NEMA ICS 10 ‐ Industrial Control and Systems: AC Transfer Switch Equipment.

B. International Electrical Testing Association:

1. NETA ATS ‐ Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems.

C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 1008 ‐ Transfer Switch Equipment.


1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. The Automatic Transfer Switches and Controls Shall Conform To The Requirements Of:

1. UL 1008 ‐ Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment 2. IEC 947‐6‐1 Low‐voltage Switchgear and Control gear; Multifunction equipment;

Automatic Transfer Switching EquipmentEN55011, Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristics of Industrial, Scientific and Medical Equipment.

3. NFPA 70 ‐ National Electrical Code 4. NFPA 99 ‐ Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities 5. NFPA 110 ‐ Emergency and Standby Power Systems 6. IEEE Standard 446 ‐ IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power

Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications 7. NEMA Standard ICS 10‐2005, Electromechanical AC Transfer Switch Equipment. 8. EN61000‐4‐4 Fast Transient Immunity Severity Level 4 9. EN61000‐4‐5 Surge Immunity Class 4 (voltage sensing and programmable inputs only) 10. IEEE 472 (ANSI C37.90A) Ring Wave Test 11. IEC Specifications for EMI/EMC Immunity (CISPR 11, IEC 1000‐4‐2, IEC 1000‐4‐3, IEC

1000‐4‐4, IEC 1000‐4‐5, IEC 1000‐4‐6, IEC 1000‐4‐8, IEC 1000‐4‐11) 12. CSA C22.2 No. 178 certification

1.04 SUBMITTALS


B. Product Data: Submit catalog sheets showing voltage, switch size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices, operating logic, short circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure details.



B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed transfer switches.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit routine preventative maintenance and lubrication schedule. List special tools, maintenance materials, and replacement parts.

1.06 QUALIFICATIONS



A. Section 01 70 00 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Maintenance service.

B. Furnish service and maintenance of transfer switches for one year from Date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH

A. Manufacturers:

1. Kohler (basis of design). 2. Caterpillar. 3. Asco. 4. Zenith.

B. Equipment:

1. Furnish and install an automatic transfer switches system(s) with 3‐Pole / 4‐Wire, Solid Neutral, sizes and voltage as indicated on the drawings. Each automatic transfer shall consist of an inherently double throw power transfer switch mechanism and a microprocessor controller to provide automatic operation. All transfer switches and controllers shall be the products of the same manufacturer.

C. Construction:

1. The transfer switch shall be electrically operated and mechanically held with double throw construction, and operated by a momentarily energized solenoid‐driven mechanism.

2. All transfer switch sizes shall use only one type of main operator for ease of maintenance and commonality of parts.

3. The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentarily outages, so that contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and contact temperature rise is minimized for maximum reliability and operating life.

4. All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches rated 600 amperes and above shall have segmented, blow‐on construction for high withstand and close‐on capability and be protected by separate arcing contacts.

5. Inspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors. Switches rated 800 amperes and higher shall have front removable and replaceable contacts. All stationary and moveable contacts shall be replaceable without removing power conductors and/or bus bars.

6. Designs utilizing components of molded‐case circuit breakers, contactors, or parts thereof, which are not intended for continuous duty, repetitive switching or transfer between two active power sources, are not acceptable.

7. For two and three pole switches, where neutral conductors are to be solidly connected as shown on the plans, a neutral conductor plate with fully rated AL‐CU pressure connectors shall be provided.

8. For four pole switches with a switching neutral, where neutral conductors must be switched as shown on the plans, the contactor shall be provided with fully rated switched neutral transfer contacts. Overlapping neutral contacts may be used as an alternative.


D. Enclosure:

1. The ATS shall be furnished in a NEMA 1 enclosure. 2. All standard door mounted switches and indicating LEDs shall be integrated into a flush‐

mounted, interface membrane or equivalent in the enclosure door for easy viewing & replacement. The panel shall be capable of having a manual locking feature to allow the user to lockout all membrane mounted control switches to prevent unauthorized tampering. This cover shall be mounted with hinges and have a latch that may be padlocked. The membrane panel shall be suitable for mounting by others when furnished on open type units.

E. Controls:

1. A four line, 20 character LCD display and dynamic 4 button keypad shall be an integral part of the controller for viewing all available data and setting desired operational parameters. Operational parameters shall also be available for viewing and control through the communications interface port or USB. The following parameters shall only be adjustable via a password protected programming on the controller:

2. Nominal line voltage and frequency 3. Single or three phase sensing 4. Operating parameter protection 5. Transfer operating mode configuration (Standard transition, Programmed transition, or

Closed transition)

F. Voltage and Frequency:

1. Voltage (all phases) and frequency on both the normal and emergency sources shall be continuously monitored. Voltage on both normal and emergency sources and frequency on the emergency sources shall be adjustable with the following pickup, dropout, and trip setting capabilities (values shown as % of nominal unless otherwise specified):

Parameter Dropout/Trip Pickup/Reset a. Under voltage 75 to 98% 85 to 100% b. Over voltage 06 to 135% 95 to 100% of trip c. Under frequency 95 to 99% 80 to 95% d. Over frequency 01 to 115% 105 to 120% e. Voltage unbalance 5 to 20% 3 to 18%

2. Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be within ± 0.5% over an operating temperature range of ‐20°C to 70°C.

3. An adjustable dropout time for transient voltage and frequency excursions shall be provided. The time delays shall be 0.1 to 9.9 seconds for voltage and .1 to 15 seconds for frequency.

4. Voltage and frequency settings shall be field adjustable in 1% increments either locally with the display and keypad, remotely via the communications interface port or USB.


5. The controller shall be capable of sensing the phase rotation of both the normal and emergency sources. The source shall be considered unacceptable if the phase rotation is not the preferred rotation selected (ABC or BAC). Unacceptable phase rotation shall be indicated on the LCD; the service required LED and the annunciation through the communication protocol and dry contacts. In addition, the phase rotation sensing shall be capable of being disabled, if required.

6. The controller shall be capable of detecting a single phasing condition of a source, even though a voltage may be regenerated by the load. This condition is a loss of phase and shall be considered a failed source.

7. Source status screens shall be provided for both normal & emergency to provide digital readout of voltage on all 3 phases (phase to phase and phase to neutral), frequency, and phase rotation.

G. Time Delays:

1. An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds shall be provided to override momentary normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals. Capability shall be provided to extend this time delay to 60 minutes by providing an external 12 or 24 VDC power supply.

2. A time delay shall be provided on transfer to the emergency source, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes, for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency.

3. A time delay shall be provided on re‐transfer to normal. The time delays shall be adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the emergency source fails and the normal source is acceptable.

4. A time delay shall be provided on shut down of engine generator for cool down, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes.

5. A time delay activated output signal shall also be provided to drive external relay(s) for selective load disconnect and reconnect control. The controller shall be capable of controlling a maximum of 9 individual output time delays to step loads on after a transfer occurs. Each output may be individually programmed for their own time delay of up to 60 minutes. Each sequence shall be independently programmed for transferring from normal to emergency and transferring from emergency to normal.

6. All time delays shall be adjustable in 1 second increments. 7. All time delays shall be adjustable by using the display and keypad, with a remote device

connected to the communications interface port or USB. 8. Each time delay shall be identified and a dynamic countdown shall be shown on the

display. Active time delays can be viewed with a remote device connected to the communications interface port or USB.

H. Additional Features:

1. The controller shall have 3 levels of security. Level 1 shall allow monitoring of settings and parameters only. The Level 1 shall be capable of restricted with the use of a lockable cover. Level 2 shall allow test functions to be performed and Level 3 shall allow setting of all parameters.

2. The display shall provide for the test functions, allowed through password security. The test function shall be load, no load or auto test. The auto test function shall request an elapsed time for test. At the completion of this time delay the test shall be


automatically ended and a retransfer sequence shall commence. All loaded tests shall be immediately ended and retransfer shall occur if the emergency source fails and the normal source is acceptable.

3. A contact closure shall be provided for a low‐voltage engine start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking of the engine by requiring the generator set to reach proper output, and run for the duration of the cool down setting, regardless of whether the normal source restores before the load is transferred.

4. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided consisting of a minimum of two contacts, closed when the ATS is connected to the normal source and two contacts closed, when the ATS is connected to the emergency source.

5. LED indicating lights shall be provided; one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the normal source (green) and one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the emergency source (red).

6. LED indicating lights shall be provided and energized by controller outputs. The lights shall provide true source availability of the normal (green) and emergency sources (red), as determined by the voltage, frequency and phase rotation sensing trip and reset settings for each source.

7. A membrane switch shall be provided on the membrane panel to test all indicating lights and display when pressed.

8. Provide the ability to select “commit/no commit to transfer" to determine whether the load should be transferred to the emergency generator if the normal source restores before the generator is ready to accept the load.

9. Terminals shall be provided for a remote contact which opens to signal the ATS to transfer to emergency and for remote contacts which closes to inhibit transfer to emergency and/or retransfer to normal. Both of these inhibit signals can be activated through the keypad, communications interface port or USB. A “not‐in‐auto" LED shall indicate anytime the controller is inhibiting transfer from occurring.

10. An in‐phase monitor shall be a standard feature in the controller. The monitor shall control transfer so that motor load inrush currents do not exceed normal starting currents, and shall not require external control of power sources. The in‐phase monitor shall be specifically designed for and be the product of the ATS manufacturer. The in‐phase monitor shall be capable of being enabled or disabled from the user interface, communications interface port or USB.

11. A time based load control feature shall be available to allow the prioritized addition and removal of loads based during transfer. This feature may be enabled for either or both sources. The user shall be able to control up to nine loads with independent timing sequences for pre and post transfer delays in either direction of transfer.

12. The controller shall provide 2 inputs for external controls that can be programmed from the following values:

a. Common fault, Remote test, Inhibit transfer, Low battery voltage, Peak shave, Time delay bypass, Load shed forced to OFF position (Programmed transition only)

13. The controller shall provide two form "C" contact outputs rated for up to 12A @ 240VAC or 2A @ 480VAC that can be programmed from the following values:


a. Aux switch open, Transfer switch aux contact fault, Alarm silenced, Alarm active, I/O communication loss, Contactor position, Exercise active, Test mode active, Fail to transfer, Fail to acquire standby source, Source available, Phase rotation error, Not in automatic mode, Common alarm, In phase monitor sync, Load bank control active, Load control active, Maintenance mode active, Non‐emergency transfer, Fail to open/close, Loss of phase, Over/under voltage, Over/under frequency, Voltage unbalance, Start signal, Peak shave active, Preferred source supplying load, Standby source supplying load

14. The controller shall be capable of expanding the number of inputs and outputs with additional modules.

15. Optional input/output modules shall be furnished which mount on the inside of the enclosure to facilitate ease of connections.

16. Engine Exerciser ‐ The controller shall provide an internal engine exerciser. The engine exerciser shall allow the user to program up to 21 different exercise routines based on a calendar mode. For each routine, the user shall be able to:

a. Enable or disable the routine b. Enable or disable transfer of the load during routine. c. Set the start time, time of day, day of week, week of month (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th,

alternate or every) d. Set the duration of the run. e. At the end of the specified loaded exercise duration the switch shall transfer the

load back to normal and run the generator for the specified cool down period. All loaded exercises shall be immediately ended and retransfer shall occur if the standby source fails. The next exercise period shall be displayed on the main screen with the type of exercise, time and date. The type of exercise and the time remaining shall be display when the exercise is active. It shall be possible of ending the exercise event with a single button push.

17. Date and time ‐ The date shall automatically adjust for leap year and the time shall have the capability of automatically adjusting for daylight saving and standard times.

18. System Status ‐ The controller shall have a default display the following on:

a. System status b. Date, time and type of the next exercise event c. Average voltage of the preferred and standby sources d. Scrolling through the displays shall indicate the following:

1) Line to line and line to neutral voltages for both sources 2) Frequency of each source 3) Load current for each phase 4) Single or three phase operation 5) Type of transition 6) Preferred source 7) Commit or no commit modes of operation 8) Source/source mode 9) In phase monitor enable/disable


10) Phase rotation 11) Date and time

19. Controllers that require multiple screens to determine system status or display “coded" system status messages, which must be explained by references in the operator’s manual, are not permissible.

20. Self‐Diagnostics ‐ The controller shall contain a diagnostic screen for the purpose of detecting system errors. This screen shall provide information on the status input signals to the controller which may be preventing load transfer commands from being completed.

21. Communications Interface ‐ The controller shall be capable of interfacing, through a standard communications with a network of transfer switches and generators. It shall be able to be connected via an RS‐485 serial communication (up to 4000 ft. direct connect or multi‐drop configuration). This module shall allow for seamless integration of existing or new communication transfer devices and generators.

22. The transfer switch shall also be able to interface to 3rd party applications using Modbus RTU open standard protocols utilizing Modbus register maps. Proprietary protocols shall not be acceptable.

23. The controller shall contain a USB port for use with a software diagnostic application available to factory authorized personnel for downloading the controller’s parameters and settings; exercise event schedules; maintenance records and event history. The application can also adjust parameters on the controller.

24. Data Logging ‐ The controller shall have the ability to log data and to maintain the last 2000 events, even in the event of total power loss. The following events shall be time and date stamped and maintained in a non‐volatile memory. The controller shall be able to display up to the last 99 events. The remaining events shall be accessible via the communications interface port or USB.

I. Event Logging:

1. Data, date and time indication of any event

J. Statistical Data:

1. Total number of transfers* 2. Total number of fail to transfers* 3. Total number of transfers due to preferred source failure* 4. Total number of minutes of operation* 5. Total number of minutes in the standby source* 6. Total number of minutes not in the preferred source* 7. Normal to emergency transfer time 8. Emergency to normal transfer time 9. System start date 10. Last maintenance date

* The statistical data shall be held in two registers. One register shall contain data since start up and the second register shall contain data from the last maintenance reset.


K. External DC Power Supply ‐ An optional provision shall be available to connect up to two external 12/24 VDC power supply to allow the LCD and the door mounted control indicators to remain functional when both power sources are dead for extended periods of time. This module shall contain reverse battery connection indication and circuit protection.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 TESTS AND CERTIFICATION

A. Upon request, the manufacturer shall provide a notarized letter certifying compliance with all of the requirements of this specification including compliance with the above codes and standards. The certification shall identify, by serial number(s), the equipment involved. No exceptions to the specifications, other than those stipulated at the time of the submittal, shall be included in the certification.

B. The ATS manufacturer shall be certified to ISO 9001 International Quality Standard and the manufacturer shall have third party certification verifying quality assurance in design/development, production, and installation and servicing in accordance with ISO 9001.

3.02 SERVICE REPRESENTATION

A. The manufacturer shall maintain a national service organization of employing personnel located throughout the contiguous United States. The service center's personnel must be factory trained and must be on call 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

B. The manufacturer shall maintain records of each switch, by serial number, for a minimum of 20 years.

3.03 ACCESSORIES

A. Supervised Transfer Control Switch. The supervised transfer control switch shall provide a door mounted, three‐position selector switch with Auto, Manual and Transfer positions.

B. The alarm module shall be required in order to activate this option.

1. With the controller set to the automatic mode and the selector switch in the auto position, the user transfer switch shall operate normally.

2. With the controller set to the automatic mode and the selector switch in the manual position, the user shall be required to toggle the selector switch to initiate a transfer from the emergency to the normal position.

3. With the controller set to the non‐automatic mode and the selector switch in the manual position, the user shall be required to toggle the selector switch to the transfer position to initiate a transfer in either direction. In this mode, the ATS shall not automatically transfer to an acceptable source in the case of source failure, without the user toggling the selector switch to the transfer position.


C. Load Shedding Device:

1. At River Valley School, provide a load shed device, Kohler Catalog #MPAC1500. Provide all programming as required.

D. Peak Demand Metering:

1. At each transfer switch provide a Shark 100 multi‐function power and energy meter. Connect to the load side of the transfer switch to measure both “Normal” and “Stand‐by” modes. The intent is to measure/record the peak demand at each transfer switch.

3.04 INSTALLATION

A. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 16050.


A. Section 01700 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.

C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.22.3.

3.06 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES

A. Section 01600 ‐ Quality Requirements: Manufacturers’ field services.

B. Check out transfer switch connections and operations and place in service.

3.07 ADJUSTING

A. Section 01700 ‐ Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Adjust control and sensing devices to achieve specified sequence of operation.


A. Demonstrate operation of transfer switch in bypass, normal, and emergency modes.

B. Provide owner training in operation and maintenance of transfer switch from a manufacturer’s startup representative. Training time shall be coordinated with the owner.

END OF SECTION

STR PARTNERS LLC PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS New Generators at River Valley and Oakwood Elementary Schools 26 32 13 ‐ 1 Issued – 1/21/2020

SECTION 26 32 13 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Packaged Engine Generator Set. 2. Exhaust Silencer and Fittings. 3. Fuel Fittings. 4. Remote Control Panel. 5. Battery and Charger.


1. Section 26 28 26 ‐ Automatic Transfer Switch

1.02 REFERENCES

A. NEMA AB1 ‐ Molded Case Circuit Breakers.

B. NEMA MG1 ‐ Motors and Generators.

C. NEMA 250 ‐ Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum.)

D. NFPA 30 ‐ Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.

E. NFPA 70 ‐ National Electrical Code.

F. NFPA 101 ‐ Life Safety Code.

G. NFPA 110 ‐ Emergency and Standby Power Systems.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 30 00.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Show plan and elevation views with overall and interconnection point dimensions, fuel consumption rate curves at various loads, ventilation and combustion air requirements, electrical diagrams including schematic and interconnection diagrams.

C. Product Data: Provide data showing dimensions, weights, ratings, interconnection points, and internal wiring diagrams for engine, generator, control panel, battery, battery rack, battery charger, exhaust silencer, and vibration isolators.

D. Test Reports: Indicate results of performance testing.


E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of Product.

F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

G. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate procedures and findings.

1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Operation Data: Include instructions for normal operation.

B. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for routine maintenance requirements, service manuals for engine, oil sampling and analysis for engine wear, and emergency maintenance procedures.


A. Perform work in accordance with NFPA 110.

B. Maintain one copy of document on site.

1.06 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum ten years experience, and with service facilities within 50 miles of Project.

B. Supplier: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum five years experience.

















A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01 70 00.

B. Accept unit on site on skids. Inspect for damage.

C. Protect equipment from dirt and moisture by securely wrapping in heavy plastic.


A. Furnish preventive maintenance of engine generator for one year from Date of Substantial Completion.


A. Furnish under provisions of Section 01 60 00.

B. Provide two of each fuel, oil and air filter element.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PACKAGE ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEM

A. Manufacturer and Supplier:

1. Kohler. 2. Caterpillar. 3. Generac.

B. Description:

1. Kohler River Valley 150 REZGC and Oakwood School 125REZGC 2. Natural gas fueled 3. EPA certified 4. Outdoor application with steel sound attenuated enclosure (73 dba at 23 feet) 5. DEC3000 digital control panel 6. Remote annunciator panel 7. 70 Ampere battery charger with starting batteries 8. Jacket water heater 9. Output circuit breakers 10. Alternator 11. PMG excitation for alternator

C. Governor: Isochronous type to maintain engine speed within 0.5 percent, steady state, with recovery to steady state within 2 seconds following sudden load changes.


D. Safety Devices: Engine shutdown on high water temperature, low oil pressure, overspeed, and engine overcrank. Limits as selected by manufacturer.

E. Engine Starting: DC starting system with positive engagement, number and voltage of starter motors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Include remote starting control circuit, with MANUAL‐OFF‐REMOTE selector switch on engine‐generator control panel.

F. Engine Jacket Heater: Thermal circulation type water heater with integral thermostatic control, sized to maintain engine jacket water at 90 degrees F, and suitable for operation on 120 volts AC.

G. Radiator: Radiator using glycol coolant, with blower type fan, sized to maintain safe engine temperature in ambient temperature of 110 degrees F. Radiator air flow restriction 0.5 inches of water maximum.

H. Engine Accessories: Fuel filter, lube oil filter, intake air filter, lube oil cooler. Include water temperature gauge, and lube oil pressure gauge on engine/generator control panel, or equivalent digital readouts.

I. Mounting: Provide unit with integral vibration isolators.

J. Generator:

1. Equipment:

a. Oakwood School: The generator set shall be a Kohler model 125REZGC with a 4R12X alternator. It shall provide 156.25 kVA and 125.00 kW when operating at 120/208 volts, 60 Hz, 0.80 power factor. The generator set shall be capable of a 130°C Standby rating while operating in an ambient condition of less than or equal to 77 °F and a maximum elevation of 500 ft above sea level. The standby rating shall be available for the duration of the outage.

b. River Valley School: The generator set shall be a Kohler model 150REZGC with a 4S13X alternator. It shall provide 187.50 kVA and 150.00 kW when operating at 277/480 volts, 60 Hz, 0.80 power factor. The generator set shall be capable of a 130°C Standby rating while operating in an ambient condition of less than or equal to 77 °F and a maximum elevation of 500 ft above sea level. The standby rating shall be available for the duration of the outage.

K. Engine:

1. The Oakwood School engine shall be a minimum 8.8 liter displacement engine and deliver a minimum of 162 HP at a governed engine speed of 1800 rpm, and shall be equipped with the following:

a. Electronic isochronous governor capable of 0.5% steady‐state frequency regulation

b. 12‐volt positive‐engagement solenoid shift‐starting motor c. 70‐ampere automatic battery charging alternator with a solid‐state voltage

regulation


d. Positive displacement, full‐pressure lubrication oil pump, cartridge oil filters, dipstick, and oil drain

e. Dry‐type replaceable air cleaner elements for normal applications f. The engine shall be turbocharged and fueled by Natural Gas. g. The engine shall have a minimum of 8 cylinders and be liquid‐cooled

2. The River Valley School engine shall be a minimum 8.8 liter displacement engine and deliver a minimum of 227 HP at a governed engine speed of 1800 rpm, and shall be equipped with the following:

a. Electronic isochronous governor capable of 0.5% steady‐state frequency regulation

b. 12‐volt positive‐engagement solenoid shift‐starting motor c. 70‐ampere automatic battery charging alternator with a solid‐state voltage

regulation d. Positive displacement, full‐pressure lubrication oil pump, cartridge oil filters,

dipstick, and oil drain e. Dry‐type replaceable air cleaner elements for normal applications f. The engine shall be turbo charged and fueled by Natural Gas g. The engine shall have a minimum of 8 cylinders and be liquid‐cooled

3. The engine shall be EPA certified from the factory 4. The generator must accept rated load in one‐step.

L. Alternator:

1. The alternator shall be salient‐pole, brushless, 2/3‐pitch, with 4 bus bar provision for external connections, self‐ventilated, with drip‐proof construction and amortisseur rotor windings, and skewed for smooth voltage waveform. The ratings shall meet the NEMA standard (MG1‐32.40) temperature rise limits. The insulation shall be class H per UL1446 and the varnish shall be a vacuum pressure impregnated, fungus resistant epoxy. Temperature rise of the rotor and stator shall be limited to 130°C Standby. The PMG based excitation system shall be of brushless construction controlled by a digital, three phase sensing, solid‐ state, voltage regulator. The AVR shall be capable of proper operation under severe nonlinear loads and provide individual adjustments for voltage range, stability and volts‐per‐hertz operations. The AVR shall be protected from the environment by conformal coating. The waveform harmonic distortion shall not exceed 5% total RMS measured line‐to‐line at full rated load. The TIF factor shall not exceed 50.

2. The alternator shall have a maintenance‐free bearing, designed for 40000 hour B10 life. The alternator shall be directly connected to the flywheel housing with a semi‐flexible coupling between the rotor and the flywheel.

3. The generator shall be inherently capable of sustaining at least 300% of rated current for at least 10 seconds under a 3‐phase symmetrical short circuit without the addition of separate current‐support devices.


4. Motor starting performance and voltage dip determinations shall be based on the complete generator set. The generator set shall be capable of supplying 448.00 LRKVA for starting motor loads with a maximum instantaneous voltage dip of 35%, as measured by a digital RMS transient recorder in accordance with IEEE Standard 115. Motor starting performance and voltage dip determination that does not account for all components affecting total voltage dip, i.e., engine, alternator, voltage regulator, and governor will not be acceptable. As such, the generator set shall be prototype tested to optimize and determine performance as a generator set system.

2.02 ACCESSORIES

A. Exhaust Silencer: Critical type silencer, sized in accordance with engine manufacturer's instructions mounted in housing.

B. Batteries: Heavy duty, lead‐acid storage battery, 190 ampere‐hours minimum capacity. Match battery voltage to starting system. Include necessary cables and clamps.

C. Battery Tray: Treated for electrolyte resistance, constructed to contain spillage.

D. Battery Charger: Current limiting type designed to float at 2.17 volts per cell and equalize at 2.33 volts per cell. Include overload protection, full wave rectifier, DC voltmeter and ammeter, and 120 volts AC fused input. Provide wall‐mounted enclosure to meet NEMA 250, Type 1 requirements.

E. Line Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, molded case circuit breaker on generator output with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole, sized in accordance with NFPA 70. Include battery‐voltage operated shunt trip, connected to open circuit breaker on engine failure. Unit mount in enclosure to meet NEMA 250, Type 1 requirements.

F. Engine‐Generator Control Panel: A NEMA 1 enclosed control panel shall be mounted on the generator set with vibration isolators. The control shall be vibration isolated and prototype tested to verify the durability of all components under the vibration conditions encountered. The generator set mounted control shall include the following features and functions:

1. Three position control switch labeled RUN/OFF/AUTO. In the RUN position the generator set shall automatically start, and accelerate to rated speed and voltage. In the OFF position the generator set shall immediately stop, bypassing all time delays. In the AUTO position the generator set shall be ready to accept a signal from a remote device to start and accelerate to rated speed and voltage.

2. RESET switch. The RESET switch shall be used to clear a fault and allow restarting the generator set after it has shut down for any fault condition.

3. PANEL LAMP switch. Depressing the panel lamp switch shall cause the entire panel to be lighted with DC control power.

4. Generator Set AC Output Metering: The generator set shall be provided with a metering set with the following features and functions:

a. Analog AC Voltmeter, dual range, 90 degree scale, 2% accuracy; Analog AC Ammeter, dual range, 90 degree scale, 2% accuracy; Analog Frequency/RPM meter, 45‐65 HZ, 1350‐1950 RPM, 90 degree scale, +/‐ 0.6 HZ accuracy.


b. Meter display available through menu of current and voltage in each generator phase. When supplied with reconnectible generators, the meter panel shall be configurable for the voltage specified.

5. Generator Set Alarm and Status Display: The generator set shall be provided with alarm and status indicating lamps to indicate non‐automatic generator status, and existing alarm and shutdown conditions. The lamp condition shall be clearly apparent under bright room lighting conditions. The generator set control shall indicate the existence of the following alarm and shutdown conditions on the display panel:

a. Low oil pressure (alarm) b. Low oil pressure (shutdown) c. Low coolant temperature (alarm) d. High coolant temperature (alarm) e. High coolant temperature (shutdown) f. Low coolant level (shutdown) g. Overcrank (shutdown) h. Overspeed (shutdown) i. Low fuel pressure (alarm) j. Low battery voltage (alarm) k. Ground fault (alarm) (optional‐‐when required by code or specified) l. In addition, provisions shall be made for indication of two customer‐specified

alarm or shutdown conditions. The non‐automatic indicating lamp shall be red, and shall flash to indicate that the generator set is not able to automatically respond to a command to tart from a remote location.

6. Engine Status Monitoring: The following devices shall be provided on the generator set control:

a. Engine oil pressure gauge. b. Engine coolant temperature gauge. c. Engine operation hour gauge. d. Number of hours of operation (hours) e. Battery voltage (DC volts)

G. Remote Annunciator Panel: Surface mounted panel, field verify exact location with owner’s representative. Provide alarm horn, and indicators and alarms as follows:

1. Low coolant temperature alarm. 2. High coolant temperature alarm. 3. Low oil pressure shutdown. 4. Overcrank. 5. Overspeed shutdown. 6. Low fuel level alarm. 7. Charger malfunction 8. Generator on load. 9. Transfer switch status. 10. Low battery voltage.


2.03 OUTDOOR WEATHER‐PROTECTIVE HOUSING

A. The generator set shall be provided with a weather‐protective housing which allows the generator set to operate at full rated load in the ambient conditions previously specified. Housing configuration and materials used may be of any suitable design which meets application needs, except that acoustical materials used shall be oil and water resistant.

B. The enclosure shall include hinged doors for access to both sides of the engine and alternator, and the control equipment. Key‐locking and padlockable door latches shall be provided for all doors. Door hinges shall be stainless steel.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.


A. Field inspection and testing will be performed by generator equipment authorized representative.

B. Provide full load test utilizing portable test bank, if required, for four hours minimum. Simulate power failure including operation of transfer switch, automatic starting cycle, and automatic shutdown and return to normal.

C. Record in 20 minute intervals during four hour test:

1. Kilowatts. 2. Amperes. 3. Voltage. 4. Coolant temperature. 5. Room temperature. 6. Frequency. 7. Oil pressure.

D. Test alarm and shutdown circuits by simulating conditions.

3.03 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES

A. Prepare and start systems.

3.04 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust generator output voltage and engine speed.

3.05 CLEANING

A. Clean engine and generator surfaces. Replace oil and fuel filters.



A. Describe loads connected to emergency and standby system and restrictions for future load additions.

B. Simulate power outage by interrupting normal source, and demonstrate that system operates to provide emergency and standby power.

C. Provide owner training in operation and maintenance of generator from a manufacturer’s startup representative training time shall be coordinated with the owner.

END OF SECTION